Voluson™ SWIFT+/ Voluson SWIFT

Basic Service Manual

Voluson™ SWIFT
Voluson SWIFT+
Voluson SWIFT BT23
Voluson SWIFT+ BT23

Document Number: 5843441

Revision: 5
 PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/VOLUSON SWIFT - SERVICE MANUAL

Important Precautions
Translation policy

- i
 PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/VOLUSON SWIFT - SERVICE MANUAL

ii -
 PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/VOLUSON SWIFT - SERVICE MANUAL

- iii
 PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/VOLUSON SWIFT - SERVICE MANUAL

iv -
 PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/VOLUSON SWIFT - SERVICE MANUAL

- v
 PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/VOLUSON SWIFT - SERVICE MANUAL

vi -
 PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/VOLUSON SWIFT - SERVICE MANUAL

- vii
 PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/VOLUSON SWIFT - SERVICE MANUAL

viii -
 PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/VOLUSON SWIFT - SERVICE MANUAL

- ix
 PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/VOLUSON SWIFT - SERVICE MANUAL

x -
 PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/VOLUSON SWIFT - SERVICE MANUAL

- xi
 PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/VOLUSON SWIFT - SERVICE MANUAL

xii -
 PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/VOLUSON SWIFT - SERVICE MANUAL

- xiii
 PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/VOLUSON SWIFT - SERVICE MANUAL

DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION
All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent write “Damage In
Shipment” on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or “signed for” by
a GE representative or hospital receiving agent. Whether noted or concealed, damage MUST be
reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery, or in any event, within 14 days after receipt, and the
contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier. A transportation company will not pay a claim
for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14 day period.

CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT - FOR USA ONLY

All electrical Installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for the
equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other connections between pieces of
electrical equipment, calibrations and testing shall be performed by qualified GE personnel. In
performing all electrical work on these products, GE will use its own specially trained field engineers.
All of GE’s electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the applicable
electrical codes.

The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GE’s field engineers,
personnel of third-party service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) to perform
electrical servicing on the equipment.

OMISSIONS & ERRORS

If there are any omissions, errors or suggestions for improving this documentation, please contact the
GE Global Documentation Group with specific information listing the system type, manual title, part
number, revision number, page number and suggestion details.

Mail the information to:

Service Documentation
9, Sunhwan-ro, 214beon-gil, Jungwon-gu,
Seongnam-si, Gyeonggi-do Republic of Korea.

GE employees should use PQM (Post Market Quality Management) to report service documentation
issues. These issues will then be in the internal problem reporting tool and communicated to the writer.

SERVICE SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

DANGER DANGEROUS VOLTAGES, CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH, ARE PRESENT IN
THIS EQUIPMENT. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING, TESTING AND
ADJUSTING.TO PREVENT ELECTRIC SHOCK, SERVICE PERSONNEL TO
AVOID CONTACT WITH HV AND MY CIRCUIT PARTS DURING SYSTEM ON
CONDITION
WARNING Use all Personal Protection Equipment (PPE) such as gloves (ex. disposable, cut
resistant gloves), safety shoes, safety glasses, and kneeling pad, to reduce the risk of
injury.
For a complete review of all safety requirements, see the Chapter 1, Safety Considerations section of
the latest version of Voluson™ SWIFT+/Voluson SWIFT Service Manual, Direction 5843440.

WARNING Beware of possible sharp edges on all mechanical parts. If sharp edges are
encountered, the appropriate PPE should be used to reduce the risk of injury.

WARNING Ware all PPE including gloves are indicated in the chemical Material Safety Data sheet
(MSDS)

xiv -
 PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/VOLUSON SWIFT - SERVICE MANUAL

LEGAL NOTES

The contents of this publication may not be copied or duplicated in any form, in whole or in part, without
prior written permission of GE.

GE may revise this publication from time to time without written notice.

PROPRIETARY TO GE
Permission to use this Advanced Service Software and related documentation (herein called the
Material) by persons other than GE employees is provided only under an Advanced Service Package
License relating specifically to this Proprietary Material. This is a different agreement from the one under
which operating and basic service software is licensed. A license to use operating or basic service
software does not extend to or cover this software or related documentation.

If you are a GE employee or a customer who has entered into such a license agreement with GE to use
this proprietary software, you are authorized to use this Material according to the conditions stated in
your license agreement.

However, you do not have the permission of GE to alter, decompose or reverse-assemble the software,
and unless you are a GE employee, you may not copy the Material. The Material is protected by
Copyright and Trade Secret laws; the violation of which can result in civil damages and criminal
prosecution.

If you are not party to such a license agreement or a GE Employee, you must exit this Material now.

TRADEMARKS
All products and their name brands are trademarks of their respective holders.

COPYRIGHTS
All Material Copyright© 2023 by General Electric Company Inc. All Rights Reserved.

- xv
 PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/VOLUSON SWIFT - SERVICE MANUAL

Revision History

Revision Date Reason for change

1 May 2020 Initial Release
2 September 2020 Update overall change
3 January 2021 Update overall
Update figures with cut resistant gloves and safety warning regarding Personal
4 May 2021
protection equipment
5 March 2023 Update Voluson SWIFT/SWIFT+ BT23 content

List of Effected Pages(LOEP)

Pages Revision Pages Revision Pages Revision

Title Chapter 8 - Replacement
5 Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 5 5
Procedures

Important Precautions pages i-x 5 Chapter 4 - Functional Checks 5 Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts 5

Chapter 5 - Components and Chapter 10 - Care &

Table of Contents pages i-xxvi 5 5 5
Functions (Theory) Maintenance

Chapter 1 - Introduction 5 Chapter 6 - Service Adjustments 5 Rear Cover page 5

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/
Chapter 2 - Site Preparation 5 5
Troubleshooting

xvi -
GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

CHAPTER 1
Introduction
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Purpose of Chapter 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Purpose of Service Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Typical Users of the Proprietary Service Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Models Covered by this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Purpose of Operator Manual(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Important Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Conventions Used in this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Standard Hazard Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Product Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Safety Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Human Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Mechanical Safety ......................................... 1-8
Electrical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Safe Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Auxiliary Devices Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Labels Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 11
Rating Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 11
Multi Caution Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 12
Gender Caution Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 13
Dangerous Procedure Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 14
Lockout/Tagout Requirements (For USA Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 14
Returning/Shipping System, Probes and Repair Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 14
Battery Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 15

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 16

What is EMC? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 16
Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 16
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 16

Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 17
Contact Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 17
System Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 18

Table of Contents i
GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

CHAPTER 2
Site Preparation
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
Purpose of Chapter 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1

General Console Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2

Environmental Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2
Electrical Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2
Voluson™ SWIFT+/ Voluson SWIFT Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . 2 - 3
Inrush Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 3
Site Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 3
Site Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 3
Main Power Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 3
EMI Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 4
Probe Environmental Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 5
Time and Manpower Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 5
System Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 6
Physical Dimensions of Voluson™ SWIFT+/ Voluson SWIFT . . . . . . . 2 - 6
Acoustic Noise Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 6
Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 6

Facility Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 7
Purchaser Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 7
Mandatory Site Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 8
Site Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 8
Recommended Ultrasound Room Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 9
Networking Setup Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 10
Stand-alone Unit (without Network Connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 10
Unit Connected to Hospital’s Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 10
Purpose of the DICOM Network Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 10
DICOM Option Pre-installation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 10

ii Table of Contents
GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

CHAPTER 3
Setup Instructions
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1
The Purpose of Chapter 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1

Set Up Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Average Installation Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Installation Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Moving/Lifting the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
System Acclimation Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Brake Pedal Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Safety Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Packing label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 6

Preparing for Set Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 10

Verify Customer Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 10
EMI Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 11

Connection of Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 12

Connecting the LCD Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 13
Connecting a secondary “Patient” monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 14
Connecting the Black & White Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 15
Connection Scheme: B&W Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 16
Connecting the Color Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 17
Connection Scheme: Color Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 18
Connecting the Color Laser Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 19
Connecting the Footswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 20
Connecting the Wireless Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 21
Connecting the ECG Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 22
Connecting the USB Flash Memory Stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 23
Connecting the external USB Hard disk (Handydrive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 23
General Remarks and Hints when using external USB-Devices . . . . . . . . 3 - 24
External USB-Devices - Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 24
External USB-Devices - Disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 24

Completing the Set Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 26

Connecting the Unit to a Power Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 26
Power On / Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 27
Ultrasound unit Power On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 27
Back End Processor Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 28
During a normal boot, you may observe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 29
Table of Contents iii
GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

Power Off / Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 30

Ultrasound unit Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 30
Transducer Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 32

Printer Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
Installing the Digital Black & White Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
Installing the Digital Color Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
Installing the Network Color laser Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 34
Prepare the Network Color Laser Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 34
Network Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 35
Network Setup when the printer is connected by means of Network ca-
ble(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 35
Network Setup when the printer is connected via Wi-Fi Direct 3 - 37
Configure Wi-Fi Network on the Voluson™ SWIFT+/ Voluson SWIFT . 3 - 38
The Wi-Fi Direct Printer is not listed - Troubleshooting 39
Network Color Laser Printer Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 39
Printer Installation manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 45
Adjustment of Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 46
UP-D897 / UP-D898MD - Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 47
UP-D25MD - Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 48
Remote Control Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 50
Report Printer Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 51

System Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 52
System Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 52
To invoke the Setup procedure: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 53
How to display Instructions for Use (IfU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 54
How to enter Date and Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 55
How to enter Clinic Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 56
How to change Language and/or eIFU Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 56
How to adjust function of the Footswitch (Left/Middle/Right) . . . . . . . . . 3 - 56
How to execute Additional Software Installation (ASI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 57
How to activate User Login Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 57
How to perform Full Disk Encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 58
Disk Encryption Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 58
Unlock an encrypted Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 59
Decrypt Disk 60
How to protect the system by Whitelisting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 60
How to install SW Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 60
How to change Video Norm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 61
How to change Ext. Monitor Output Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 61
How to adjust Format and Quality setting for USB recording . . . . . . . . 3 - 61
How to disable Storage Devices on USB ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 61
How to change the System Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 62
How to import Demo Case & Education Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 63
Import Demo Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 63

iv Table of Contents
GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

Import Education Video 66

How to load “Voluson Update” Packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 68
How to active Tricefy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 70
How to activate Device Management (BT23 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 71
Lock Touch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 72
Quick Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 73
On-Board Optional Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 74
External I/O Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 75
External I/O Pin Outs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 76

Available Probes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 79

Software/Option Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 79

Connectivity Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 80
Connectivity Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 80
The Dataflow Concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 80
Dataflow Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 81
Stand-alone Voluson™ SWIFT+/ Voluson SWIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 82
Voluson™ SWIFT+/ Voluson SWIFT + PC (with 4D View Software) within a
“Sneaker Net” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 82
Connection between Voluson™ SWIFT+/ Voluson SWIFT
and DICOM Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 82

Network Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 83
TCP/IP Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 83
Wireless Network Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 85
Connecting to the WLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 85
Disconnecting from the WLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 85
Adding a WLAN Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 86
Refreshing a WLAN Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 87
Removing a WLAN Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 87
Edit an existing WLAN Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 88
WLAN Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 89
Restart a WLAN Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 90
How to Setup E-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 91
How to enter Patient's Email address and Phone number in the PID screen 3 - 92
Map Network Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 93
RSvP Agent Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 95

Connectivity Setup Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 97

Paperwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 99
Product Locater Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 99
User Manual(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 99

Table of Contents v
GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

CHAPTER 4
Functional Checks
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1
Purpose of Chapter 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1

Required Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1

General Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 2
Power On / Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 2
System Power On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 2
Power Off / Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 4
System Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 4
Sleep Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 6
Activate Sleep Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 6
System Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 7
Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 7
Monitor Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 8

Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 9
Patient Archive (Image Management) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 10

Backup and Restore System Configuration and Image Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 11

Save System Configuration Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 12
Load System Configuration Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 15
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 16
Delete System Configuration Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 19
Archiving Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 20
Save Image Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 20
Load Image Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 22

Software Configuration Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 23

System Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 23
Measure Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 24

Peripheral Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 25
ECG Check Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 25
Brakes and Direction (Swivel) Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 26

Mode Transition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 27
B Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 27
M Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 27
B/CF Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 27
PW Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 27

vi Table of Contents
GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

CW (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 27
3D/4D (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 27

Site Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 28

Table of Contents vii

GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

CHAPTER 5
Components and Functions (Theory)
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
Purpose of Chapter 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 2
Description of Voluson™ SWIFT+/ Voluson SWIFT Operating Modes . . . . 5 - 6
B-Mode or 2D-Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 6
Harmonic Imaging (HI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 6
XTD-View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 6
B-Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 6
Coded Contrast Imaging (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 6
Elastography (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 7
M-Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 7
MCFM Mode (M Mode + Color Flow Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 7
Color Doppler Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 8
Color Flow Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 8
Power Doppler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 8
Bi-Directional Angio (HD-Flow Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 8
Pulsed (PW) Doppler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 9
3D Imaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 9
3D Data Collection and Reconstruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 9
3D Image Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 9
3D Rendering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 10
Block diagram Voluson™ SWIFT+/ Voluson SWIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 11
Front End Block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 12
Back End Block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 12
OPIO Block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 12
Data Flow Control Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 13
B-Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 13
Special B-Mode Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 14
M-Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 14
D-Mode (Pulsed Wave- and Continuous Wave Doppler) . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 14
D-Mode Autotrace (draws PC-calculated envelope to D-Spectrum) . . . 5 - 15
CFM-Mode (Color Flow Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 16
3D-Mode (Freezes after 1 volume sweep) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 16
Real Time 4D-Mode (nonstop volume rendering) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 16
XBeam CRI-Mode (CrossBeam Compound Resolution Imaging) . . . . . 5 - 16
Archive write mode (store Image to Archive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 16
Description of Software Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 17
OB/GYN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 19
GYN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 19
OB/GYN - Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 20
GYN - Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 20
Follicle Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 20
viii Table of Contents
GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

Elastrography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 21
Labor & Delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 21
Integrated Software DVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 21
Advanced Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 21
Description of Hardware Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 22
CW - Continuous Wave Doppler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 24
ECG Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 24
Wireless Network Adapter (WLAN - Wireless Local Area Network) . . . 5 - 24
PPS Battery Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 24
VSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 24
Data Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 25

FrontEnd Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 26
PPI - PC400 Probe Interface board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 27
DA64- Beam former board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 28
DA64-IF(Interface) - FPGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 29

BackEnd Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 30
CPU/GPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 31
Conatec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 31
GPU (Graphic Process Unit) NVIDIA Quadro) P1000 MXM . . . . . . . . 5 - 31
SSD (Solid State Drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 31

Internal I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 32

OPIO (User Interface). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 33

OPIO Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 33
OPIO layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 34
Button Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 35

Mechanical Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 37
Physical Dimensions (Unit: mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 37
Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 39
Control Console Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 40
Rotation Adjustment of the Control Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 41
Control Console - Tansportlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 41
Height Adjustment of the Control Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 41
Air Flow Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 42

Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 43
Monitor Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 43

Monitor setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 44

External I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 45

Table of Contents ix
GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

Peripherals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 47
Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 47
Black & White Digital Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 47
Color Digital Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 47
Color Deskjet Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 47
ECG Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 47
Wireless Network Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 47
PPS Battery Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 47

Power Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 48
Primary Power Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 48
System Power Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 49
Battery Life Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 50
Power Distribution Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 51
Power Up Sequence Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 52
Power Up Sequence Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 52
Power Down Sequence Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 53
Mechanical Concept and Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 53
ACDC - primary DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 54
Function of ACDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 54
PPC - main DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 54
4D Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 54

GE Backoffice Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 55
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 55

Service Desktop Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 56

User level of the Service Desktop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 56

Service Desktop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 57
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 57
Disruptive mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 57
Color statues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 58
Service Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 58
Service Classes for BT23 (PC410) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 59

Service Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 60
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 60
Access / Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 60
How to use the SSA (Secure Service Access) Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 60
Service Login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 61
Auto Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 62
Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 62
ASI - Additional Software Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 62
Restore Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 62
x Table of Contents
GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

SWI from Media (BT23 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 62

TCP/IP Buffersize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 62
Show Factory Presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 62
Common Service Desktop (CSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 62
Request for Service (RFS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 62
Delete all Patients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 63
Export System Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 64
Console Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 64
Keyboard Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 64
Monitor Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 64
Connected Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 64
Load Application Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 65
Probe EEPROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 66

Windows Start Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 67

Boot Screen Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 69

Voluson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 69
Voluson Maintenance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 69
Memtest (Memory Check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 70
Rollback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 71
LINUX - Voluson Maintenance System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 72
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 72
General Operation and Selection in LINUX (and BIOS) menu . . . . . . . 5 - 72
LINUX - Access and Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 73
Before SW Loading, Recovering or Initializing the Hard disk . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 74
Voluson Maintenance System - Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 76
Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 76
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 76
About . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 76
Exit/Reboot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 76
Halt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 76
Media Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 77
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 77
Restore (SW Load) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 77
NewDisk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 82
BIOS “Boot Priority Order” Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 83
New SSD Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 85
Advanced Functions Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 88
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 88
Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 88
SSHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 88
Restore C : from recovery partition(R:) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 88
Initialize Hard (C: and D:) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 89
Service Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 90
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 90
Table of Contents xi
GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 90
SSHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 90
USBTree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 91
SmartHDDtest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 91
HDDWipeTool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 91
CollectLogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 92
After Recovering or Initializing the Hard disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 93

xii Table of Contents

GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

CHAPTER 6
Service Adjustments
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1
Purpose of Chapter 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1

Regulatory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1

LCD Monitor Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 2

Loading the Default Monitor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 2
Monitor Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 2

Table of Contents xiii

GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

CHAPTER 7
Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1
Purpose of Chapter Voluson™ SWIFT+/ Voluson SWIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1

Collect Vital System Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 2

Request for Service (RFS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 4
Shortcuts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 6
Needed Data in Case of System Crash or Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 9

Check Points Voltages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 10

How to check power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 10
User Interface - Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 10
Power Supply (PPS) Status LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 10

Screen Captures and Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 11

Capturing a screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 11
Export Log’s and System Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 12
Export System Data
(by pressing the shortcut button and selecting ‘System state Export (ALT + D)’) . . . . . . . 7 - 12
Export Log´s and System Data (via Service Page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 14
Dump-file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 14

Service Desktop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 15
Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 15
Diags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 35
DICOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 41
Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 45
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 61
Agent Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 62

Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 65
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 65
Available diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 65
Service diagnostics list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 66
.................................................................
Hardware Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 69
Audio(System) Interface Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 71
Apertur Lateral Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 72
Check for missing channels or elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 72
Automatic Diagnostic Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 73
System Overall Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 73
xiv Table of Contents
GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

VPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 74
ITX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 74
DA64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 74
PPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 74
PPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 74
DC4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 74
MDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 74
OPIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 74
BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 74
ITX Overall Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 75
Voltage ITX (Information Technology Extended board) . . . . 7 - 75
Temperature ITX (Information Technology Extended board) 7 - 75
IIC ITX Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 75
HW ID Config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 75
FPGA ITX Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 75
DA64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 76
Voltage DA64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 76
Temperature DA64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 76
SCI(Scan Control Interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 76
MLA(Multi-Line Acquisition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 76
ADC(Analog Digital Converter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 76
SignalGen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 76
TxPulser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 76
CW(Continues Wave) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 77
PPI (Probe Interface board) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 77
Voltage PPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 77
PPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 77
Voltage PPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 77
ADM Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 77
HV Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 77
HV Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 77
DC4D Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 78
15W protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 78
OPIO Overall Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 78
VPD(OPIO) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 78
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 78
Battery Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 78
Battery Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 78
Battery Discharging to Shipment Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 78
HW Test Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 79
Aperture Lateral std . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 79
Audio Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 79
USB Loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 79
UVC(HDMI) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 79

Minimum Configuration to Boot/Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 80

Booting without using the Ultrasound Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 80

Table of Contents xv
GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

User Interface Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 83

Console Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 83

Troubleshooting Trees, Instructions and Tech Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 85

System does not boot up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 86
Noise disturbs the Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 87
Trackball - Impaired Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 88
Printer Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 89
Monitor Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 90
No Image on the Main Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 91
No Doppler Audio Signal on Loudspeakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 92
USB-driver not found after software reloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 93
High System Temperature reached . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 94
Network Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 95
No Connection to the Network at All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 95
GE remote service connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 95
Activate Windows - Network Connectivity Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 96
Tech Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 99
Storing SonoView images to Voluson™ SWIFT+/ Voluson SWIFT . . 7 - 99

Recommended Software Installation Procedures (SW Load) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 100

Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 102

Probe assessment tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 105

Diagnose Probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 105
Acceptance criteria for each probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 107

xvi Table of Contents

GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

CHAPTER 8
Replacement Procedures
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Purpose of Chapter 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Returning/Shipping System, Probes and Repair Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Tools and Test Equipment required to perform Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

System Software - Installation/Upgrade Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

Before the Installation/Upgrade procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
System Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Check/Collect vital System Setup data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
How to calculate a “Permanent Key” in OAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 11
System Software - Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 13
SWI from Media - System Software Installation (BT23 only) . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 17
Software Update Package - Download/Installation (BT23 only) . . . . . . . . . 8 - 21

Software and Functional Checks after Installation/Upgrade Procedure . . . . . . . . . 8 - 24

Image Settings Only - Loading Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 26

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 26
Loading Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 26

Full Backup (Full System Configuration) - Loading Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 26

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 26
Loading Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 26

Image Archive - Loading Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 26

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 26
Loading Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 26

Replacement or Activation of Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 27

Operation for activating Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 27
Operation for installing a “Demo Key” or a “Permanent Key”: . . . . . . . 8 - 27

Replacement of BASE TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 28

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 28
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 28
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 28
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 28

Replacement of BASE TRAY RUBBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 29

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 29
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 29
Table of Contents xvii
GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 30
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 30
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 30

Replacement of TOP SHELF HORIZONTAL TV PROBE HOLDER (185)/(215). . . 8 - 30

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 30
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 30
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 30
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 30

Replacement of GEL HOLDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 31

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 31
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 31
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 31
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 31

Replacement of VERTICAL TV PROBE HOLDER (2D)/(3D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 32

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 32
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 32
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 32
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 32

Replacement of TOP SHELF STORAGE TRAY INSERT (185)/(215). . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 33

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 33
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 33
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 33
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 33

Replacement of TOP SHELF HORIZONTAL TV PROBE HOLDER INSERT IC9B 8 - 34

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 34
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 34
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 34

Replacement of IO FRONT COVER ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 35

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 35
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 35
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 35
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 35

Replacement of IO TOP COVER ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 36

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 36
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 36
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 36

xviii Table of Contents

GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 36
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 36

Replacement of BASE REAR COVER ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 37

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 37
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 37
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 37
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 37

Replacement of BASE COVER ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 38

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 38
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 38
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 38
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 38
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 38

Replacement of CONSOLE SIDE COVER R ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 39

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 39
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 39
Removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 39
Installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 39

Replacement of CONSOLE SIDE COVER L ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 40

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 40
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 40
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 40
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 40

Replacement of CONSOLE TOP COVER ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 41

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 41
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 41
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 41
Removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 41
Installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 41

Replacement of USB COVER PIGEON BLUE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 42

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 42
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 42
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 42
Removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 42
Installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 42

Table of Contents xix

GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

Replacement of SIDE BASKET DUMMY COVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 43

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 43
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 43
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 43
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 43
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 43

Replacement of CONSOLE REAR COVER ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 44

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 44
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 44
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 44
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 44
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 44

Replacement of CONSOLE FRONT COVER ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 45

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 45
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 45
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 45
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 45
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 45

Replacement of AIR FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 46

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 46
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 46
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 46
Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 46
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 46

Functional Checks after FRU replacement (Debrief Guidelines) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 48

xx Table of Contents
GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

CHAPTER 9
Renewal Parts
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
Purpose of Chapter 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1

List of Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 3

Parts List Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 4

Plastics Covers (Front/Sides/Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 5

Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 10

OPIO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 11
Nest Box Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 13

Mechanical Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 18
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 20

Optional Peripherals and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 23

Printers and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 23

IO BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 25

System Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 26

Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 28
2D-Probes - Curved Array Transducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 28
2D-Probes - Linear Array Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 29
Real-Time 4D Volume Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 30
2D-Probes - Phased Array Transducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 31
Probe-Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 32

Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 33

Biopsy Needle Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 35

Table of Contents xxi

GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

CHAPTER 10
Care & Maintenance
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
Care and Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
Purpose of Chapter 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1

Why do Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2
Quality Assurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2

Maintenance Task Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2

How often should care & maintenance tasks be performed? . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2

Tools Required. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 5
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 5
Special Tools, Supplies and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 7
Specific Requirements for Care & Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 7

System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 8
Preliminary Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 8
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 9
System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 9
Peripheral/Option Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 10
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 10
Mains Cable Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 10
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 10
General Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 10
Physical Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 11
Optional Diagnostic Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 11
Probe Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 12
Probe Related Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 12
Basic Probe Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 12
Basic Probe Cleaning and/or Disinfection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 12
Disinfection by means of the RIC-Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 13

Using a Phantom (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 14

Electrical Safety Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 14

Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 14
Safety Test Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 15
GEHC Leakage Current Limits for Voluson™ SWIFT+/ Voluson SWIFT . . 10 - 16
Outlet Test - Wiring Arrangement - USA & Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 20
Grounding Continuity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 21
Meter Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 21

xxii Table of Contents

GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

Enclosure Leakage Current Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 22

Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 22
Generic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 23
Data Sheet for Enclosure Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 24
Earth Leakage Current Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 24
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 24
Generic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 25
Type CF Patient Leakage Current Test - ECG Leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 27
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 27
Generic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 27
Type BF Patient Leakage Current Test - Probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 29
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 29
Generic Procedure on Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 29
Type CF Patient Auxiliary current - ECG Lead to Probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 30
Type BF Patient Leakage current - Mains to Probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 30
Type CF Patient Leakage current - Mains to ECG lead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 31
Total Patient leakage current : Type CF probe to ground(Only for Europe) 10 - 31
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 31
Generic Procedure for measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 31
Total Patient leakage current : Mains to Type CF probe (Only for Europe) 10 - 32

When There's Too Much Leakage Current... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 33

Earth and/or Enclosure Fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 33
Probe Fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 33
Peripheral Fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 33
Still Fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 33
New Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 33
ECG Fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 33

Table of Contents xxiii

GE VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/ VOLUSON SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 SERVICE MANUAL

xxiv Table of Contents

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 1
Introduction

Section 1-1
Overview
1-1-1 Purpose of Chapter 1
This chapter describes important issues related to safely servicing the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
ultrasound system. The service provider must read and understand all the information presented in this
manual before installing or servicing a unit.

Table 1-1 Contents in Chapter Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT

Section Description Page Number

1-1 Overview 1-1

1-2 Important Conventions 1-3

1-3 Safety Considerations 1-8

1-4 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) 1-16

1-5 Customer Assistance 1-17

1-1-2 Purpose of Service Manual

NOTICE This Service Manual is valid for Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT ultrasound systems.
!! NOTICE:

This Service Manual provides installation and service information for Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
Ultrasound Scanning System and contains the following chapters:

1.) Chapter 1 - Introduction: Contains a content summary and warnings.

2.) Chapter 2 - Site Preparation: Contains pre-installation requirements.
3.) Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions: Contains setup and installation procedures.
4.) Chapter 4 - Functional Checks: Contains functional checks that are recommended as part of the
installation, or as required during servicing and Care and maintenance.
5.) Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory): Contains block diagrams and functional
explanations of the electronics.
6.) Chapter 6 - Service Adjustments: Contains instructions on how to make available adjustments.
7.) Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting: Provides procedures for running diagnostic or related
routines.
8.) Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures: Provides disassembly procedures and reassembly
procedures for all changeable Field Replaceable Units (FRU).
9.) Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts: Contains a complete list of field replaceable parts.
10.)Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance: Provides Care and maintenance procedures.

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1-1

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

1-1-3 Typical Users of the Basic Service Manual

• GE Service Personnel (installation, maintenance, etc)
• Hospital’s Service Personnel
• Contractors (Some parts of Chapter 2 - Pre-Installation)

1-1-4 Models Covered by this Manual

Table 1-2 Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT - Model Designations

Description Part Number

VOLUSON SWIFT CONSOLE ASSY 5835321
VOLUSON SWIFT+ CONSOLE ASSY 5835572
VOLUSON SWIFT BT23 CONSOLE ASSY 5919109
VOLUSON SWIFT + BT23 CONSOLE ASSY 5919111

1-2 Section 1-1 - Overview

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

1-1-5 Purpose of Operator Manual(s)

The Operator Manual(s) should be fully read and understood before operating the Voluson™ SWIFT+/
SWIFT and also kept near the unit for quick reference.

Section 1-2
Important Conventions
1-2-1 Conventions Used in this Manual
Model Designations

This manual covers the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT ultrasound units listed on page 1-2.

Icons

Pictures, or icons, are used wherever they reinforce the printed message. The icons, labels and
conventions used on the product and in the service information are described in this chapter.

Safety Precaution Messages

Various levels of safety precaution messages may be found on the equipment and in the service
information. The different levels of concern are identified by a flag word that precedes the precautionary
message. Known or potential hazards are labeled in one of following ways:

DANGER INDICATES THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT WILL CAUSE SEVERE

!! DANGER:
PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH IF THE INSTRUCTIONS ARE IGNORED.
WARNING
WARNING INDICATES THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT CAN CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL
!! WARNING:
INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE IF INSTRUCTIONS ARE IGNORED.

CAUTION Indicates the presence of a hazard that will or can cause minor personal injury and property
!! CAUTION:
damage if instructions are ignored. Equipment damage possible

This icon is used when options or features are specific for BT-software versions.

NOTE: Notes are used to provide important information about an item or a procedure.
Be sure to read the notes; the Information contained in a note can often save you time or effort.

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1-3

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

1-2-2 Standard Hazard Icons

Important information will always be preceded by the exclamation point contained within
a triangle, as seen throughout this chapter. In addition to text, several different graphical
icons (symbols) may be used to make you aware of specific types of hazards that could
cause harm. Even if a symbol isn’t used in this manual, it is included for your reference.

Table 1-3 Standard Hazard Icons

ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL RADIATION

LASER HEAT PINCH

LASER
LIGHT

Other hazard icons make you aware of specific procedures that should be followed.

Table 1-4 Standard Icons Indicating a Special Procedure be Used

AVOID STATIC ELECTRICITY TAG AND LOCK OUT WEAR EYE PROTECTION

TAG
& EYE
LOCKOUT PROTECTION
Signed Date
or

WEAR HAND PROTECTION WEAR FOOT PROTECTION

1-4 Section 1-2 - Important Conventions

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

1-2-3 Product Icons

The following table describes the purpose and location of safety labels and other important information
provided on the equipment.

Table 1-5 Product Icons Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT

LABEL/SYMBOL PURPOSE/MEANING LOCATION

Manufacturer's name and address

Rear side of the unit
Identification and Rating Plate Model and serial numbers
On each probe
Electrical ratings

Laboratory logo or labels denoting conformance with industry

Device Listing/Certification Labels Rear side of the unit
safety standards such as UL or IEC.

Council Directive 93/42/EEC concerning medical devices: The Rear side of the unit
CE mark affixed to the equipment testifies compliance to the
On each probe
directive.

CE Comfirmity mark according to Medical Device Regulation

Rear side of the unit
(EU) 2017/745

Indicates the degree of protection provided by the enclosure

per IEC 60529.
IP Code (IPX7) IPX 7 - protected against the effects of immersion Probes and Footswitch
(IPX8) IPX8 - The degree of protection against
harmful ingress of water for foot switch.

“CAUTION
This unit weighs...
Special care must be used to avoid..."
This precaution is intended to prevent injury that may result if Used in the Service and User Manual
one person attempt to move the unit considerable distances or which should be adjacent to equipment
on an incline due to the weight of the unit. at all times for quick reference.

"DANGER - The system is not designed for use with flammable anesthetic
Indicated in the Service Manual.
Risk of explosion used in..." gases.

Equipment Type BF indicates B Type equipment having even

more electrical isolation than standard Type B equipment
Patient probe
because it is intended for intimate patient contact.

Defibrillator-proof Type CF equipment identifies a

defibrillation-proof type CF applied part complying with IEC front side of the ECG Module
60601-1.

ATTENTION - Consult accompanying documents " is

intended to alert the user to refer to the operator manual or
Rear side of Power Supply
other instructions when complete information cannot be
provided on the label.

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1-5

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 1-5 Product Icons Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT

LABEL/SYMBOL PURPOSE/MEANING LOCATION

"CAUTION - Dangerous voltage" (the lightning flash with

arrowhead in equilateral triangle) is used to indicate electric various
shock hazards.

"Mains OFF" Indicates the power off position of the mains

Rear of system at mains switch
power switch.

"OFF/Standby" Indicates the power off/standby position of the

power switch. Adjacent to On-Off/Standby switch left
CAUTION below the Control panel.
This Power Switch DOES NOT ISOLATE Mains Supply

"Mains ON" Indicates the power on position of the mains

Rear of system at mains switch
power switch.

"Protective Earth" Indicates the protective earth (grounding) Rear of system at mains switch
terminal. (on primary power supply)

"Equipotentiality" Indicates the terminal to be used for

Rear of system at mains switch
connecting equipotential conductors when interconnecting
(on primary power supply)
(grounding) with other equipment.

Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Disposal.

This symbol indicates that waste electrical and electronic
equipment must not be disposed as unsorted municipal waste Rear side of the unit
and must be collected separately. Please contact an On the plug of each probe
authorized representative of the manufacturer for information
concerning the decommissioning of your equipment.

These symbols indicate that at least one of the six hazardous

substances of the China RoHS Labelling Standard is above
the RoHS limitation.
The number inside the circle is referred to as the
Rear side of the unit
Environmental Friendly Use Period (EFUP). It indicates the
number of years that the product, under normal use, will On the plug of each probe
remain harmless to health of humans or the environment.
EFUP = 10 for Short Use Products
EFUP = 20 for Medium Use Products

Loading prohibited at top cover of the system

Every system has a unique marking for identification. The UDI marking appears on the product labels
which is located on the top of the CPU. Scan or enter the information from these labels into the patient
health record as required by the governing laws.

1-6 Section 1-2 - Important Conventions

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 1-5 Product Icons Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT

LABEL/SYMBOL PURPOSE/MEANING LOCATION

MR unsafe
An item marked MR unsafe is known to pose hazards in all Rear side of the unit
MRI environments.

Do not use the following devices near this equipment: cellular

phone, radio receiver, mobile ratio transmitter, radio controlled
toy, broadband power lines, etc. Use of these devices near Rear side of the unit
this equipment could cause this equipment to perform outside
the published specifications. Keep power to these devices
turned off when near this equipment.

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1-7

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 1-3
Safety Considerations
1-3-1 Introduction
The following safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation, service and repair of
this equipment. Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific warnings elsewhere in this
manual, violates safety standards of design, manufacture and intended use of the equipment.

1-3-2 Human Safety

Operating personnel must not remove the system covers.
Servicing should be performed by authorized personnel only. Only personnel who have participated in
a Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT Training are authorized to service the equipment.

1-3-3 Mechanical Safety

CAUTION The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT weighs approximately 72 kg including accessories,
!! CAUTION:
depending on installed peripherals, (154 lbs., or more) when ready for use.
Care must be used when moving it or replacing its parts. Failure to follow the precautions
listed could result in injury, uncontrolled motion and costly damage.
ALWAYS:
• Use the handle to move the system. • Be sure the pathway is clear.
• Use slow, careful motions. • Do not let the system strike walls or door frames.
Two people are required when moving on inclines or lifting more than 16 kg (35 lbs).

WARNING
WARNING USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN ELEVATING THE UNIT, OR IF IT IS RAISED FOR A
!! WARNING:
REPAIR OR MOVED ALONG ANY INCLINE. THE Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT SYSTEM
MAY BECOME UNSTABLE WHICH COULD CAUSE A TIP OVER.

WARNING
WARNING ULTRASOUND PROBES ARE HIGHLY SENSITIVE MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS THAT
!! WARNING:
CAN EASILY BE DAMAGED BY IMPROPER HANDLING. USE CARE WHEN
HANDLING AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE WHEN NOT IN USE. DO NOT USE A
DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE PROBE. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE PRECAUTIONS
CAN RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY AND EQUIPMENT DAMAGE.

WARNING
WARNING NEVER USE A PROBE THAT HAS FALLEN TO THE FLOOR.
!! WARNING:
EVEN IF IT LOOKS OK, IT MAY BE DAMAGED.

CAUTION Before you move or transport the system, tilt the LCD monitor towards the user interface to
!! CAUTION:
its minimal height prevent damage to the system.

NOTE: Special care should be taken when transporting the unit in a vehicle:

• Eject any DVD/CD from the drive.

• Place the probes in their carrying cases.
• DO NOT use the Control Panel as an anchor point.
• Secure the systems with straps in an upright position and lock the caster wheels (brake).
• Ensure that the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system is firmly secured while inside the vehicle.
• Prevent vibration damage by driving cautiously. Avoid unpaved roads, excessive speeds, and
erratic stops or starts.

1-8 Section 1-3 - Safety Considerations

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

1-3-4 Electrical Safety

1-3-4-1 Safe Practices

To minimize shock hazard, the equipment chassis must be connected to an electrical ground.
The system is equipped with a three-conductor AC power cable. This must be plugged into an approved
electrical outlet with safety ground. If an extension cord is used with the system, make sure that the total
current rating of the system does not exceed the extension cord rating.

The power outlet used for this equipment should not be shared with other types of equipment.
Both the system power cable and the power connector meet international electrical standards.

NOTE: This product is classified as Class I and INTERNALLY POWERED ME QUIPMENT according to the
IEC/EN 60601-1

1-3-4-2 Probes
All the probes for the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT are designed and manufactured to provide trouble-
free, reliable service. To ensure this, correct handling of probes is important and the following points
should be noted:

• Do not drop a probe or strike it against a hard surface, as this may damage the transducer elements,
acoustic lens, or housing.
• Inspect the probe prior to each use for damage or degradation to the Housing, Cable strain relief,
Lens and Seal.
• Do not use a cracked or damaged probe. In this event, call your field service representative
immediately to obtain a replacement.
• Avoid pulling, pinching or kinking the probe cable, since a damaged cable may compromise the
electrical safety of the probe.
• To avoid the risk of a probe accidentally falling, do not allow the probe cables to become entangled,
or to be caught in the machine’s wheels.
• Never immerse the probe connector or adapter into any liquid.

NOTE: For detailed information on handling probes, refer to the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT Basic User Manual
and the care card supplied with the probe.

1-3-5 Auxiliary Devices Safety

WARNING
WARNING Power Supplies for additional equipment MUST comply with IEC 60601-1.
!! WARNING:

WARNING
WARNING DO NOT attempt to use different peripherals and accessories (brand and model;
!! WARNING:
connected via USB ports) other than approved and provided by Voluson™ SWIFT+/
SWIFT!
The ultrasound system is an extremely sensitive and complex medical system.
Any unauthorized peripherals may cause system failure or damage!
The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT is externally connected to an isolation transformer to provide the
required separation from AC mains between the system and auxiliary devices. Additional power cable
provided is connected between input of country specific external isolation transformer & System outlet.
The mains output of that isolation transformer is connected for auxiliary devices (Printer DVR etc.)

The IEC 60601-1-1 standard provides a guideline for safely interconnecting medical devices in systems.
“Equipment connected to the analog or digital interface must comply with the respective IEC/UL
standards (e.g. IEC 60950 or 62368-1 / UL 60950 or 62368-1 for data processing equipment , IEC
60601-1 / UL 60601-1 for medical equipment and ANSI/AAMI ES60601-1).

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1-9

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

1-3-5 Auxiliary Devices Safety (cont)

Everybody who connects additional equipment to the signal input portion or signal output portion
configures a medical system, and is therefore responsible that the system complies with the
requirements of the system standard IEC 60601-1-1.

Special care has to be taken, if the device is connected to computer network (e.g., Ethernet), because
other devices could be connected without any control. There could be a potential difference between
the protective earth and any line of the computer network including the shield.

In this case the only way to operate the system safely is to use an isolated signal link with minimum
4mm creepage distance, 2.5mm air clearance of the isolation device. For computer networks there are
media converters available which convert the electrical to optical signals. Please consider that this
converter has to comply with IEC xxx standards* and is battery operated or connected to the isolation
mains output of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.

* IEC xxx stands for standards such as:

• IEC 60601 for medical devices

• IEC 60950 or 62368-1 for information technology equipment etc.

NOTICE The system integrator (any person connecting the medical device to other devices) is responsible
!! NOTICE:
that the connections are safe.
If in doubt, consult the technical service department or your local representative.

CAUTION The leakage current of the entire system including any / all auxiliary equipment must not exceed
the limit values as per EN 60601-1-1:1990 (IEC 60601-1-1) respectively other valid national or
international standards. All equipment must comply with UL, CSA and IEC requirements.
!! CAUTION:

CAUTION Please observe that some printers may not be medical devices! If the Bluetooth Printer and/or
Line Printers are no medical devices, they have to be located outside of the patient environment
and use separation device such as LAN/USB isolator or isolation transformer
!! CAUTION:

(according to IEC 60601-1 / UL 60601-1 and ANSI/AAMI ES60601-1).

2,5 m 1,5 m

1,5 m 1,5 m

CAUTION Auxiliary equipment must only be connected to the main console with the special main outlet
!! CAUTION:
provided for the electrical safety of the system.

CAUTION Auxiliary equipment with direct main connection requires galvanic separation of the signal and/
!! CAUTION:
or control leads.

For hardware installation procedures see: Chapter 3 - Connection of Auxiliary Devices, on page 3-12.

WARNING
WARNING After each installation, the leakage currents have to be measured according to
!! WARNING:
IEC 60601-1 respectively UL 60601-1 and ANSI/AAMI ES60601-1.

NOTICE All peripherals mounted on the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system chassis must be firmly secured in
!! NOTICE:
position.

1-10 Section 1-3 - Safety Considerations

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

1-3-6 Labels Locations

1-3-6-1 Rating Label

The Rating Label is located on the rear of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system.

6
1
7

2 8

3 9
4

5 10

6
1
7

2 8
3
9
4
10

5
11

Figure 1-1 Rating Label (located on left rear of Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT)_e.g. VOLUSON SWIFT

1 Manufacturer 7 Safe working load

System Voltage Setting,

2 Frequency, Power Consumption 8 Console Part No.

3 Manufacturing Date 9 Brand and Model Name

4 System Serial Number 10 Bar Code

5 NRTL mark 11 CE mark

6 Product Name

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1-11

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

1-3-6-2 Multi Caution Label

The Multi caution label is located on the rear of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT System

Voluson SWIFT/SWIFT+
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8
9
10
11

Voluson SWIFT/SWIFT+ BT23

12

Figure 1-2 Multi Caution Label

1 Symbol “Follow instructions for use”

2 Symbol “Do not use the following devices near this system”

3 Symbol “Pushing prohibited”

4 Symbol “RoHS mark”

5 CE mark

6 Rx Only mark

7 WEEE Disposal Icon

8 Symbol “Caution”

9 Symbol “Insulted patient applied part”

10 Symbol “Watch your hands and fingers”

11 Transportation position instruction

12 MR Unsafe mark

1-12 Section 1-3 - Safety Considerations

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

1-3-6-3 Gender Caution Label

The Gender caution label is located on the rear of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system

(Required for India, China and Korea)

Figure 1-3 Gender Caution Label

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1-13

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

1-3-7 Dangerous Procedure Warnings

Warnings, such as the examples below, precede potentially dangerous procedures throughout this
manual. Instructions contained in the warnings must be followed.

DANGER DANGEROUS VOLTAGES, CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH, ARE PRESENT

!! DANGER:
IN THIS EQUIPMENT.
USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING, TESTING AND ADJUSTING.

WARNING EXPLOSION
WARNING WARNING
!! WARNING:

DO NOT OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT IN AN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE.

OPERATION OF ANY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN SUCH AN ENVIRONMENT
CONSTITUTES A DEFINITE SAFETY HAZARD.

WARNING DO
WARNING NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR MODIFY EQUIPMENT
!! WARNING:

BECAUSE OF THE DANGER OF INTRODUCING ADDITIONAL HAZARDS, DO NOT

INSTALL SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR PERFORM ANY UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICATION
OF THE EQUIPMENT.

1-3-8 Lockout/Tagout Requirements (For USA Only)

Follow OSHA Lockout/Tagout requirements to protect service personnel from injuries caused by
unexpected energizing or start-up of equipment during service, repair, or maintenance.

NOTICE Energy Control and Power Lockout for Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.

!! NOTICE:
When servicing parts of the system where there is exposure to voltage greater than 30 Volts:
Unplug the system.
Maintain control of the system power plug.
TAG
&
There are no test points to verify isolation, you must wait for at least 20 seconds for capacitors to
discharge.
LOCKOUT

Signed Date

Beware that the Power Supply, Front End Processor and Back End Processor may be energized even
if the power is turned off when the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.
UT

1-3-9 Returning/Shipping System, Probes and Repair Parts

When returning or shipping the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system in the original packaging:

Equipment being returned must be clean and free of blood and other infectious substances.

GEHC policy states that body fluids must be properly removed from any part or equipment prior to
shipment. GEHC employees, as well as customers, are responsible for ensuring that parts/equipment
have been properly decontaminated prior to shipment. Under no circumstance should a part or
equipment with visible body fluids be taken or shipped from a clinic or site (for example, body coils or
and ultrasound probe).

The purpose of the regulation is to protect employees in the transportation industry, as well as the
people who will receive or open this package.

1-14 Section 1-3 - Safety Considerations

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

1-3-9 Returning/Shipping System, Probes and Repair Parts (cont)

NOTE: The US Department of Transportation (DOT) has ruled that “items what were saturated and/or dripping
with human blood that are now caked with dried blood; or which were used or intended for use in patient
care” are “regulated medical waste” for transportation purpose and must be transported as a hazardous
material.

1-3-10 Battery Safety

NOTE: The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT ultrasound system is supplied with a lithium ion battery in the power
supply module, as option.
The lithium ion technology used in the system’s battery is significantly less hazardous to the
environment than the lithium metal technology used in some other batteries (such as watch batteries).
Used batteries should not be placed with common household waste products. Contact local authorities
for the location of a chemical waste collection program nearest you.

NOTE: Regulations vary for different countries. Dispose of a used battery in accordance with local regulations.

CAUTION USE ONLY BATTERIES APPROVED BY GE HEALTHCARE AS SUITABLE FOR USE WITH THE
Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT ULTRASOUND SYSTEM.

WARNING
WARNING Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT HAS A SAFETY DEVICE.
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO DIS-ASSEMBLE OR ALTER THE BATTERY!
ALWAYS OBSERVE THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS:
• DO NOT short-circuit the battery bt directly connecting the negative terminals with metal objects.
• DO NOT hear the battery or discard it in a fire.
• DO NOT expose the battery to temperatures over 50 oC. Keep the battery away from fire and other
heat sources.
• DO NOT charge the battery near a heat source, such as, a fire or heater.
• DO NOT leave the battery in direct sunlight.
• DO NOT pierce the battery with a sharp object, hit it, or step on it.
• DO NOT use a damaged battery.
• DO NOT apply solder to a battery.
• DO NOT connect the battery to an electrical power outlet.

CAUTION TO PREVENT THE BATTERY BURSTING, IGNITING, OR FUMES FROM THE BATTERY CAUSING
EQUIPMENT DAGAGE, ALWAYS OBSERVE THE FOLLOWING PRECAUSTIONS:

• DO NOT immerse the battery in water or allow it to get wet.

• DO NOT place the battery into a microwave oven or pressurized container.
• If the battery leaks or emits an oder, remove it from all possible flammable sources.
• If the battery emits an odor or heat, is deformed or discolored, or in a way appears abnormal during
use, recharging or storage, immediately remove it and stop using it.

NOTE: If you have any questions about the battery, consult your local GE representative.
• Storage of the battery pack:
Short-term(less than 1 month): between 0 oC(32 oF) and 50 oC(122 oF)
• Long-term(more than 3 months): between 10 oC(50 oF) and 35 oC(95 oF)
When charging the battery for the first time after long-term storage, recover the battery pack to
original performance through repeating several cycles of full charging and discharging.
Chapter 1 - Introduction 1-15
GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 1-4
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
1-4-1 What is EMC?
Electromagnetic compatibility describes a level of performance of a device within its electromagnetic
environment. This environment consists of the device itself and its surroundings including other
equipment, power sources and persons with which the device must interface. Inadequate compatibility
results when a susceptible device fails to perform as intended due interference from its environment or
when the device produces unacceptable levels of emission to its environment. This interference is often
referred to as radio–frequency or electromagnetic interference (RFI/EMI) and can be radiated through
space or conducted over interconnecting power of signal cables. In addition to electromagnetic energy,
EMC also includes possible effects from electrical fields, magnetic fields, electrostatic discharge and
disturbances in the electrical power supply.

For applicable standards please refer to Chapter 2 in the Basic User Manual of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/
SWIFT.

1-4-2 Compliance
The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT unit conforms to all applicable conducted and radiated emission limits
and to immunity from electrostatic discharge, radiated and conducted RF fields, magnetic fields and
power line transient requirements as mentioned in IEC 60601-1-2.

NOTE: For CE Compliance, it is critical that all covers, screws, shielding, gaskets, mesh, clamps, are in
good condition, installed tightly without skew or stress. Proper installation following all
comments noted in this service manual is required in order to achieve full EMC performance.

1-4-3 Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Prevention

WARNING
WARNING DO NOT touch any boards with integrated circuits prior to taking the necessary ESD
!! WARNING:
precautions:
1.) When installing boards, ESD may cause damage to a board.
ALWAYS connect yourself, via an arm-wrist strap, to the advised ESD connection
point located on the rear of the system (to the right of the power connector).
2.) Follow general guidelines for handling of electrostatic sensitive equipment.

WARNING
WARNING Risk of electrical shock: System must be turned off.
!! WARNING:
Avoid all contact with electrical contacts, conductors and components.
Always use non-conductive handles designed for the removal and replacement of ESD
sensitive parts. All parts that have the potential for storing energy must be discharged
or isolated before making contact.

1-16 Section 1-4 - Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 1-5
Customer Assistance
1-5-1 Contact Information
If this equipment does not work as indicated in this service manual or in the Basic User Manual, or if
you require additional assistance, please contact the local distributor or appropriate support resource,
as listed below.

NOTE: Prepare vital system information (see: Section 7-2 on page 7-2) before you call:

• System Type
• System Serial number (also visible on label on back of the system)
• Application Software version
• Backup version
• additional information about installed software

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1-17

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 1-4 Phone Numbers for Customer Assistance

1-5-2 System Manufacturer

Table 1-6 System Manufacturer

Manufacturer FAX Number

GE Ultrasound Korea, Ltd.

9, Sunhwan-ro 214beon-gil, Jungwon-gu, +82 (0) 31-740-6436
Seongnam-si, Gyeonggi-do, 13204
Republic of Korea

1-18 Section 1-5 - Customer Assistance

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 2
Site Preparation

Section 2-1
Overview
2-1-1 Purpose of Chapter 2
This chapter provides the information required to plan and prepare for the installation of a Voluson™
SWIFT+/SWIFT ultrasound unit. Included are descriptions of the facility and electrical needs to be met
by the purchaser.

Table 2-1 Contents in Chapter Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT

Section Description Page Number

2-1 Overview 2-1

2-2 General Console Requirements 2-2

2-3 Facility Needs 2-7

Chapter 2 - Site Preparation 2-1

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2-2
General Console Requirements
2-2-1 Environmental Requirements
Table 2-2 Environmental Requirements

Operating Operating Storage

Heat Dissipation Storage Humidity
Temperature Humidity Temperature
1200BTU/h
18 to 30oC 30 to 80% rH -10 to 50 oC 10 to 90% rH
without on-board
(64 to 86oF) non-condensing (14 to 122oF) non-condensing
peripherals

CAUTION If the system has been in storage or has been transported, please see the acclimation requirements
!! CAUTION:
before powering ON and/or using the system (see: Section 3-2-2 "Installation Warnings" on page 3-3).

2-2-1-1 Cooling
The cooling requirement for the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT is 1200BTU/hr. This figure does not include
cooling needed for lights, people, or other equipment in the room.

NOTE: Each person in the room places an additional 300 BTU/hr. demand on the cooling system.

2-2-1-2 Lighting
Bright light is needed for system installation, updates and repairs. However, operator and patient
comfort may be optimized if the room light is subdued and indirect. Therefore a combination lighting
system (dim/bright) is recommended. Keep in mind that lighting controls and dimmers can be a source
of EMI which could degrade image quality. These controls should be selected to minimize possible
interference.

2-2-2 Electrical Requirements

NOTE: Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT requires a dedicated power and ground for the proper operation of its
Ultrasound equipment. This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before the
system.

The dedicated line shall consist of one phase, a neutral (not shared with any other circuit), and a full
size Ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.

NOTE: Please note that image artifacts can occur, if at any time within the facility, the Ground from the main
facility's incoming power source to the Ultrasound unit is only a conduit.

2-2 Section 2-2 - General Console Requirements

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

2-2-2-1 Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT Power Requirements

Table 2-3 Electrical Specifications for Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT

Voltage Tolerances Current Frequency

100 - 240 VAC ±10% 4.5......1.8 A 50/ 60 Hz (±2%)

Power Consumption nominal 450 VA including all on-board peripherals.

2-2-2-2 Inrush Current

During power on, an inrush circuit prevents the current from increasing above the stated values. Refer
to the table below for inrush currents at various main voltages.

Table 2-4 Inrush Current at different mains voltages

Voltage Inrush Current

90 VAC 40A max.

120 VAC 40A max.

120 VAC with UPS

(SMART1200XLHG -AGSM1200PSR3HG series) 45A max.

230 VAC 40A max.

230 VAC with UPS

(SMX1200XLHG - AGSM6834 series) 75A max.

264 VAC 50A max.

NOTE: These values are estimations.

2-2-2-3 Site Circuit Breaker

It is recommended that the branch circuit breaker for the machine be readily accessible.

CAUTION POWER OUTAGE MAY OCCUR.

!! CAUTION:
The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT requires a dedicated single branch circuit. To avoid circuit
overload and possible loss of critical care equipment, make sure you DO NOT have any other
equipment operating on the same circuit.

2-2-2-4 Site Power Outlets

A dedicated AC power outlet must be within reach of the unit without extension cords. Other adequate
outlets for the external peripherals, medical and test equipment needed to support this unit must also
be present within 1 m (3.2 ft.) of the unit. Electrical installation must meet all current local, state, and
national electrical codes.

2-2-2-5 Main Power Plug

The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT is supplied with a main power plug, as standard. In the event that the
unit arrives without a power plug, or with the wrong plug, contact your GE dealer. When necessary, the
installation engineer will supply the appropriate power plug to meet the applicable local regulations.

Chapter 2 - Site Preparation 2-3

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

2-2-3 EMI Limitations

Ultrasound systems are susceptible to Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) from radio frequencies,
magnetic fields, and transients in the air or wiring. Ultrasound machines also generate EMI.
The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT complies with limits as stated on the EMC label. However, there is no
guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.

NOTICE Possible EMI sources should be identified before the unit is installed. EMI/EMC radiation check of the
!! NOTICE:
from other devices or from power line of hospital at the installation site must be done and rectified
before the System is installed

Electrical and electronic equipment may produce EMI unintentionally as the result of a defect.
Sources of EMI include the following:

• Medical lasers
• Scanners
• Cauterizing guns
• Computers
• Monitors
• Fans
• Gel warmers
• Microwave oven
• Light dimmers
• Mobile phones
• In-house wireless phones (DECT phones)
• Wireless computer keyboard and mouse
• Air conditioning system
• High Frequency (HF) surgery equipment
• General AC/DC adapters

Table 2-5 EMI Prevention/Abatement

EMI Rule Details

Keep the unit at least 5 meters (16.4 feet) away from other EMI sources. Special shielding may be
Be aware of RF sources. required to eliminate interference problems caused by high frequency, high powered radio or video
broadcast signals.

Poor grounding is the most likely reason a unit will have noisy images.
Ground the unit.
Check grounding of the power cord and power outlet.

After you finish repairing or updating the system, replace all covers and tighten all screws.
Replace and/or reassemble
Any cable with an external connection requires a magnet wrap at each end.
all screws, RF gaskets,
Install the shield over the front of card cage. Loose or missing covers or RF gaskets allow radio
covers and cores.
frequencies to interfere with the ultrasound signals.

If more than 20% or a pair of the fingers on an RF gasket are broken, replace the gasket.
Replace broken RF gaskets.
Do not turn ON the unit until any loose metallic part is removed and replaced, if required.

Never place a label where RF gaskets meet the unit. Otherwise, the gap created will permit RF
Do not place labels where
leakage. In case a label has been found in such a location, move the label to a different,
RF gaskets touch metal.
appropriate location.

The interconnect cables are grounded and require ferrite beads and other shielding.
Use GE- specified
Cable length, material, and routing are all important; do not make any changes that do not meet
harnesses and peripherals.
all specifications.

2-4 Section 2-2 - General Console Requirements

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 2-5 EMI Prevention/Abatement

EMI Rule Details

Take care with cellular

Cellular phones may transmit a 5 V/m signal that causes image artifacts.
phones.

Do not allow cables to lie across the top of the card cage or hang out of the peripheral bays.
Properly dress peripheral
Loop the excess length for peripheral cables inside the peripheral bays.
cables.
Attach the monitor cables to the frame.

2-2-4 Probe Environmental Requirements

Operation: Ambient temperature 18° to 30° C

Storage: -10° to 50° C

NOTE: Temperature in degrees C. Conversion to degrees F = °C (9/5) + 32.

NOTICE SYSTEMS AND ELECTRONIC PROBES ARE DESIGNED FOR STORAGE TEMPERATURES OF
!! NOTICE:
-10 TO + 50 oC. WHEN EXPOSED TO LARGE TEMPERATURE VARIATIONS, THE PRODUCT
SHOULD BE KEPT IN ROOM TEMPERATURE FOR 10 HOURS BEFORE USE.

2-2-5 Time and Manpower Requirements

Site preparation takes time. Begin Pre-installation checks as soon as possible. If possible, allow six
weeks before delivery, for enough time to make necessary changes.

CAUTION Have two people available to deliver and unpack the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.
Attempts to move the unit considerable distances (or on an incline) by one person alone, could
result in personal injury and/or damage to the system.
!! CAUTION:

Chapter 2 - Site Preparation 2-5

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

2-2-6 System Specifications

2-2-6-1 Physical Dimensions of Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT

The physical dimensions and weight (without Peripherals) of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT unit are
summarized in Table 2-6.

NOTE: Physical dimensions (especially height and depth) depend on control console and monitor positioning.
For more details refer to Chapter 2 - System Specifications, on page 2-6.

Table 2-6 Physical Dimensions and Weight (without Peripherals)

Version Height Width Depth Weight

VOLSUON Min. 1050mm 445 mm 593 mm Approximately 56kg
SWIFT Max. 1250mm (without peripherals)

VOLUSON Min. 1080mm 512 mm 593 mm Approximately 58kg

SWIFT+ Max. 1280mm (without peripherals)

2-2-6-2 Acoustic Noise Output

max. 40 dB(A)

2-2-6-3 Electrical Specifications

Please refer to Section 2-2-2-1 "Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT Power Requirements" on page 2-3.

2-6 Section 2-2 - General Console Requirements

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2-3
Facility Needs
2-3-1 Purchaser Responsibilities
The work and materials needed to prepare the site is the responsibility of the purchaser. Delay,
confusion, and waste of manpower can be avoided by completing pre installation work before delivery.

Use the Pre-installation checklist (provided in Table 2-7) to verify that all needed steps have been taken.

Table 2-7 Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT Pre-Installation Check List

Action Yes No

Schedule at least 3 hours for installation of the system.

Notify installation team of the existence of any variances from the basic installation.

Make sure system and probes have been subject to acclimation period.

Environmental cooling is sufficient.

Lighting is adjustable to adapt to varying operational conditions of the System .

Electrical facilities meet system requirements.

EMI precautions have been taken and all possible sources of interference have been removed.

Mandatory site requirements have been met.

If a network is used, IP address has been set for the system and a dedicated network outlet is available.

Purchaser responsibility includes:

• Procuring the materials required.

• Completing the preparations before delivery of the ultrasound system.
• Paying the costs for any alterations and modifications not specifically provided in the sales contract.

NOTE: All electrical installations that are preliminary to the positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for
the equipment must be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other connections between pieces
of electrical equipment, calibrations, and testing must also be performed by qualified personnel.
The products involved (and the accompanying electrical installations) are highly sophisticated and
special engineering competence is required. All electrical work on these products must comply with the
requirements of applicable electrical codes. The purchaser of GE equipment must only utilize qualified
personnel to perform electrical servicing on the equipment.

The desire to use a non–listed or customer provided product or to place an approved product further
from the system than the interface kit allows presents challenges to the installation team. To avoid
delays during installation, such variances should be made known to the individuals or group performing
the installation at the earliest possible date (preferably prior to the purchase).

The ultrasound suite must be clean prior to delivery of the machine. Carpet is not recommended
because it collects dust and creates static. Potential sources of EMI (electromagnetic interference)
should also be investigated before delivery. Dirt, static, and EMI can negatively impact system reliability.

Chapter 2 - Site Preparation 2-7

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

2-3-2 Mandatory Site Requirements

The following are mandatory site requirements. Additional (optional) recommendations, as well as a
recommended ultrasound room layout, are provided in Section 2-3-3 "Site Recommendations" .

• A dedicated single branch power outlet of adequate amperage (see Table 2-3 on page 2-3) that
meets all local and national codes and is located less than 2.5 m (8.2 ft) from the unit’s proposed
location. Refer to: Section 2-2-2 "Electrical Requirements" on page 2-2.
• A door opening of at least 76 cm (2.5 ft) in width.
• The proposed location for the unit is at least 0.2 m (0.67 ft) from the walls, to enable cooling.
• Clean and protected space for storage of probes (either in their case or on a rack).
• Material to safely clean probes (performed using a plastic container, never metal).
• Power outlet and place for any external peripheral are within 2 m (6.5 ft.) of each other with
peripheral within 1 m of the unit to connect cables.

NOTE: The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT has four outlets inside the unit. One is for the monitor and three for on
board peripherals.

In case of network option:

• An active network outlet in the vicinity of the ultrasound unit.

• A network cable of appropriate length (regular Pin-to-Pin network cable).
• An IT administrator who will assist in configuring the unit to work with your local network.
A fixed IP address is required. Refer to the form provided in Figure 3-84 on page 3-98 for network
details that are required.

NOTE: All relevant preliminary network port installations at the prepared site must be performed by authorized
contractors. The purchaser of GE equipment must utilize only qualified personnel to perform servicing
of the equipment.

2-3-3 Site Recommendations

The following are (optional) site recommendations. Mandatory site requirements are provided in the
Mandatory Site Requirements section, above.

• Door opening of 90 cm (3 ft) in width.

• Accessible circuit breaker for a dedicated power outlet.
• Sink with hot and cold running water.
• Receptacle for bio–hazardous waste, for example, used probe sheaths.
• Emergency oxygen supply.
• Storage area for linens and equipment.
• Nearby waiting room, lavatory, and dressing room.
• Dual level lighting (bright and dim).
• Lockable cabinet for software and manuals.

2-8 Section 2-3 - Facility Needs

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

2-3-3-1 Recommended Ultrasound Room Layout

Figure 2-1 below shows a floor plan illustrating the recommended layout of the Ultrasound Room and
depicting the minimal room layout requirements.

VOLUSON Dedicated Power Outlets

SWIFT/SWIFT+
Hospital Network

Cabinet for
Software and Manuals
(optional)

35.5 IN.
(92 CM)

Figure 2-1 Recommended Floor Plan 4.3m x 5.2m (14ft x 17ft)

Chapter 2 - Site Preparation 2-9

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

2-3-4 Networking Setup Requirements

2-3-4-1 Stand-alone Unit (without Network Connection)

None

2-3-4-2 Unit Connected to Hospital’s Network

Supported networks:

• Ethernet
• Wireless LAN (Option)

2-3-4-3 Purpose of the DICOM Network Function

DICOM (Digital Imaging and Communications in Medicine) services provide the operator with clinically
useful features for moving images and patient information over a hospital network.
Examples of DICOM services include the transfer of images to workstations for viewing or transferring
images to remote printers. As an added benefit, transferring images in this manner frees up the on-
board monitor and peripherals, enabling viewing to be done while scanning continues.
With DICOM, images can be archived, stored, and retrieved faster, easier, and at a lower cost.

2-3-4-4 DICOM Option Pre-installation Requirements

To configure the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT ultrasound unit to work with other network connections, the
network administrator must provide some necessary information.

Use the Connectivity Setup Worksheet on page 3-97 to record required information that must include:

• Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT DICOM network details for the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT unit,
Details: including the host name, local port, IP address, AE title and net
mask.

• Routing Information: IP addresses for default gateway and other routers in use at site.

• DICOM Application Information: Details of DICOM devices in use at the site, including the DICOM
host name, AE title, DICOM port number and IP addresses.

Installation see : Figure 3-12-2 on page 3-85

2-10 Section 2-3 - Facility Needs

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 3
Setup Instructions

Section 3-1
Overview
3-1-1 The Purpose of Chapter 3
This chapter contains information needed to setup the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT. Included are
procedures to receive, unpack and configure the equipment.
A worksheet is provided (see: page 3-86 to page 3-87) to help ensure that all the required information
is available, prior to setup the system.

Table 3-1 Contents in Chapter Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT

Section Description Page Number

3-1 Overview 3-1

3-2 Set Up Reminders 3-2

3-3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment 3-6

3-4 Preparing for Set Up 3-10

3-5 Connection of Auxiliary Devices 3-12

3-6 Completing the Set Up 3-26

3-7 Printer Installation 3-33

3-8 System Configuration 3-41

3-9 Available Probes 3-68

3-10 Software/Option Configuration 3-68

3-11 Connectivity Setup 3-69

3-12 Network Configuration 3-72

3-13 Connectivity Setup Worksheet 3-86

3-14 Paperwork 3-88

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-1

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-2
Set Up Reminders
3-2-1 Average Installation Time
Once the site has been prepared, the average installation time required is shown in Table 3-2 below.
Table 3-2 Average Installation Time

Description Average Installation Time Comments

Unpacking the ultrasound unit 0.5 hours
Installing the ultrasound unit / options /
0.5 to 1.5 hours depends on required configuration
printers
DICOM Option (connectivity) 0.5 to 1.5 hours depends on configuration amount

3-2 Section 3-2 - Set Up Reminders

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-2-2 Installation Warnings

1.) Since the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT weighs approximately 58kg (127.9lbs.) without peripherals,
two people are required to unpack it.
2.) There are no operator serviceable components. To prevent shock, do not remove any covers or
panels. Should problems or malfunctions occur, unplug the power cord.
Only qualified service personnel should carry out servicing and troubleshooting.

3-2-2-1 Moving/Lifting the System

When moving the system, grasp it only at the rear handle.

WARNING Do NOT pull or lift the system with the

WARNING
front handle of the user interface
(operator panel).

Figure 3-1 moving or lifting the system

3-2-2-2 System Acclimation Time

After being transported, the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system may be very cold or hot.
It requires one hour for each 2.5C increment if it's temperature is below 10C or above 40C.

CAUTION Equipment damage possibility. Turning the system on without acclimation after arriving at site
!! CAUTION:
may cause the system to be damaged.

Table 3-3 Acclimation Time

°C 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 -5 -10 -15 -20 -25 -30 -35 -40

°F 140 131 122 113 104 96 86 77 68 59 50 41 32 23 14 5 -4 -13 -22 -31 -40

hrs 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

WARNING
WARNING Monitor mounting mechanism may break if not properly supported (e.g., with packing
!! WARNING:
foam) during transportation.

3-2-2-3 Brake Pedal Operation

WARNING
WARNING REMEMBER: If the front wheel brakes are engaged for transportation, release brake
!! WARNING:
pedals (brakes on front wheels under the foot rest) to disengage the lock.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-3

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-2-3 Safety Reminders

DANGER WHEN USING ANY TEST INSTRUMENT THAT IS CAPABLE OF OPENING THE
!! DANGER:
AC GROUND LINE (I.E., METER’S GROUND SWITCH IS OPEN), DO NOT
TOUCH THE UNIT!
CAUTION Two people should unpack the unit because of its weight.
!! CAUTION:
Two people are required whenever a part weighing 16kg (35 lb.) or more must be lifted.

CAUTION If the unit is very cold or hot, do NOT turn on its power until it has had sufficient time to
!! CAUTION:
acclimate to its operating environment.

CAUTION To prevent electrical shock, connect the unit to a properly grounded power outlet.
!! CAUTION:
DO NOT use a three to two prong adapter. This defeats safety grounding.

CAUTION DO NOT wear the ESD wrist strap when you work on live circuits and more than 30 V peak is
!! CAUTION:
present.

CAUTION DO NOT use a 20 Amp to 15 Amp adapter on the 120 Vac unit’s power cord.
!! CAUTION:
This unit requires a dedicated 16 A circuit.

CAUTION DO NOT operate this unit unless all board covers and frame panels are securely in place, to
ensure optimal system performance and cooling.
(When covers are removed, EMI may be present).
!! CAUTION:

CAUTION OPERATOR MANUAL(S)

The User Manual(s) should be fully read and understood before operating the Voluson™
SWIFT+/SWIFT. Keep manuals near the unit for reference.
!! CAUTION:

CAUTION ACOUSTIC OUTPUT HAZARD

Although the ultrasound energy transmitted from the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT is within
FDA limitations, avoid unnecessary exposure.
!! CAUTION:

Ultrasound energy can produce heat and mechanical damage.

3-4 Section 3-2 - Set Up Reminders

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-2-3-1 Packing label

Voluson SWIFT
Voluson SWIFT+

Voluson SWIFT BT23

Voluson SWIFT+ BT23

Figure 3-2 Environment Labels

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-5

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-3
Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment

CAUTION Please read this section carefully before unpacking the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT and its
!! CAUTION:
(optional) peripherals.

The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT ultrasound system and accessories are shipped from the factory in a
single durable shipping carton which is mounted on a raised wooden platform base.

CAUTION Transport only with forklift or stacker truck.

!! CAUTION:
During transport pay attention to the point of gravity (“tilt and drop” indicator)!
Have two people available to unpack the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.
Attempts to move the unit considerable distances (or on an incline) by one person alone, could
result in personal injury, and/or damage to the system.

Table 3-4 Shipping Carton - Dimensions and Weight

Description Height Width Depth Weight*

Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT 80kg (including
1320 mm 885 mm 655 mm
incl. accessories the system)

* Weight is approximate and will vary depending upon the supplied peripherals

Before unpacking the unit:

• Inspect the crate for visible damage.

• Inspect the Tilt Indicator for evidence of accidental tilting during transit, see: Figure 3-3 below).

Indicator turns Red

Figure 3-3 Drop and Tilt Indicator

NOTICE The device must only be transported in the original packaging!

!! NOTICE:
Each shipping crate is composed of wooden base, cardboard box, re-usable plastic caps and cush-
ions inside. It is recommended to keep and store the shipping crate and all other packing materials
(including the support foams, vinyl cover, etc.), in case the unit has to be moved to a different location.
Unpack the devices such a way that packaging can be reused.
For warranty purposes, storage of the above is required for one year from date of purchase.

NOTICE The device must only be transported in the original packaging!

!! NOTICE:
If the shipping crate is damaged, please inform the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT sales representative
immediately.

3-6 Section 3-3 - Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment (cont)

The envelope with delivery address, packing list and

invoice is located on the front panel of the crate.

Check whether delivery is complete

(according to packing list) and check visual damage!

Figure 3-4 envelope at front panel of the crate

Table 3-5 Unpacking Procedure

Step Task
1. Cut the 4 strings

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-7

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 3-5 Unpacking Procedure

Step Task
2. Remove the top cover and top plate.

3. Remove the three Plastic Joints from the outer sleeve..

4. Remove the outer sleeve.

3-8 Section 3-3 - Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 3-5 Unpacking Procedure

Step Task
5. Cut the tape to unfold the package and remove the vinyl cover

6. Unlock the casters, grasp the system at the handle, then slowly move unit down the ramp.

Note: Packing crate and material should be stored for future use.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-9

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-4
Preparing for Set Up
3-4-1 Verify Customer Order
1.) After unpacking the equipment, it is important to verify that all items ordered by the customer have
been received. Compare all items listed on the packing slip (delivery note) with those received.

NOTICE It is recommended to keep and store the shipping carton and all other packing materials (including the
!! NOTICE:
support foams, anti-static plastic cover, etc.), in case the unit has to be moved to a different location.
Unpack the devices such a way that packaging can be reused.
For warranty purposes, storage of the above is required for one year from date of purchase.

2.) Visually inspect the system components using the following checklist.

Table 3-6 Damage Inspection Checklist - Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT System

 Step Item Recommended Procedure

1 Main label Enter Serial Number: __________________________ (printed on main label, see: Figure 1-1 on page 1-11)

2 Console Verify that the system is switched OFF and unplugged. Clean the console and control panel.

Physically inspect the control console for missing or damaged items.

3 Control Console
After switching on the system, verify the proper illumination of all the control panel buttons.

Check all probes for wear and tear on the lens, cable, and connector. Look for bent or damaged pins on the
4 Probes connector and in the connector socket on the unit. Verify that the EMI fingers around the probe connector
socket housing are intact. Check the probe locking mechanism and probe switch.

Clean the LCD display by gently wiping with a dry, soft, lint-free non-abrasive folded cloth. Inspect the monitor
5 LCD Display
for scratches and raster burn.

6 Fans Verify that the system’s cooling fans and peripheral fans are operating.

Check the rear panel connectors for bent pins, loose connections and loose or missing hardware. Screw all
7 Rear Panel
the cable connectors tightly to the connector sockets on the panel. Verify that the labeling is in good condition.

Check that all screws are tightly secured in place, that there are no dents or scratches and that no internal
8 Covers
parts are exposed.

Check and clean the peripherals in accordance with the manufacturer’s directions.
9 Peripherals
To prevent EMI or system overheating, dress the peripheral cables inside the peripheral cover.

Check the power cord for cuts, loose hardware, tire marks, exposed insulation, or any deterioration.
10 Power Cord
Verify continuity. Replace the power cord, as required.

NOTE: Report any items that are missing, back-ordered, or damaged, to your Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT sales
representative. The contact address is shown in Phone Numbers for Customer Assistance on page 1-
18.

WARNING
WARNING CONNECTING A Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT ULTRASOUND UNIT TO THE WRONG
!! WARNING:
VOLTAGE LEVEL WILL MOST LIKELY DESTROY THE ULTRASOUND UNIT.

3-10 Section 3-4 - Preparing for Set Up

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-4-2 EMI Protection

This unit has been designed to minimize the effects of Electo-Magnetic Interference (EMI). Many of the
covers, shields, and screws are provided primarily to protect the system from image artifacts caused by
this interference. For this reason, it is imperative that all covers and hardware are installed and secured
before the unit is put into operation.

Ensure that the system is protected from electromagnetic interference (EMI), as follows:

• Operate the system at least 15 feet away from equipment that emits strong electromagnetic
radiation.
• Operate the system in an area enclosed by walls, floors and ceilings comprised of wood, plaster or
concrete, which help prevent EMI.
• Shield the system when operating it in the vicinity of radio broadcast equipment, if necessary.
• Do not operate mobile phones or other EMI emitting devices in the ultrasound room.
• Verify that all EMI rules listed in the following table are followed:
The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT ultrasound unit is approved for use in hospitals, clinics and other
environmentally qualified facilities, in terms of the prevention of radio wave interference. Operation of
the ultrasound unit in an inappropriate environment can cause electronic interference to radios and
television sets situated near the medical equipment.
For further details and EMI Prevention/Abatement refer to Section 2-2-3 "EMI Limitations" on page 2-4.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-11

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-5
Connection of Auxiliary Devices
NOTE: Normally auxiliary devices and peripherals come pre-installed with the system.

Table 3-7 below outlines hardware installation procedures described in the sub-sections.
Table 3-7 Connection Procedures

Sub-section Description Page Number

3-5-1 Connecting the LCD Monitor 3-13

3-5-3 Connecting the Black & White Printer 3-15

3-5-4 Connecting the Color Printer 3-17

3-5-5 Connecting the Color Laser Printer 3-19

3-5-6 Connecting the Footswitch 3-20

3-5-7 Connecting the Wireless Display 3-21

3-5-8 Connecting the ECG Kit 3-22

3-5-9 Connecting the USB Flash Memory Stick 3-23

3-5-10 Connecting the external USB Hard disk (Handydrive) 3-23

3-5-11 General Remarks and Hints when using external USB-Devices 3-24

WARNING
WARNING After each installation, the leakage currents have to be measured according to
!! WARNING:
IEC 60601-1 respectively UL 60601-1 and ANSI/AAMI ES60601-1.

CAUTION Please observe that some printers may not be medical devices! If the Line Printers are not
medical devices, they have to be located outside of the patient environment and use separation
device such as LAN/USB isolator or isolation transformer (according to IEC 60601-1 / UL 60601-
!! CAUTION:

1 and ANSI/AAMI ES60601-1).

2,5 m 1,5 m

1,5 m 1,5 m

NOTE: For more detailed Safety Considerations when connecting auxiliary devices to the Voluson™ SWIFT+/
SWIFT system, please review: Chapter 1 - Safety Considerations, on page 1-8.

3-12 Section 3-5 - Connection of Auxiliary Devices

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-1 Connecting the LCD Monitor

NOTE: The LCD monitor comes pre-installed with the system.

Display piggy Display HDMI

Figure 3-5 Connection Scheme - LCD Monitor

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-13

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-2 Connecting a secondary “Patient” monitor

Wall Power
Appropriate
Transformer

HDMI VGA

Figure 3-6 HDMI or VGA cable connected to the patient monitor

3-14 Section 3-5 - Connection of Auxiliary Devices

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-3 Connecting the Black & White Printer

1.) Power OFF/Shutdown the system as described in: Section 3-6-3 on page 3-30.
2.) Connect the Black & White printer according to correct connection scheme as described in
Figure 3-7 on page 3-16

NOTE: The Black & White printer should be connected to the USB2 port of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT´s
PC-part.

3.) When all the cables are connected, press the Power ON switch on the Black & White printer.
4.) Power ON/Boot up the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system as described in Section 3-6-2 on page
3-27. All software drivers are pre-installed for the designated Black & White printer only.
5.) After physical connection to the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system, assign the printer to a remote
key (P1, P2, and P3 ) as described in Section 3-7-3 "Remote Control Selection" on page 3-39.
6.) Verify the correct settings in the printer “Properties”, see: Section 3-7-2 "Adjustment of Printer
Settings" on page 3-35.

WARNING
WARNING After each installation, the leakage currents have to be measured according to
!! WARNING:
IEC 60601-1 respectively UL 60601-1 and ANSI/AAMI ES60601-1.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-15

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-3-1 Connection Scheme: B&W Printer

NOTE: The Black & White printer should be connected to the Micro USB port of Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.

Figure 3-7 B&W printer connection

3-16 Section 3-5 - Connection of Auxiliary Devices

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-4 Connecting the Color Printer

1.) Power OFF/Shutdown the system as described in: Section 3-6-3 on page 3-30.
2.) Connect the Color printer according to correct connection scheme as described in Figure 3-8 on
page 3-18.

NOTE: The Color printer should be connected to the USB1 port of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT´s PC-part.

3.) When all the cables are connected, press the Power ON switch on the Color printer.
4.) Power ON/Boot up the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system as described in Section 3-6-2 on page
3-27. All software drivers are pre-installed for the designated Color printer only.
5.) After physical connection to the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system, assign the printer to a remote
key (P1, P2, and P3 ) as described in Section 3-7-3 "Remote Control Selection" on page 3-39.
6.) Verify the correct settings in the printer “Properties”, see: Section 3-7-2 "Adjustment of Printer
Settings" on page 3-35.

WARNING
WARNING After each installation, the leakage currents have to be measured according to
!! WARNING:
IEC 60601-1 respectively UL 60601-1 and ANSI/AAMI ES60601-1.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-17

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-4-1 Connection Scheme: Color Printer

NOTE: The color printer should be connected to the External USB port of Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT. The
color printer can be connected to an external, non isolated power source.

Power Cable
Connected to the rear
side of the printer

Figure 3-8 Color Printer connection

3-18 Section 3-5 - Connection of Auxiliary Devices

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-5 Connecting the Color Laser Printer

NOTE: The Color Laser printer (HP, Color laser Jet Pro M454DW) should be connected to the Ethernet Wall
Plate. The Ethernet connected to the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT should be connecting Isolator then
Ethernet Wall Plate.

Ethernet Wall Plate

Ethernet Wall Plate

Figure 3-9 Color Laser Printer connection scheme

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-19

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-6 Connecting the Footswitch

NOTE: The footswitch should be connected to the External USB port of Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.

NOTE: Connection of the Footswitch is always the same.

After physical connection, adjust the Footswitch (Left/Right) as described in Section 3-8-1-6 "How to
adjust function of the Footswitch (Left/Middle/Right)" on page 3-45.

Figure 3-10 Footswitch connection scheme

3-20 Section 3-5 - Connection of Auxiliary Devices

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-7 Connecting the Wireless Display

NOTE: The Wireless Display (BENQ, WDC10) should be connected to the HDMI port of Voluson™ SWIFT+/
SWIFT. The Wireless Display can be connected to an internal, USB power source. When the ‘signal
source’ and ‘receiver source’ is power one, it is paired automatically.

HDMI
Signal receiver

Signal source

HDMI USB
Figure 3-11 Wireless Display connection scheme

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-21

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-8 Connecting the ECG Kit

NOTE: The ECG Kit (NORAV, ECG-USB1) should be connected to the USB port of Voluson™ SWIFT+/
SWIFT. The ECG can be connected to USB C type.

Figure 3-12 ECG kit connection scheme

3-22 Section 3-5 - Connection of Auxiliary Devices

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-9 Connecting the USB Flash Memory Stick

NOTICE Before connecting an USB device, please read General Remarks and Hints when using external USB-
!! NOTICE:
Devices on page 3-24.

The USB Flash Memory Stick may be connected to an accessible USB port of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/
SWIFT system (e.g., on back of control console).

An external USB Flash Memory Stick can be connected once the system is powered ON, or after
shutdown. The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT, Windows detects the device and automatically installs a
driver. During this process several dialogs may pop up, starting with the „Found New Hardware” dialog.

NOTE: Memory drives or sticks may be sensitive to EMC interference.

This may affect system performance and/or image quality.

NOTICE Before disconnecting an external USB-device (e.g., USB Stick), the system has to be informed about
!! NOTICE:
the removal of the device! For this purpose select the Eject icon after pressing the top-left tool bar.
For further details refer to: Section 3-5-11-2 "External USB-Devices - Disconnection" on page 3-24.

3-5-10 Connecting the external USB Hard disk (Handydrive)

NOTICE Before connecting an USB device, please read General Remarks and Hints when using external USB-
!! NOTICE:
Devices on page 3-24.

The external “Handydrive” HDD may be connected to an accessible USB port of the Voluson™
SWIFT+/SWIFT system (e.g., on back of control console).

An external USB Hard Disk Drive can be connected once the system is powered ON, or after shutdown.
The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT, Windows detects the device and automatically installs a driver. During
this process several dialogs may pop up, starting with the „Found New Hardware“ dialog.

NOTE: Memory drives or sticks may be sensitive to EMC interference.

This may affect system performance and/or image quality.

NOTICE Before disconnecting an external USB-device (e.g., USB Hard disk), the system has to be informed
!! NOTICE:
about the removal of the device! For this purpose select the Eject icon after pressing the top-left tool
bar.
For further details refer to: Section 3-5-11-2 "External USB-Devices - Disconnection" on page 3-24.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-23

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-11 General Remarks and Hints when using external USB-Devices

WARNING
WARNING Do not connect or disconnect any external USB-devices to or from the system while
!! WARNING:
scanning a patient! The appearing dialogs could distract you from the scan!

3-5-11-1 External USB-Devices - Connection

When an external USB-storage device (such as a USB-memory stick or an external hard disk) is
connected to the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT, Windows detects the device and automatically installs a
driver. During this process, several dialogs may pop up, starting with the “Found New Hardware“ dialog.

NOTE: If an external drive was not recognized automatically after connecting it, click RESCAN DRIVE.

The device is then accessible using the drive letter the system assigned to it.

NOTICE When connecting external USB devices, be sure to execute Safety Directions found in the
!! NOTICE:
Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT Instructions for Use.

3-5-11-2 External USB-Devices - Disconnection

Before an external USB-device (e.g., USB-memory stick) can be disconnected, the system has to be
informed about the removal of the device!

CAUTION Unplugging or ejecting USB devices without first stopping them can often cause the system to
!! CAUTION:
crash and possibly result in loss of valuable data.

By pressing the DRIVES in the System Setup, a dialog window (see: Figure 3-13 below) is displayed.
The “Connect USB and Network Drives” window shows all USB and Network drives connected to the
system. Using this dialog, the USB-devices can be stopped before they are physically disconnected.

Figure 3-13 Connecting USB and Network Drives

3-24 Section 3-5 - Connection of Auxiliary Devices

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

To stop the external device, select it and then click the STOP DEVICE button.

Figure 3-14 Device can now be safely removed

Confirm the ‘Stop Device‘ dialog with OK the “Connect USB and Network Drives” window.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-25

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-6
Completing the Set Up
3-6-1 Connecting the Unit to a Power Source
The connection of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT ultrasound unit to a power source should be
performed by a qualified person who has completed basic Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT System User
Training. Use only the power cords, cables and plugs provided by or designated by Voluson™ SWIFT+/
SWIFT to connect the unit to the power source.

CAUTION Prior to connect the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT unit to a power source, verify compliance with
all electrical and safety requirements. Check the power cord to verify that it is intact and of
hospital-grade. Products equipped with a power source (wall outlet) plug should be connected
!! CAUTION:

to the fixed power socket that has a protective grounding conductor. Never use an adapter or
converter to connect with a power source plug (for example, a three-prong to two-prong
converter).

WARNING
WARNING The unit’s power must be supplied from a separate, properly rated outlet to avoid risk
!! WARNING:
of fire. Refer to Section 2-2-2-1 "Voluson™ SWIFT+/ Voluson SWIFT Power
Requirements" on page 2-3 for rating information. The power cord should not, under
any circumstances, be altered to a configuration rated less than that specified for the
current.

CAUTION Whenever disconnecting the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system from the electrical outlet,
always observe the safety precautions. First unplug the main power cable from the wall outlet
socket, then from the unit itself. Remove by pulling on the cable connector - DO NOT pull on the
!! CAUTION:

cable.

CAUTION The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT requires all covers!

Operate this system only when all board covers and frame panels are securely in place.
The covers are required for safe operation, good system performance and cooling purposes.
!! CAUTION:

3-26 Section 3-6 - Completing the Set Up

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-6-2 Power On / Boot Up

3-6-2-1 Ultrasound unit Power On

1.) Connect the Main Power Cable to the back of the system.
2.) Connect the Main Power Cable to a hospital grade power outlet with the proper rated voltage.
Never use an adapter that would defeat the safety ground.
3.) Switch ON the Circuit at the rear of the system.

Main voltage indicator

(Show input voltage level)

Circuit breaker

Equipotential
connection Main power cable

Pull-out protection

Figure 3-15 Circuit and main power cable at rear of system

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-27

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-6-2-2 Back End Processor Boot Up

NOTICE When AC power is applied to the Ultrasound unit, the ON/OFF button on the control panel illuminates
!! NOTICE:
amber, indicating that the System (including the Back-end Processor) is in Standby mode.

4.) Hold down the On/Off button (see: Figure 3-16) on the control panel for ~3 seconds.

NOTE: The mains outlet of the system for peripheral auxiliary equipment are commonly switched with the
ON/OFF button. The power switch of any attached printer(s) needs to be in ON position before starting
the system. However, be aware some auxiliary equipment may switch itself to standby mode
(e.g., Color video printer) and must therefore be switched on separately.

When the ON/OFF button on the control panel is pressed, the System (including the Back-end
Processor) starts and the operating system is loaded which then leads the application software to
activate the Ultrasound unit.

The system automatically performs an initialization sequence which includes the following:

- Loading the operating system.

- Running a quick diagnostic check of the system.
- Detecting connected probes

On/Off button

Figure 3-16 On/Off Button on Control Panel

As soon as the software has been loaded, the system enters 2D-Mode with the probe and application
that were used before the system was shut down.

NOTE: Total time used for start-up is about 2 minutes.

3-28 Section 3-6 - Completing the Set Up

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-6-2-3 During a normal boot, you may observe

A.) Power is distributed to Peripherals, Operator Panel (control panel), Monitor, Front-End and
Back-End Processor.
B.) The Back-End Processor and rest of the System starts with the sequence listed in following steps:
1.) First of all, the BIOS version is shown on the monitor.
2.) Afterwards the “Boot Screen” is displayed. (Voluson is highlighted, Figure 3-17 below).

Figure 3-17 Boot screen

3.) Back-End Processor is turned ON and starts to load the software.

4.) The Start Screen (Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT) is displayed on the monitor.
5.) Start-up progress bars indicating software loading procedures, are displayed on the monitor,
as shown in Figure 3-18 below.

Figure 3-18 Start-up screen

6.) The software initiates and sets up the Front-End electronics and the rest of the Ultrasound unit.
7.) As soon as the software has been loaded, the 2D screen is displayed on the monitor.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-29

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-6-3 Power Off / Shutdown

NOTICE After turning off a system, wait at least 10 seconds before turning it on again.
!! NOTICE:
The system may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly.

3-6-3-1 Ultrasound unit Shutdown

1.) If not already in read mode, freeze the image.
2.) Press the ON/OFF button (see: Figure 3-16) on the control panel. Following dialog appears.

Figure 3-19 Shutdown, Restart, Cancel or Sleep

3.) Select the SHUTDOWN button. The system performs an automatic full shutdown sequence.

NOTE: Full shut down is also performed when pressing the ON/OFF button on the control panel twice.

4.) Switch OFF the Circuit at the rear of the system.

3-30 Section 3-6 - Completing the Set Up

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

NOTE: The mains outlet of the system for peripheral auxiliary equipment are commonly switched with the
ON/OFF button. So the auxiliary equipment need not to be switched ON/OFF separately.

WARNING
WARNING Disconnection of the Main Power Cable is necessary!
!! WARNING:
For Example: When repairing the system.

5.) After complete power down, disconnect the main power cable from the system or unplug it from the
AC wall outlet socket.

Circuit breaker

Main power coble

Figure 3-20 Circuit and main power at rear of system

6.) Press on the brakes to block the front caster wheels.

7.) Disconnect probes. (Turn the probe locking handle counterclockwise and then pull the connector
straight out of the probe port.)

CAUTION DO NOT disconnect a probe while running (Live Scan “Write” mode)!
!! CAUTION:
A software error may occur. In this case switch the unit OFF (perform a reset).

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-31

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-6-4 Transducer Connection

NOTE: When the probe is connected, it is automatically activated.
Once connected, the probes can be selected for different applications.

Connect a transducer to one of the three rightmost transducer receptacle as follows:

1.) Inspect the probe and probe socket to verify that it is free of debris.
2.) Ensure that the probe locking lever is at left position, as shown Figure 3-21.
3.) Insert the connector on the receptacle, and move lever to the right position to lock probe.

Transducer Transducer
unlocked locked
(locking lever (locking lever
in right position) in left position)

Figure 3-21 Transducer Connection

4.) Carefully position the probe cord so that it is free to move and is not resting on the floor.

CAUTION Do not bend the probe cable acutely. Fault conditions can result in electric shock hazard.
Do not touch the surface of probe connectors which are exposed when the probe is removed.
Do not touch the patient when connecting or disconnecting a probe.
!! CAUTION:

NOTE: Prior to connecting or disconnecting a probe, freeze the image.

It is not necessary to turn OFF power to connect or disconnect a transducer.

3-32 Section 3-6 - Completing the Set Up

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-7
Printer Installation
NOTE: For Connection schemes refer to Section 3-5 "Connection of Auxiliary Devices" on page 3-12.

For further installation instructions see:

• Section 3-7-1 "Printer Installation manually" on page 3-34

• Section 3-7-2 "Adjustment of Printer Settings" on page 3-35

WARNING
WARNING After each installation, the leakage currents have to be measured according to IEC
60601-1, UL 60601-1, IEC 62353, ANSI/AAMI ES60601-1 or other relevant standard.

NOTE: If the Whitelisting option is available and activated in System Setup - Administration, a password login
window might appear during the installation procedure.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-33

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-7-1 Printer Installation manually

NOTE: If the Whitelisting option is available and activated in System Setup - Administration, a password login
window might appear during the installation procedure.

1.) Press the HOME button on the screen.

2.) In the “Home” menu select SYSTEM SETUP button to invoke the setup on the screen.
3.) On the left side of the screen select CONNECTIVITY and then click on the PERIPHERALS tab.

Figure 3-22 System Setup - Connectivity - PERIPHERALS page

1. Add Printer button

2. Footswitch Remote Control

3.Report Printer selection

4.) Click the ADD PRINTER button.

Please read the displayed message carefully and click YES if you have skills to do this.

5.) Click the NEXT button to start the Add Printer Wizard.
6.) After installation, close all open windows, select Save & Exit and restart the system(turn off and on
the system).
7.) Verify correct printer settings; see
8.) Assign the printer to the remote keys P1,P2 and/or P3; see Section 3-7-3-1 on page 3-40.

3-34 Section 3-7 - Printer Installation

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-7-2 Adjustment of Printer Settings

1.) After system restart, press the HOME button on the screen.
2.) In the “Home” menu select SYSTEM SETUP button to invoke the setup on the screen.
3.) On the left side of the screen select CONNECTIVITY and then click on the PERIPHERALS tab.
4.) Select the desired printer from the Printer Settings pull-down menu and click the EDIT button..

Figure 3-23 Select the desired printer

To adjust the UP-D898 printer see: 3-7-2-1 "UP-D897 / UP-D898MD - Printer Settings" .

To adjust the UP-D25MD Printer see: 3-7-2-2 "UP-D25MD - Printer Settings" .

WARNING
WARNING After each printer installation, the leakage currents have to be measured
!! WARNING:
acc. IEC 60601-1 resp. UL 60601-1.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-35

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-7-2-1 UP-D897 / UP-D898MD - Printer Settings

1.) Call up the ‘Printer Preferences’; operation see: 3-7-2 "Adjustment of Printer Settings" .
2.) Select the LAYOUT page and select:
- Paper: 960x1280
- Orientation: Portrait
- Interpolation Method: Bilinear

Figure 3-24 Layout + Density Adjust page

3.) Select the DENSITY ADJUST page and select:

- Gamma: TONE2
- Advanced = 0; Dark = 0; Light = 0 ; Sharpness = 2
4.) Save the adjusted printer settings click APPLY and then OK.
Close window and exit System Setup with SAVE&EXIT.
5.) Assign the Printer to the remote keys P1, P2, and/or P3 with the save button;
see: Section 3-7-3 "Remote Control Selection" on page 3-39.

3-36 Section 3-7 - Printer Installation

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-7-2-2 UP-D25MD - Printer Settings

NOTICE The appropriate printer settings can be automatically loaded by means of a “Registry file”. Therefore:
• Download the SonyUp-D25MD.reg from GE folders
http://libraries.ge.com/foldersIndex.do?entity_id=15869258101&sid=101&SF=1
and extract files to USB.
• Connect the SSA Key to any USB port. As soon as the SSA Key is detected,
checking security window pops up. Then click ‘I Agree’.
• Open the Windows Start menu by pressing CTRL +ESC on the keyboard or by
pressing the equivalent from the shortcut menu, click on “WinExplorer” and
navigate to F:(where F stands for USB).
• Double click the registry file.
• Click YES to confirm.

To adjust the printer settings manually perform the following procedure:

1.) Call up the ‘Printer Preferences’; operation see: 3-7-2 "Adjustment of Printer Settings" .

2.) Select the PAPER page and select:

- Paper Size: UPC-...L (large) / UPC-...S (small)
- Orientation: Landscape (recommended when using large paper size)
- High Speed (check mark on)

NOTE: Settings for paper size must match with the used paper(large/small) and also the right color ink
cartfridge has to be used. Otherwise you will get an error message at printing.

3.) Select the Graphics page. From the “Color Adjust” pull-down menu selet:
4.) Color Balance. Cyan=0, Magenta=0, Yellow=0

Figure 3-25 Paper/Graphics page

5.) Lightness. Sharpness = 7, Dark = 0, Gamma = -6, Gamma Curve = Curve 1

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-37

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

6.) Color Correction. check mark Printer Hardware Color Correction

Figure 3-26 Graphic page (lightness /Color Correction)

7.) Gray Balance. X = 50, Y = 50

8.) Adjustment by Color. Color(region) = Magenta Red

Figure 3-27 Graphic page (Gray Balance/ Adjustment by Color)

9.) Save the adjusted printer settings with Apply and OK. Close window and exit System Setup.
10.)Assign the printer to the remote keys P1, P2 and/or P3 ; see Section 3-7-3-1 on page 3-40

3-38 Section 3-7 - Printer Installation

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-7-3 Remote Control Selection

To assign an auxiliary device (e.g., printer) to the remote keys P1, P2, and/or P3

1.) Press the HOME button on the screen.

2.) In the HOME menu select SYSTEM SETUP button to invoke the setup on the screen.
3.) On the left side of the screen select CONNECTIVITY and then click the BUTTON CONFIGURATION tab.

Figure 3-28 System Setup - Connectivity - BUTTON CONFIGURATION page (Overview)

1 Overview 2 Detailed Setup

1a Configure buttons

1b Selected Printer

1c Recorder Control

1d Select P1 to send Email

• Overview tab:
A.) Configure “Remote” Buttons: Select the desired remote control button.
B.) Select Printer: Check mark and select the desired Printer for the remote control button.
C.) Recorder Control: Check mark this item to use the selected P? key for Recorder Control.
D.) Check mark “Use P? key to send Email”, and adjust Settings.

NOTE: Optionally the Printer Remote Control can be done by the Foot switch.
(refer to: Figure 3-22: System Setup - Connectivity - PERIPHERALS page on page 3-34)

• Detailed Setup tab:

- If it is desired, check mark “Use Report Printer for Reports”

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-39

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-7-3-1 Report Printer Selection

1.) Click on the PERIPHERALS tab.
(refer to:Figure 3-22: System Setup - Connectivity - PERIPHERALS page on page 3-34)
2.) Select the desired Report Printer from the pull-down menu.

NOTICE The selected Report Printer is usually used for printing reports and images from the Archive.
!! NOTICE:

3-40 Section 3-7 - Printer Installation

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-8
System Configuration
3-8-1 System Setup
Modifications of system parameters and settings are supported by 7 major groups.
Each major group contains diverse dialog pages and sub windows.

• General Settings: Date, Time, Clinic Name, (e-IFU) Language, Screen saver, etc.
• Authentication: access setting (Password protection) to authentication functions.
• Details: Doppler 2D Refresh, Zoom options, Trackball Speed, etc.
• Annotation: adjustment of different Annotation presets(e.g. Home position, etc.)
• Clipboard: adjustment of Clipboard display and functions
• Patient Info Display: Drop Down Management, Title Bar Settings, Capitalize Letter in Patient
Names, etc.
• Scan Assistant: Scan Assistant List/Item Settings, etc.
• Education: Watch demo videos.
• Service: connect the USB “standard GE” dongle and enter the “standard GE revolving” password
(change every six months to get access to the Service Tools functions)
• System Info: shows which Software/Hardware version is installed in the system
• Options: shows which options are installed in the system
For information on configuring Software Options refer to Section 8-7 on page 8-28
• Disk Encryption: enables an encryption to secure all Patient Data, Patient Images and
corresponding measurements.
• Whitelisting: Prevents the system from installing unwanted software.
• System Password: Password for the Windows Operating system.
• Peripherals: Video Norm selection, Foot switch assignment, Add Printer, Edit Printer settings, etc.
• Device Setup: to set up all DICOM, Archive and Network configuration nodes
• Button Configuration: to adjust assignment of Remote keys P1, P2 and P3... (e.g, Printer
selection)
• Drives: USB and Network drives: stop devices, map network drive, Erase CD
• Tricefy: A cloud based on image viewer.
• System Configuration: Save/Load Settings only, Save/Load/Delete Full System Configuration
• Image Archive: to save or load Image Archive
• Export/Import DB: Export/Import the current data base to/from text files, Scan Assistant
operations.

• Presets: to save User Folder/Presets and 3D/4D Presets, Logo display, etc.
• Global Parameters: adjustment of different parameters for specific or all applications

• Menu to program Biopsy Lines

• Application Parameters: to adjust Status on Freeze for different modes, Manual Trace method,
Calculation Ratio, etc.
• Report: adjustment and setup of Report display
• Result Window: adjustment of Result and OB Graph display
• Button Configuration: adjust assignment of buttons
• SonoAVC: adjustment of follicle parameters

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-41

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

NOTICE More detailed information pertaining System Setup adjustments is found in the Instructions for Use;
!! NOTICE:
see: Table 9-11, ?System Manuals,? on page 9-26.

3-8-1-1 To invoke the Setup procedure:

1.) In the “Home” menu select SYSTEM SETUP to activate the setup on the screen.
2.) Select the corresponding major group from the right side of the screen and then click the desired tab.

In general operations are done with the trackball and the trackball keys (mouse emulation).

Trackball (mouse position):

positions the pointing device (arrow) on the desktop

Left trackball key (left mouse button):

sets, fixates markers and activates pages/buttons etc. marked by the pointing device

Upper trackball key (right mouse button):

no function in system desktop

Right trackball key (left mouse button):

sets, fixates markers and activates pages/buttons etc. marked by the pointing device

Down trackball key (left mouse button):

sets, fixates markers and activates pages/buttons etc. marked by the pointing device

3-42 Section 3-8 - System Configuration

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-1-2 How to display Instructions for Use (IfU)

1. Insert the eIfU (electronic Instructions for Use) respectively the eDOC USB into the drive.
2. Press the Home button on the control console.
3. In the Home menu touch the Read IfU button to open the index file from the USB.

NOTE: If no USB or an incorrect USB is connected, a message to connect the correct USB appears.

How to store an eIfU on the local SSD

1.) Insert the eIfU (electronics Instructions for Use) USB into the drive.
2.) Press the Home button and select eIfU icon on the left side on the screen to open the “Instructions
for Use” in the language that is selected in the System Setup.
The file is automatically copied to the system local SSD (C:\Voluson\Help).

Whenever the eIFU icon is pressed again to open eIfU, the system checks availability of the USB.

• If no USB is present, the locally stored eIfU is opened.

• If neither a USB nor a locally stored eIfU file is present, a message to connect the correct USB
appears.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-43

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-1-3 How to enter Date and Time

1.) Invoke System Setup as described in Section 3-8-1-1 on page 3-42.
2.) On the left side of the screen select GENERAL SETTINGS and then click on the GENERAL tab.

Figure 3-29 System Setup - General Settings - GENERALSETTINGS page

1. Date and Time 6. Display options

2. Change date and time 7. Diverse options

3. Date Format 8. Change System Language

4.Time Format 9. Change eIFU Language

5. Clinic Name 10. Screensaver Text

3.) Click the “CHANGE DATE AND TIME” button to activate a sub dialog window to enter date, time
and time zone.
4.) Select the “DATE FORMAT” button (only one can be active).
5.) Select the “Time Format” (only one can be active).
6.) Close the Service page with Save&Exit.

3-44 Section 3-8 - System Configuration

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-1-4 How to enter Clinic Name

1.) Invoke System Setup as described in Section 3-8-1-1 on page 3-42.
2.) On the left side of the screen select GENERAL SETTINGS and then click on the GENERAL tab.
3.) Select the text box to enter a new “Clinic Name” with the keyboard.
4.) Close the Service page with Save&Exit.
The clinic name will be copied into the Hospital ID in the information header.

3-8-1-5 How to change Language and/or eIFU Language

1.) Invoke System Setup as described in Section 3-8-1-1 on page 3-42.
2.) On the left side of the screen select GENERAL SETTINGS and then click on the GENERAL tab.
3.) Select the desired language from the pull-down menu.
4.) Close the Service page with Save&Exit.

NOTE: After changing the language the system has to reboot.

3-8-1-6 How to adjust function of the Footswitch (Left/Middle/Right)

1.) Invoke System Setup as described in Section 3-8-1-1 on page 3-55.
2.) On the left side of the screen select CONNECTIVITY and then click on the
PERIPHERALS tab.
3.) Select desired function of the Footswitch Left, Middle and Right.

Figure 3-30 Click Save&Exit to save Settings and exit System setup

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-45

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-1-7 How to execute Additional Software Installation (ASI)

1.) Invoke System Setup as described in 3-8-1-1 on page 3-42
2.) On the left side of the screen select Administration and then click the Service tab.
3.) Enter the password <<she>> and click Accept.
4.) Click the ASI button.
The software parts to be installed depend on the contents of the System USB that is used.

3-8-1-8 How to activate User Login Authentication

1.) Invoke System Setup as described in 3-8-1-1 on page 3-42
2.) On the left side of the screen select General Settings and then click the Authentication tab.
3.) Select On for Activate User Login.

Figure 3-31 Selecting On for ‘Activate User Login’

a.) Click Add User. A dialog appears.

b.) Enter the User Name, the First Name and the Last Name.
c.) Enter a Password and Confirm Password.

NOTE: A valid password must be at least 6 characters long and has a maximum length of 80 characters. The
password must contain at least 2 non-letter characters, 0...9 or !@#$%^().

d.) Select a Group the user belong to.

e.) Confirm with OK to save user Login Authentication.
4.) Close the Service page with Save&Exit and restart the system.
The system login window appears as soon as the system is started or a current user logs off. The
Emergency button enables emergency mode with restricted access. Either ask the customer for proper
login credentials or connect the “standard GE” service dongle to omit the login.

NOTE: For further details refer to the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT Instructions for Use.

3-46 Section 3-8 - System Configuration

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-1-9 How to perform Full Disk Encryption

Disk Encryption enables an encryption to secure all Patient Data, Patient Images and corresponding
measurements.

CAUTION Without the Encryption Password or Recovery Key it will not be possible to access the
Ultrasound device including emergency mode, scanning, patient information, images or local
archive. GE has no access to this information or the ability to undo encryption in the event that
the Encryption Password and Recovery Key are lost. The security and safety of the Encryption
Password and Recovery Key is solely the user’s responsibility.

NOTE: Disk Encryption is an option and might not be available in all countries. If the option is not set, the tab
Disk Encryption is not available in System Setup - Administration.

Content in this section

Section 3-8-1-9-1 "Disk Encryption Workflow" on page 3-47

Section 3-8-1-9-2 "Unlock an encrypted Disk" on page 3-48

Section 3-8-1-9-3 "Decrypt Disk" on page 3-49

3-8-1-9-1 Disk Encryption Workflow

1.) Invoke System Setup as described in Section 3-8-1-1 on page 3-42
2.) On the left side of the screen select Administration and then click the Disk Encryption tab.

a
b

Figure 3-32 System Setup-Administration - Disk Encryption

3.) Start Encryption.

a.) Set unlock password and Retype of 8 characters.

NOTE: The entered password is not visible and has a minimum of 8 characters.

b.) Click Create unlock keys.

Identifier and Recovery key as well as an USB unlock key is automatically created by the
system.
c.) Save recovery key to an external or network device.
d.) Choose connected printer from the pull-down menu and click Print recovery key.
Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-47
GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

e.) If desired, click the Save to USB button to save the USB unlock key to a connected USB
device.
f.) Click the Start encryption button.

NOTE: The process of enabling encryption of the patient data will take a considerable amount of time (one to
several hours).

g.) Confirm the dialogs with Yes and OK to start encryption.

A progress bar is displayed during disk encryption process.

NOTE: The system should not be used while encryption process is ongoing.

3-8-1-9-2 Unlock an encrypted Disk

If patient data stored on the internal HDDs D:\partition are encrypted (protected), following dialog
window appears as soon as the system is started.

Figure 3-33 Unlock screen at encrypted disk

The system has to be unlocked by one of the following possibilities:

• Enter the previously defined user Password (minimum of 8 characters) and click Unlock.
• Click the Recovery key button, enter the key into the displayed dialog and click Unlock.
• Connect the USB device with unlock key and click Unlock.

NOTICE If the USB device with unlock key is connected to your Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT, the system is
automatically unlocked during boot up.

3-48 Section 3-8 - System Configuration

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-1-9-3 Decrypt Disk

1.) Invoke System Setup as described in Section 3-8-1-1 on page 3-42
2.) On the left side of the screen select Administration and then click the Service tab.
3.) Enter the password <<she>> and click Accept.
4.) Click the Decrypt Disk button.

NOTE: Security of patient data on the system will be reduced when encryption is turned off. Decryption will take
a considerable amount of time (one to several hours).

5.) Confirm the dialogs with Yes and OK to start encryption.

A progress bar is displayed during decryption process.

NOTE: The system should not be used while decryption process in ongoing.

3-8-1-10 How to protect the system by Whitelisting

NOTE: Whitelisting is an option and might not be available in all countries. If the option “Advanced Security
Features” is not set, the tab Whitelisting is not available in System Setup - Administration.

1.) Invoke System Setup as described in 3-8-1-1 on page 3-42

2.) On the left side of the screen select Administration and then click the Whitelisting tab.

Figure 3-34 Clicking the Whitelisting tab

3.) Enter Password and Verify Password.

NOTE: The entered password is not visible and has a minimum of 8 characters.

4.) Click Activate.

5.) Close the Service page with Save&Exit and restart the system.

3-8-1-11 How to install SW Option

For instruction, refer to Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT Software Option manual, 5848002 in CDS.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-49

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-1-12 How to change Video Norm

1.) Invoke System Setup as described in 3-8-1-1 "To invoke the Setup procedure:"
2.) On the left side of the screen select Connectivity and then click the Peripherals tab.

Figure 3-35 Setup - Connectivity - PERIPHERALS page

1. Add Printer button 5. Report Printer button

2. Foot Switch Remote Control 6. USB recording (Format and Quality setting)

3. External Monitor Output selection 7. USB Settings (disable USB ports)

4. Video Norm selection

3.) Click the proper field: PAL (50Hz) or NTSC (60Hz).

4.) Close the Service page with Save&Exit and restart the system.

3-8-1-13 How to change Ext. Monitor Output Settings

1.) Invoke System Setup.
2.) On the left side of the screen select Connectivity and then click the Peripherals tab.
3.) If not currently selected, click the proper field.
4.) Close the Service page with Save&Exit and restart the system.

3-8-1-14 How to adjust Format and Quality setting for USB recording
1.) Invoke System Setup.
2.) On the left side of the screen select Connectivity and then click the Peripherals tab.
3.) Select the desired recording Format from the pull-down menu.
4.) Select the desired recording Quality from the pull-down menu.
5.) Close the Service page with Save&Exit and restart the system.

3-8-1-15 How to disable Storage Devices on USB ports

1.) Invoke System Setup.
2.) On the left side of the screen select Connectivity and then click the Peripherals tab.
3.) Check mark Disable storage devices on USB ports.

3-50 Section 3-8 - System Configuration

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

NOTE: If the option ‘Advanced Security Features” is not set, Disable storage devices on USB ports is not
available.

NOTE: When Disable storage devices on USB ports is checked, the system does not recognize when a USB
storage device is connected. Therefore the export/import from and the recording to USB storage
devices is not possible. A blue info badge is visible in the tab Drives when USB ports are disabled.

4.) Close the Service page with Save&Exit and restart the system.

3-8-1-16 How to change the System Password

NOTE: “System Password” is the password for the Windows Operating system. To confirm with security
requirements any system password needs to be changeable. However, actually there is no known case
where FE’s or users need to enter this password.

1.) Invoke System Setup

2.) On the left side of the screen select Administration and then click the System Password tab.

Figure 3-36 System setup - Administration - System Password

3.) Enter the current password in the Old Password field (if the current password is the predefined
system password, it is entered by the system automatically).
4.) Enter New password and Confirm password.

NOTE: The entered password has a minimum of 6 characters.

5.) Click Change system password.

6.) Close the Service page with Save&Exit and restart the system.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-51

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-1-17 How to import Demo Case & Education Video

3-8-1-17-1 Import Demo Case

1.) Go to Maintenance mode :
- Input Service dongle and type password.
2.) Connect VOLUSON SWIFT_SWIFT+ Demo Case and Education Video Storage device to the
system

NOTE: Voluson SWIFT_SWIFT+ Demo Case and Education Video (GEPN: 5849523) is provided by marketing
team.

3.) Go to “Service” Menu:

- Press Home button - Select System Setup - Select Administration - Select Service tab -
Press Service Tools button.

Figure 3-37 Pressing Service Tools button

3-52 Section 3-8 - System Configuration

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

4.) Import Demo Case

- Press Import Democases to System

Figure 3-38 Pressing Import Democases to System button

- Select Demo case for the system and press Open.

Figure 3-39 Example screenshot

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-53

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

- Press Restore Democases into Archive

Figure 3-40

- Go to Archive and check the democase is imported.

Figure 3-41

3-54 Section 3-8 - System Configuration

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-1-17-2 Import Education Video

1.) Go to Service menu
2.) Import Education Videos
- Press Import Education Videos to System on Education Videos area.

Figure 3-42

- Select USB on Video Source drop box.

- Press Import button. Wait for a few seconds, the video files will be imported.

Figure 3-43

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-55

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3.) Show Education

- Touch Education area in Home menu
- The default education image will be displayed.

Figure 3-44

3-56 Section 3-8 - System Configuration

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-1-18 How to load “Voluson Update” Packages

This icon (at right top of the screen) indicates that a new Voluson Update Package
(e.g., MS patch) is available for download and installation.

1.) Press the HOME button on the screen.

2.) In the HOME menu select SYSTEM SETUP button to invoke the setup on the screen.
3.) Select Administration and Service tab.
4.) Select “Voluson Update” button.

Figure 3-45

NOTE: You can find ‘Voluson Update’ button in the Shutdown menu as below.

Figure 3-46

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-57

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5.) In the displayed window select available updates (A).

Figure 3-47

6.) Check mark desired settings (B).

7.) Click Download (C).

NOTE: If “Whitelisting” and/or “Disc Encryption” is activated, a password might be required before the solidify
process starts (depends on set check marks).

8.) After successful download, you might have to click the Start Update button (depends on set check
marks) to initiate the installation process.
9.) Successfully installed updates are listed in the History page.

3-58 Section 3-8 - System Configuration

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-1-19 How to active Tricefy

NOTE: Tricefy is an option and might not be available in all countries. If this option is not set, the tab Tricefy is
not available in System Setup - Connectivity

1.) Select the Home button at the left top.

2.) Select the Home menu button to invoke the Home menu desktop on the screen.
3.) On the middle of the screen select the System setup
4.) On the left side of the menu touch the Connectivity and then touch the Tricefy tab.

Figure 3-48

5.) Check mark Enable Tricefy

6.) Enter your email address to register
7.) Touch Activate account

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-59

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-1-20 How to activate Device Management (BT23 only)

NOTE: AVURI Device Management is an option and might no be available in all countries. If this option is not
set, the tab Device Mgmt is not available in the System Setup - Connectivity.

1.) Select the Home button at the left top.

2.) Select the Home menu button to invoke the Home menu desktop on the screen.
3.) On the middle of the screen select the System Setup.
4.) On the left side of the menu select the Connectivity and then click the Device Mgmt tab.

Figure 3-49

5.) Enter Account email (1)

NOTE: If desired select “Advanced” to enter further details.

6.) Click Activate (2)

3-60 Section 3-8 - System Configuration

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-2 Lock Touch

Frequent and diligent cleaning of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system reduce the risk of spreading
infection from person to person and helps to maintain a clean work environment.

CAUTION Do not use high-proof alcohol for cleaning. Only use cleaning/disinfecting agents listed in the
D
Instructions for Use of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.

1. Select the Home button at the left top.

2. Touch the Lock Touch button at the left Toolbar. This opens the “Cleaning Mode”
screen.
3. Use cleaning agent on a soft, non-abrasive, damp cloth to carefully wipe
the Touchpanel (already cleaned area changes color from white to black).

CAUTION DO NOT allow any liquid to drip or seep into the system.

4. When cleaning is finished press the Exit button.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-61

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-3 Quick Setup

1.) Select the Home button at the left top.
2.) Select the Home menu button to invoke the Home menu desktop on the screen.
3.) On the middle of the screen select the Quick setup to invoke the quick setup pages on the screen.

Figure 3-50

The Quick Setup contains the most used settings in an guided workflow. Navigation between the 6
different pages is done with the Back and Next button. Save & Exit will save all settings and close the
Quick Setup.

• Basic: Configure preferred language, clinic name and date/time preferences.

• Exam: Select applications shown when entering patient exam data. Hidden applications can still be
accessed if needed using the configuration selection within the patient information screen.
• Network: Configure network preferences and enter email to enable Tricefy.
• Buttons: Select programmable key actions based on data management and workflow preferences.
• Annotations: Configure general settings related to annotations cursor position and bodymarkers.
• Probes: Configure probe favorite.

3-62 Section 3-8 - System Configuration

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-4 On-Board Optional Peripherals

Mains outlet: AC outlet for on-board peripherals

Output voltage : 100~120/220-240VAC.

CAUTION Modification of voltage setting only by an authorized service person!

The maximum power consumption of equipment (inclusive of the color LCD monitor) connected
to these outlets must not exceed 400VA!
!! CAUTION:

Table 3-1 Approved Peripherals

Device Manufacturer Model Connection Comment

Digital B/W printer SONY UP-D898DC USB-Port

Digital Color Printer SONY UP-D25MD USB-Port

Isolation Transformer GEUK

Isolation USB connector GEUK
Isolation 1Gb Ethernet
GEUK
connection
ECG Module Norav ECG-USB1 USB-Port
Footswitch Whanam Elec. USB-Port

WLAN Netgear A6210 USB-Port

Connection Module Report Data GEUK Dedicated Connector

Network Color Laser Printer HP HP Laser Jet M454 LAN Port
US 32 inch Monitor Kretz
40in PATIENT MONITOR EU Kretz
Wireless Display BENQ WDC10 HDMI & USB - Port

EMI Filter TNC BF-10A POWER

Barcode Reader USBee 1000A USB-Port

NEURON
Card Reader CRF-200U USB-Port
CORPORATION

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-63

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-5 External I/O Connectors

7 6 4

2 1 3 5
Figure 3-51 External I/O Connectors - on Rear of System

Table 3-2 External I/O Connector - Description

Item Connector Name Table Number Description

1 HDMI Out Table 3-3 HDMI Connector for external Monitor

2 NETWORK Table 3-5 DICOM input/output, twisted pair RJ-45 10/100 megabit/s

3 USB Table 3-6 USB-2.0 port

4 RGB Out Table 3-4 RGB Connector for external Monitor

5 Audio Out Table 3-7 Audio out for external speaker

6 COMPOSITE (Option) N/A COMPOSITE Output

7 S-VIDEO (Option) N/A S-VIDEO Output

3-64 Section 3-8 - System Configuration

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-5-1 External I/O Pin Outs

Table 3-3 HDMI out Connector, 23 Pin

Pin No Output Signal Description

1 ~ 12 TMDS clock/data/Shield TMDS clock/data/Shield

13 CEC Not used

14 N/C Reserved

14, 15 SCL/SDA I2C Line

17,20,21,22,23 GND Ground

18 5V Power

19 Hot plug Not used

Table 3-4 RGB Out Connector, 19 Pin

Pin No Output Signal Description

1 Red RGB Output

2 Greed RGB Output

3 Blue RGB Output

13 Horizontal - sync Horizontal -sync

14 Vertical -sync Vertical -sync

12 DDC_DATA DATA

15 DDC_CLK CLK

5,6,7,8.10 GND Ground

4,9,11 NC No Connection

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-65

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 3-5 Network Connector, RJ45 Modular 8 Pin

Pin No Output Signal Description

1 ETHER TD Ethernet RD+

2 ETHER TD Ethernet RD-

3 ETHER RD Ethernet TD+

6 ETHER RD Ethernet TD-

Others NC No connection

Table 3-6 USB 2.0 Connectors

Pin No Output Signal Description

1 VCC USB Power Supply

2 - Data USB Data (-)

3 + Data USB Data (+)

4 GND USB Power Ground

Table 3-7 Audio Connectors

Pin No Output Signal Description

1 GND GND

2 Audio_Left Audio_Left

3 Audio_Right Audio_Right

Table 3-8 USB 3.0 A type Connectors

Pin No Output Signal Description
1 VBUS USB Power Supply
2 - Data USB Data (-)
3 + Data USB Data (+)
4 GND USB Power Ground
5 StdA SSRXn SuperSpeed differential pair #1
6 StdA SSRXp SuperSpeed differential pair #1
7 GND USB Power Ground
8 StdA SSTXn SuperSpeed differential pair #2
9 StdA SSTXn SuperSpeed differential pair #2
Shell Shield Shell

3-66 Section 3-8 - System Configuration

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 3-9 USB 3.0 C type Connectors

Pin No Output Signal Description
A1 GND USB Power Ground
A2 SSTXp1 SuperSpeed differential pair #1
A3 SSTXn1 SuperSpeed differential pair #1
A4 VBUS USB Power Supply
A5 CC1 Configuration channel
A6 Dp1 Non-SuperSpeed differential pair, position 1
A7 Dn1 Non-SuperSpeed differential pair, position 1
A8 SBU1 Sidehand use
A9 VBUS USB Power Supply
A10 SSRXn2 SuperSpeed differential pair #4
A11 SSRXp2 SuperSpeed differential pair #4
A12 GND USB Power Ground
B1 GND USB Power Ground
B2 SSTXp2 SuperSpeed differential pair #3
B3 SSTXn2 SuperSpeed differential pair #3
B4 VBUS USB Power Supply
B5 CC2 Configuration channel
B6 Dp2 Non-SuperSpeed differential pair, position 2
B7 Dn2 Non-SuperSpeed differential pair, position 2
B8 SBU2 Sideband use
B9 VBUS USB Power Supply
B10 SSRXn1 SuperSpeed differential pair #2
B11 SSRXp1 SuperSpeed differential pair #2
B12 GND USB Power Ground

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-67

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-9
Available Probes
See Chapter 9 - Probes, on page 9-28, for part numbers to be used when ordering new or replacement
service probes.

Section 3-10
Software/Option Configuration
For description refer to:

• Section 3-8-1 "System Setup" on page 3-41

NOTICE More detailed information pertaining System Setup and Measure Setup adjustments is found in the
!! NOTICE:
Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT Instructions for Use, which is available in different languages.

3-68 Section 3-9 - Available Probes

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-11
Connectivity Setup
The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT can be connected to various connectivity devices.
The following sections describe how to connect the system to a remote archive/work station or a DICOM
service, using a TCP/IP connection.

3-11-1 Connectivity Introduction

This section describes communication and connection options between the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
ultrasound unit and other devices in the hospital information system.

The following scenarios are covered:

• stand-alone Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT Ultrasound unit; see: Section 3-11-1-3 on page 3-71.
• Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT and one or several PC workstations - with Software 4D View installed -
within a “Sneaker Net” environment. (“Sneaker Net” means that you use a USB to move data
because no network is available); see: 3-11-1-4 on page 3-71.
• Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT and DICOM server in a network; see: Section 3-11-1-5 on page 3-71.

3-11-1-1 The Dataflow Concept

Communication between the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT ultrasound unit and other information
providers on the network takes the form of data flows. Each dataflow defines the transfer of patient
information from either an input source to the unit, or from the unit to an output source (see examples
in Figure 3-52 on page 3-70).

Patient information can include demographic data and images, as well as reports and Measurement
and Analysis (M&A) data.

A dataflow is a set of pre-configured services. Selecting a dataflow will automatically customize the
ultrasound unit to work according to the services associated with this dataflow.
By utilizing data flows, the user can configure the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT ultrasound unit to
optimally meet the needs of the facility, while keeping the user interface unchanged. Once the dataflow
is selected, the actual location of the database is entirely transparent.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-69

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-11-1-2 Dataflow Examples

The local database is used for patient archiving.

Images are stored to internal hard drive.

The local database is used for patient archiving.

Afterwards images are stored to external USB
device, etc.

A remote database is used for patient archiving.

Images are also stored to a remote archive.

Search in the DICOM Modality Worklist,

the patient found is copied into local database.
The patient information and the examination
results are stored to the local database.
Images are stored to a DICOM server and to an
image network volume on the local hard drive.

Figure 3-52 Examples of Dataflows

3-70 Section 3-11 - Connectivity Setup

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-11-1-3 Stand-alone Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT

If digital images or 3D/4D data sets are stored, they should be saved in the Archive (Image Management
System software).

For Image Management functionality refer to the Instructions for Use of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.

NOTICE To avoid loss of essential data, it is highly recommended to export/backup patient data as well as
!! NOTICE:
measurements at least once a month.

Physical Connection:
No network connection needed.

3-11-1-4 Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT + PC (with 4D View Software) within a “Sneaker Net”

A PC (one or several with 4D View software installed) is used for review and work on studies acquired
on one or more Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT System without being connected in a network.

The images are first stored on the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT System ’s hard drive (Archive) and then
exported from the System ’s hard drive to a sneaker device (e.g., USB), and finally imported from the
sneaker device to the “4D View” PC’s internal hard drive.
For Image Management functionality refer to the Instructions for Use of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.

NOTICE To avoid loss of essential data, it is highly recommended to export/backup patient data as well as
!! NOTICE:
measurements at least once a month.

Physical Connection:
No network connection needed.

3-11-1-5 Connection between Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT and DICOM Server

In this configuration, the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT is configured to work with a DICOM server in a
network environment. Usually, this will be the hospital network. Images are first saved on the local
image buffer on the System . At the end of the examination, the images are sent to the DICOM server
via a DICOM spooler. This scenario requires that the System is configured to be connected to the
DICOM server.

Physical Connection:
You will need one network cable.

1.) Connect one end of the cable to the Ethernet connector on the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.
2.) Connect the other end of the cable to the wall outlet.

NOTE: If a Peer-to-Peer Network is connected to the hospital’s network, you may connect the
Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT to the Peer-to-Peer Network.

For more details refer to Figure 3-12-2 on page 3-74

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-71

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-12
Network Configuration
3-12-1 TCP/IP Configuration
NOTE: Following Information must be provided by customer or hospital engineer before you can start:
A Station name, AE Title, IP address and Port Number for the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.
The IP addresses for the default gateway and other routers at the site for ROUTING INFORMATION.
Only if necessary (e.g. for Internet access).

1.) Press the HOME button on the screen.

2.) In the “Home” menu select SYSTEM SETUP button to invoke the setup on the screen.
3.) On the left side of the screen select CONNECTIVITY and then click the DEVICE SETUP tab.
4.) Click the button, read the message and confirm with YES.

Figure 3-53 Network Configuration

3-72 Section 3-12 - Network Configuration

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5.) The “Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties” dialog page appears.

NOTE: This example shows fictional numbers!

Figure 3-54 Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)

1 You can get IP and DNS settings assigned automatically, if your network supports this capability.

2 If fixed IP address is required, ask your network administrator for the appropriate settings.
Type in:
- IP address
- Subnet mask
- Default gateway
- DNS server

NOTE: For further details refer to the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT Instructions for Use.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-73

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-12-2 Wireless Network Configuration

NOTE: To configure the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system to work with WLAN, the hospital’s network
administrator has to provide the required information.

3-12-2-1 Connecting to the WLAN

1.) Connect the Wireless Network adapter as described in Section NOTE: on page 3-19
2.) Press the “Home” button on the screen.
3.) In the “Home” menu press the System Setup button to invoke the setup on the screen.
4.) On the left side of the screen select Connectivity and then click the Device Setup tab.
5.) Click the WLAN Configuration button; see Section Figure 3-53 on page 3-72
6.) The Wireless Network Configuration tool with available Wireless Networks appear.

Figure 3-55 Wireless Networks - Connect

7.) Highlight the wireless network you want to use, Enter the network security key, check mark
“Connect Automatically” and then click Connect.

NOTE: If the WLAN fails to connect, review and/or recreate the Wireless connection in the Security tab.

3-12-2-2 Disconnecting from the WLAN

1.) Press the “Home” button on the screen.
2.) Select System Setup button to invoke the setup on the screen.
3.) On the left side of the screen select Connectivity and then click the Device Setup tab.
4.) Click the WLAN Configuration button; see Section Figure 3-53 on page 3-72
5.) The Wireless Network Configuration tool with available Wireless Networks appear.
6.) Select the WLAN you are connected to and then click Disconnected.

3-74 Section 3-12 - Network Configuration

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-12-2-3 Adding a WLAN Profile

1.) Press the “System Setup” button on the screen.
2.) On the left side of the screen select Connectivity and then click the Device Setup tab.
3.) Click the WLAN Configuration button; see Section Figure 3-53 on page 3-72
4.) The Wireless Network Configuration tool with available Wireless Networks appear.
5.) Select Add New at the right bottom of the display screen.

Figure 3-56 Security - Add

6.) Enter a Network Name (SSID) and then click OK

7.) Add the following information to the Wireless Network Properties page:
- Connection
* Check mark “Connect even if the network is not broadcasting its name”
- Security
* Security type
* Encryption type
* Network security key
8.) After you have filled in all the required information, click OK.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-75

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-12-2-4 Refreshing a WLAN Network

1.) Press the “System Setup” button on the screen.
2.) On the left side of the screen select Connectivity and then click the Device Setup tab.
3.) Click the WLAN Configuration button; see Section Figure 3-53 on page 3-72
4.) The Wireless Network Configuration tool with available Wireless Networks appear.
5.) Click Scan Button.

3-12-2-5 Removing a WLAN Network

1.) Select the Home button at the Left Toolbar.
2.) Select Connectivity and then click the Device Setup tab.
3.) Click the WLAN Configuration button.
4.) The WLAN Configuration screen with available Networks appears.
5.) Select network to be removed and then click Forget.

3-76 Section 3-12 - Network Configuration

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-12-2-6 Edit an existing WLAN Network

1.) Select the Home button at the Left toolbar.
2.) Select Connectivity and then click the Device Setup tab.
3.) Click the WLAN Configuration button.
4.) The WLAN Configuration screen with available networks appear.
5.) Select network to be customized and then click Edit.

Figure 3-57 Edit Network

6.) Customize the following information:

- Connection
* Check mark desired connection behavior(s)
- Security
* Security type
* Encryption type
* Network security key
- Advances settings
7.) After you have filled in all the required information, click OK.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-77

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-12-2-7 WLAN Diagnostic

1.) Press the “System Setup” button on the screen.

2.) On the left side of the screen select Connectivity and then click the Device Setup tab.
3.) Click the WLAN Configuration button; see Section Figure 3-53 on page 3-72
4.) The Wireless Network Configuration tool with available Wireless Networks appear.
5.) Select network to be diagnostic and press the “Run Diagnostics” button.

Figure 3-58 Run Diagnostics

3-78 Section 3-12 - Network Configuration

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-12-2-8 Restart a WLAN Network

1.) Select the Home button at the Left Toolbar.
2.) Select the Connectivity and then click the Device Setup tab.
3.) Click the WLAN Configuration button.
4.) The WLAN Configuration screen with available Networks appears.
5.) Select network and then click Restart.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-79

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-12-3 How to Setup E-mail

If Internet access is available via LAN, Wi-Fi, it is possible to send images/cines via E-Mail to patients
or physicians.

Necessary information provided by the E-mail provider (SMTP settings)

To enable E-mail, the SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) settings from your provider are needed.

NOTE: The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT is only supporting E-mail send; no e-mail receive is possible. To receive
reply E-mails, the same E-mail account needs to be installed on an Office-PC.

SMTP server name (Outgoing Messages) e.g., smtp.gmail.com

SMTP Connection security

e.g., TLS
(Outgoing Messages)

SMTP port (Outgoing Messages) e.g., 465

NOTE: Maybe the information above needs to be searched in the Internet from your e-mail provider and is the
same for all e-mail users.

Email Configuration

1.) Press the Home button on the screen.

2.) In the “Home” menu select the System Setup button to invoke the setup on the screen.
3.) On the left side of the screen select Connectivity and then click the Device Setup tab.
4.) Click the Email Configuration button; see Figure 3-53 on page 3-72 .
The Email Configuration screen appear.

Figure 3-59 Email Configuration

5.) Enter Your name and Email Address in the Identity group. As an option you can enter a different
Reply to Address and a Signature Text.
6.) To verify E-mail configuration click on Send Test Email. An E-mail is sent to the entered E-mail
address followed by a message box where either a success message or an error message is
3-80 Section 3-12 - Network Configuration
GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

shown.
7.) Store your configuration with click on OK.
8.) Individually enter Patient's Email address and Phone number in the PID screen and adjust Email
option as described in Section 3-12-4 on page 3-81.

3-12-4 How to enter Patient's Email address and Phone number in the PID screen
1.) Enter the “Patient ID” screen by pressing the Patient ID key on the control console.
2.) Click the Contact Data button.
The Patient’s Email address and Phone number window appear.

Figure 3-60 Patient ID screen

3.) Enter patient's information and adjust Email/MMS Options (2).

4.) Store your configuration with click on OK (3).

NOTE: Since the E-mail to MMS service provider is maybe not located in the same area as your MMS
receptions, you need to add the area code (e.g. +49 or 0049 for Germany) to the used phone numbers
in the Patient's E-mail address and Phone number dialog.

Example: local phone number 069913800000 is +49 69913800000 or 0049 69913800000 for Germany

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-81

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-12-5 Map Network Drive

1.) Press the HOME button on the screen.
2.) In the “Home” menu select SYSTEM SETUP button to invoke the setup on the screen.
3.) On the left side of the screen select CONNECTIVITY and then click the DRIVES tab.

Figure 3-61 System Setup - Connectivity - DRIVES page

4.) Select the MAP NETWORK DRIVE button to open a dialog where the system can be connected to
a shared network drive of another server.

Figure 3-62 Map Network Drive window

NOTICE The MAP NETWORK DRIVE button is also accessible in the “Connect USB and Network Drives” dialog
!! NOTICE:
window that appears when selecting the Eject icon after pressing the top-left tool bar.

5.) Enter the name of the shared network folder in the “Network Folder Name” field.
6.) Supply a valid user name and a password for this folder.

NOTE: If you check the “Automatic Reconnect“ box, the system tries to establish the connection
again when starting up. Otherwise, the connection must be re-established manually after a shutdown
or reboot.

3-82 Section 3-12 - Network Configuration

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7.) Select the CONNECT button to establish the connection to the remote machine.
If successful, the DISCONNECT button becomes active.

NOTICE If there is an error during the connection, a warning message appears inside the dialog.
!! NOTICE:
In this case, please verify the data in the dialog.

NOTICE If there already is a connection to the remote server, the CONNECT button is grayed.
!! NOTICE:
To change the existing connection, first click on DISCONNECT and then enter the new settings.

WARNING
WARNING Please make sure that the server you are connecting to is trustworthy and reliable.
!! WARNING:
For details, contact your local system administrator.
If you backup Archive data to this server, all the patients’ demographic data will be
copied to this server!

NOTICE The Map network Drive button is also accessible in the “Connect USB and Network Drives” dialog
window that appears when selecting the Eject icon after pressing the top-left tool bar.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-83

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3-12-6 RSvP Agent Configuration

Prerequisites for RSvP Agent Configuration

If not already available, collect the following information from the hospital network administrator:

1.) Proxy Server, if necessary

__________/ __________/ __________/ __________ and Port__________

2.) Proxy Authentication, if necessary

User _______________________ and Password _______________________

For fast access to the Configuration page move the cursor to the GE icon
at the right top of the display screen and then press the upper trackball key

1.) Enter the Service Desktop and select the Agent Configuration tab.

NOTE: There are different possibilities to access Desktop and its available features; "Service Desktop" on page
5-57.

Figure 3-63 Service Desktop -> Agent Configuration

NOTE: This example shows fictional numbers!

2.) The CRM number is pre-populated with the serial number by default. Enter a unique and therefore
valid CRM No, according to your region.
3.) If desired enter the Display Name.
4.) Select the Enterprise Server according to your region from the pull-down menu. Other fields in the
“Advanced Configuration” section will become pre-populated and should not be modified.
5.) If the customer site requires a Proxy server, check the box and enter Proxy Configuration and
Credentials.

3-84 Section 3-12 - Network Configuration

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

NOTE: All information MUST be properly entered, otherwise remote control does not work. There is no
possibility to detect proxy server information automatically.

6.) Click the Submit Changes button and then close the page.
7.) Reboot the system.
8.) Reenter the Service Desktop.
9.) In the Home page confirm that “Agent Registered” and “Agent CRM Verified” status show Yes.

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-85

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-13
Connectivity Setup Worksheet

Site System Information

Floor: Comments:
Site:

Dept: Room:
Voluson™
SWIFT+/SWIFT Type: REV:

CONTACT INFORMATION
Name Title Phone E-Mail Address

TCP/IP Settings Remote Archive Setup

Name - AE Title:
System IP Settings IP Address:
Name - AE Title:
Subnet Mask:
IP Address:
Default Gateway:
Subnet Mask:
Server Name:
Default Gateway:
Remote DB User Name:

Services (Destination Devices)

Device Type Manufacturer Name IP Address Port AE Title
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

3-86 Section 3-13 - Connectivity Setup Worksheet

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-13 Connectivity Setup Worksheet (cont)

Voluson™
SWIFT+/SWIFT

Host Name Local Port IP Address . . .

AE Title Net Mask . . .

ROUTING INFORMATION GATEWAY IP Addresses

Destination
IP Addresses Default . . .

ROUTER1 . . . . . .
ROUTER2 . . . . . .
ROUTER3 . . . . . .

DICOM APPLICATION INFORMATION

NAME MAKE/REVISION AE TITLE IP ADDRESSES PORT

Store 1 . . .

Store 2 . . .

Store 3D_1 . . .

Store 3D_2 . . .

Print . . .

Worklist . . .

Structured
. . .
Reporting

Storage
. . .
Commit

MPPS . . .

Figure 3-64 Worksheet for DICOM Network Information

Chapter 3 - Setup Instructions 3-87

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-14
Paperwork
NOTE: During and after installation, the documentation (i.e. User Manual, Installation Manual,...) for the
peripheral units must be kept as part of the original system documentation. This will ensure that all
relevant safety and user information is available during the operation and service of the complete
system.

3-14-1 Product Locater Installation

NOTE: The Product Locater Installation Card shown may not be same as the provided Product Locater card.

Figure 3-65 Product Locater Installation Card

3-14-2 User Manual(s)

Check that the correct User Manual(s) for the system and software revision, is included with the
installation. Specific language versions of the User Manual may also be available.
Check with your GE Sales Representative for availability.

3-88 Section 3-14 - Paperwork

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 4
Functional Checks

Section 4-1
Overview
4-1-1 Purpose of Chapter 4
This chapter provides procedures for quickly checking major functions of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/
SWIFT System diagnostics by using the built-in service software, and power supply adjustments.

Table 4-1 Contents in Chapter 4

Section Description Page Number

4-1 Overview 4-1

4-2 Required Equipment 4-1

4-3 General Procedure 4-2

4-4 Functional Checks 4-9

4-5 Backup and Restore System Configuration and Image Archive 4-11

4-6 Software Configuration Checks 4-23

4-7 Peripheral Checks 4-25

4-8 Mode Transition 4-27

4-9 Site Log 4-28

NOTICE Most of the information pertaining to this Functional Checks chapter is found in the Voluson™ SWIFT+/
!! NOTICE:
SWIFT Instructions for Use; see: Table 9-11 on page 9-26.

Section 4-2
Required Equipment
• An empty (blank) external USB device (stick or SSD).
• At least one transducer. See Chapter 9 - Probes, on page 9-28 for an overview.
(normally you should check all the transducers used on the system)

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks 4-1

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4-3
General Procedure

CAUTION SYSTEM REQUIRES ALL COVERS

Operate this unit only when all board covers and frame panels are securely in place.
The covers are required for safe operation, good system performance and cooling purposes.
!! CAUTION:

NOTICE Lockout/Tagout Requirements (For USA only)

!! NOTICE:
Follow OSHA Lockout/Tagout requirements by ensuring you are in total control of the Power Cable
on the system.

TAG
&
LOCKOUT

Signed Date

4-3-1 Power On / Boot Up

NOTICE After turning off a system, wait at least 10 seconds before turning it on again.
!! NOTICE:
The system may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly.

4-3-1-1 System Power On

1.) Connect the Main Power Cable to the back of the system.
2.) If not already done, screw on the pull-out protection of the mains power cable with the 2 screws.
3.) Connect the Main Power Cable to a hospital grade power outlet with the proper rated voltage.
Never use an adapter that would defeat the safety ground.
4.) Switch ON the Circuit Breaker at the rear of the system.

Circuit breaker

Figure 4-1 Circuit breaker at rear of system

NOTICE When AC power is applied to the System, the ON/OFF button on the control panel illuminates amber,
!! NOTICE:
indicating that the System (including the Back-end Processor) is in Standby mode.

4-2 Section 4-3 - General Procedure

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5.) Hold down the On/Off button (see: Figure 4-2) on the control panel for ~3 seconds.

NOTE: The power for on-board peripheral auxiliary equipments are commonly switched with the
ON/OFF button. The power switch of any attached printer(s) needs to be in ON position before starting
the system. However, be aware some auxiliary equipment may switch itself to standby mode
(e.g., Color video printer) and must therefore be switched on separately.

On/Off button

Figure 4-2 On/Off Button on Control Panel

As soon as the software has been loaded, the system enters 2D-Mode with the probe and application
that were used before the system was shut down. Total time used for start-up is about 2 minutes.

NOTE: The power for on-board peripheral auxiliary equipments are commonly switched with the
ON/OFF button. So the auxiliary equipment need not to be switched ON/OFF separately.

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks 4-3

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-2 Power Off / Shutdown

NOTICE After turning off a system, wait at least 10 seconds before turning it on again.
!! NOTICE:
The system may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly.

4-3-2-1 System Shutdown

1.) If not already in read mode, freeze the image.
2.) Press the ON/OFF button (see: Figure 4-2) on the control panel. Following dialog appears.

Figure 4-3 Shutdown, Restart, Cancel or Sleep

3.) Select the SHUTDOWN button. The system performs an automatic full shutdown sequence.

NOTE: Full shut down is also performed when pressing the ON/OFF button on the control panel twice.

4.) Switch OFF the Circuit Breaker at the rear of the system.

NOTE: The mains outlet of the system for peripheral auxiliary equipment are commonly switched with the
ON/OFF button. So the auxiliary equipment need not to be switched ON/OFF separately.

WARNING
WARNING Disconnection of the Main Power Cable is necessary!
!! WARNING:
For Example: When repairing the system.

4-4 Section 4-3 - General Procedure

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5.) After complete power down, unscrew the 2 screws and remove the pull-out protection to disconnect
the main power cable from the system or unplug it from the AC wall outlet socket.

Circuit breaker
Pull-out protection

Main power cable

2 screws

Figure 4-4 Circuit Breaker, pull-out protection and main power cable at rear of system

6.) Press on the brakes to block the front caster wheels.

7.) Disconnect probes.

CAUTION DO NOT disconnect a probe while running (Live Scan “Write” mode)!
!! CAUTION:
A software error may occur. In this case switch the unit OFF (perform a reset).

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks 4-5

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-3 Sleep Mode

Sleep Mode can reduce the time to start up the system with a portable exam. It takes less than 30
seconds to start up the system from sleep state.

4-3-3-1 Activate Sleep Mode

1.) If the system is not in read mode, freeze the image.
2.) Press the ON/OFF button on the control panel and select Sleep.

Figure 4-5 Selecting Sleep

3.) After the monitor turns to black and On/Off switch turns to amber color, unplug the power cable from
the receptacle.
4.) To wake up the system, press the On/Off switch again.

NOTE: System can boot from sleep both connected and disconnected from AC power.

NOTE: Sleep mode is available in battery mode and AC power mode. Once the battery runs out the system will
not operate. To turn on the system, the user needs to connect the AC power. The sustaining time of
sleep mode will be reduced due to the battery capacity being decreased by the number of usage.

NOTICE Sleep mode is available when B mode button and the probe selection menu are available.

4-6 Section 4-3 - General Procedure

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-4 System Features

4-3-4-1 Control Panel

2 5 6 9
1

3
11
4 7
12
8
10

Figure 4-6 Control Panel Tour

1. Power On/Off button 7. P1 button

2. Calculator button 8. Freeze button

3. Pointer button 9. Toggle switch controls

4. Exit button 10. Trackball buttons

5. Gain control buttons 11. Trackball

6. Zoom In/Out button 12. Probe holders

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks 4-7

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-4-2 Monitor Display

Figure 4-7 Monitor Display Tour

Table 4-2 Monitor Display Features

1. Home button 15. Right Panel area

2. Logo 16. Run/Freeze/Cine

3. Patient Name (Last-, First-, Middle Name) 17. P buttons

4. Patient ID-number ; GA (Gestational Age) 18. Mode Selection area

5. DOB or Age 19. Trackball area

6. Name of Clinic or Institution 20. Probe Selection area

7. Sonographer’s Name 21. Left Panel area

8. Thermal Index 22. Depth scale markers

9. Mechanical Index 23. Focal zones marker

10. Date 24. Bodymarks
11. Time 25. Gray scale wedge
12. Name of Probe 26. Orientation marker

13. System Status Icons 27.

14. Image Info 28.

4-8 Section 4-3 - General Procedure

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4-4
Functional Checks
For a basic functional check of the system’s different modes, refer to the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
Instructions for Use.

NOTE: Some software may be considered standard depending upon system configuration.
If any Modes or Options are not part of the system configuration, the check can be omitted.

NOTE: Different menus are displayed depending on which Mode is selected.

Some function keys only appear if they are available for the selected probe.

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks 4-9

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

4-4-1 Patient Archive (Image Management)

The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT provides an Patient/Image Management System that allows fast and
extremely easy patient, exam and image management.

Press Home button on the top left and select Archive.

Figure 4-8 Patient Archive - ARCHIVE

• Current Patient:
The entered patient data will be used in calculations, patient worksheets, DICOM settings and is
displayed on the screen to identify images.
• Archive:
The patient archive database is used for searching a particular exam and/or patient.
Via the DATA TRANSFER button, it is possible to send images over the DICOM network, print
exams/images, export exams/images, import exams/images, etc.

NOTE: For detailed description of image management functionality and its topics refer to Chapter 12 in the
Instructions for Use of Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.

NOTE: Images can be backed up and restored by means of the Image Archive function in the System Setup.
Operation see: Section 4-5-4 "Archiving Images" on page 4-20.

4-10 Section 4-4 - Functional Checks

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4-5
Backup and Restore System Configuration and Image Archive

CAUTION It is highly recommended to Backup the System Configuration (Section 4-5-1 on page 4-12) and the
!! CAUTION:
Image Archive (Section 4-5-4 on page 4-20) once a week.

1.) Press the HOME button on the screen.

2.) In the “Home” menu select SYSTEM SETUP to invoke the setup desktop on the screen.
3.) Select BACKUP and then click the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION tab.

Figure 4-9 System Setup - Backup - SYSTEM CONFIGURATION page

The SYSTEM CONFIGURATION page is subdivided into:

• Section 4-5-1 "Save System Configuration Backup" on page 4-12

• Section 4-5-2 "Load System Configuration Backup" on page 4-15
• Section 4-5-3 "Delete System Configuration Backup" on page 4-19

A “System Configuration Backup” (hereinafter also shortly named “Configuration Backup”) can be
saved to the following destinations:

• D: partition of internal SSD

• Mapped Network Drive, see: Section 3-12-5 "Map Network Drive" on page 3-93
• External USB Drive connected to the system (e.g., USB stick or external hard disk drvie)
• Cloud1 (optional)
• Upload for Fleet2 (optional)

1. Backup stored in the cloud. This backup can only be loaded on the Voluson SWIFT series system on which it was created.
2. Backup is stored in the cloud and provided for fleet management. This backup can be distributed to other Voluson SWIFT series system

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks 4-11

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

4-5-1 Save System Configuration Backup

NOTE: It is recommended to backup System Configuration data before upgrading the software and/or image
settings (Presets). This ensures that if settings need to be reloaded, will be the same ones the customer
was using prior to service.

A backup of the system Configuration always contains the following data:

IMAGING

• 2D Presets 2D user presets

- 2D Probe settings Applications and presets for all available probes
• 3D/4D Presets 3D/4D user presets
- Acquisition 3D applications acquisition type and presets for all available 3D/4D probes
- Render 3D/4D render applications, usage, types, groups and presets
• Gray Curves Gray Maps
• Flow Profiles
• Application Settings Application and probe factory settings

CONFIGURATION

• Custom
- System Settings General “Setup” settings such as language, time/date format, video output,
archive configuration, probe respond, color and lighting, etc.
- Annotations Bodymark initial position, annotation text and touchpanel layout for all
applications.
- Scan Assistant
* Scan Assistant Lists
* Scan Assistant Settings
- Measure & Report Configuration User specific measure setup settings
* Measurements > Measure settings and touchpanel layout configuration
* Reports > Measure report configuration
- Biopsy Lines Biopsy line positions and angles
- Touch panel Layout User interface soft key positions on touchpanel

4-12 Section 4-5 - Backup and Restore System Configuration and Image Archive
GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

• Connectivity
- Network
* LAN > Network settings: IP address, LAN network drives, network profiles, data streaming
* WLAN > Network settings: WLAN
* Email > Email configuration
- DICOM
* DICOM Settings > DICOM configuration e.g., DICOM servers, AE Title, Station Name etc.
(Network profile dependent)
* DICOM TLS certificates
- Peripherals and Button Configuration
* Peripheral Settings > Peripherals and printer configuration
* Button Configuration > P-button and C-button configuration (network profile dependent)
- Trice Uplink configuration
- AVURI Device Management Cloud-based device and user management across multiple
locations
• Service
- Service Platform Service platform settings
- Option Software feature option permanent and demo key
- Security User authentication data such as configuration, user names and groups, LDAP
configuration, etc. Password required

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks 4-13

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Operation

1.) Select the Home button at the left toolbar.

2.) In the Home menu touch the System Setup button invoke the setup desktop on the screen.
3.) Select Backup and then click the System Configuration tab.
4.) Click the Save button.
5.) Choose the destination(1).

Figure 4-10 Configuration Backup - Save

6.) Enter optional description of the Backup (2).

NOTE: Image data will not be backup up! To backup the Image Archive, refer to

7.) Click the Save button(3).

8.) To start the backup process click Yes.
After copying the data, the Voluson SWIFT series reboots and the application starts again.

When the “Configuration Backup” is saved on a network drive it may be desirable to move the data (e.g.,
for backup or maintenance). To map a network drive see Section 3-12-5 "Map Network Drive" on page
3-93

4-14 Section 4-5 - Backup and Restore System Configuration and Image Archive
GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

4-5-2 Load System Configuration Backup

CAUTION It is recommended to backup data before an upgrade, see 4-4-1 on page 4-10. The “Configuration
Backup” loading procedure replaces (overwrites) ALL existing data (except Application Settings
adapted for the used system software version) on the local hard drive of the Voluson SWIFT series
!! CAUTION:

system.

NOTE: It is neither nor advisable to reload a previously store “Configuration Backup” after a software upgrade
that was performed by means of the SWI form Media button!

NOTE: There are circumstances where it is not possible to load (restore) all the data. The following rules specify
these restrictions:

1.) Generally, only restoring data from an older to a newer software version is possible. Loading a
backup into a system that has a software version with a lower major number than the system the
backup was created on, is prohibited.
2.) Option can only be restored on the same Voluson SWIFT Series system with the same major
software and the same Ext. version.
3.) When loading a backup into a system with a software version that has a higher major number, the
following items will not be restored:
- Options
- State of the Service Platform
4.) The user is only allowed to restore data to a different system if and only if the software version on
this system is the same as in the backup.
5.) The user is only allowed to restore the following items to a different system:
- Options
- State of the Service Platform
- DICOM TLS Certificates
- Trice
- AVURI Device Management

NOTE: If following items are selected for restoring, a warning message will be displayed.

- Measure & Report Configuration

- Biopsy Lines
- Connectivity (Network settings and DICOM configuration)

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks 4-15

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

4-5-2-1 Operation
1.) Press the HOME button on the screen.
2.) Select SYSTEM SETUP button to invoke the setup desktop.
3.) Select BACKUP and then click the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION tab.
4.) Click the LOAD button.
5.) Choose the destination(1).

NOTE: If it is desired to load backup from media Internal HDD, click the “Factory Folder” icon first and then
select the backup to be restored.

Figure 4-11 System Configuration Load

6.) Click on the backup to be restored(2). Additional information is displayed.

4-16 Section 4-5 - Backup and Restore System Configuration and Image Archive
GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7.) Select the Next button(3).

Figure 4-12 select items to be loaded

Settings and data that are allowed for restore are listed in the left “Backup Data” field(4). For detailed
description of available items refer to 4-5-1 on page 4-12.

8.) Select all items to be loaded. Therefore, choose items and click the [>>] button (5) to copy items
into the right “Load Data” field(6)
For example: All Imaging settings and all Configuration settings will be loaded, see Figure above.

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks 4-17

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

9.) ONLY when it is desired to exclude some items from loading:

a.) Click the [>] sign next to an item(7) to open the content tree.
b.) Return selected item(8) from the “Load Data” field to “Backup Data” field select the [<<] button
(9).
For example: Security settings will be excluded from loading, see Figure below.

Figure 4-13 return selected item

10.)Confirm your selection and then click the Load now button.

NOTE: When the Configuration Backup contains a configured system administrator and “Security” is selected
for reload, the system administrator password need to be entered.

NOTE: A warning message is displayed, when items are selected that might overwrite user’s settings or when
special observation is needed.

Figure 4-14 warning message (example)

11.)Click Yes to start, or No to cancel the procedure. After restoring the data, the Voluson SWIFT
Series system reboots and the application starts again.

4-18 Section 4-5 - Backup and Restore System Configuration and Image Archive
GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

4-5-3 Delete System Configuration Backup

1.) Press the HOME button on the screen.

2.) In the “Home” menu select SYSTEM SETUP to invoke the setup on the screen.
3.) Select BACKUP and then click the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION tab.
4.) Click the DELETE button.
5.) Choose the destination(1).

Figure 4-15 Configuration Backup - Delete

6.) Click on the backup to be deleted(2). Additional information is displayed.

7.) Select the Delete button(3).

CAUTION There is no “Undo” function for this action!!!!!!

!! CAUTION:

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks 4-19

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

4-5-4 Archiving Images

CAUTION It is recommended to backup the System Configuration (4-5-1 on page 4-12) and the Image Archive (4-
!! CAUTION:
5-4 on page 4-20) once a week.

4-5-4-1 Save Image Archive

NOTE: A backup of the Image Archive always contains the Patient Archive (database containing patient
demographic data and measurements) + images of the selected exams.

1.) Press the HOME button on the screen.

2.) In the “Home” menu select SYSTEM SETUP to invoke the setup on the screen.
3.) On the left side of the screen select BACKUP and then click the IMAGE ARCHIVE tab.

Figure 4-16 System Setup - Backup - IMAGE ARCHIVE page

4.) Click the SAVE button.

Figure 4-17 Image Archive Save - preparations

4-20 Section 4-5 - Backup and Restore System Configuration and Image Archive
GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

4-5-4-1 Save Image Archive (cont.)

5.) Choose archiving span time from the pop-up menu(2).

NOTICE If for example “All images older than” 1 Day is chosen (see Figure 4-17 on page 4-20), images of the
!! NOTICE:
current day will not be archived! However, if you click the [Advanced] button you can put this right.

6.) If desired, check mark “Remove Local Images after Backup”(3).

7.) Click the ADVANCED button(1) if it is desired to adapt archive data.
8.) Select the NEXT button(4).

Figure 4-18 Image Archive Save - choose destination

9.) Choose the Destination(5).

10.)Enter the description of the image backup(6).

CAUTION Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT presets, configurations and image settings will not be backed up! To
!! CAUTION:
Backup the Full System Configuration refer to Section 4-5-1 on page 4-12.

11.)Select the NEXT button.

12.)To start the backup process click YES.

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks 4-21

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

4-5-4-2 Load Image Archive

1.) Press the HOME button on the screen.
2.) In the “Home” menu select SYSTEM SETUP to invoke the setup on the screen.
3.) On the left side of the screen select BACKUP and then click the IMAGE ARCHIVE tab.
4.) Click the LOAD button.

Figure 4-19 Image Archive Load - choose destination

5.) Choose the Destination(1).

6.) Click on the backup to be restored(2) (additional information is displayed in the table).
7.) Select the NEXT button(3). The following window will be displayed.

Figure 4-20 select image archive data to be restored

8.) Select (check mark) the image archive data to be restored to the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
system(4).
9.) Click the NEXT button(5)
10.)Select YES to start, or NO to cancel the restore procedure.

4-22 Section 4-5 - Backup and Restore System Configuration and Image Archive
GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4-6
Software Configuration Checks
4-6-1 System Setup
Press the HOME button on the screen and then select SYSTEM SETUP.
On the left side of the screen select the desired major group.
Each major group contains different pages to check:

Table 4-3 System Setup Checks - GENERAL SETTINGS

Step Page + Task Expected Result(s)

1 General: Check Date and Time setting Date and Time are correct

2 General: Check that Location (Clinic Name) is correct Location Name is correct

3 General: Check Language settings desired Language is displayed

4 General: Check eIFU Language settings desired eIFU Language is displayed

5 User Setting: Check all the User Settings settings assigned as desired by the customer

6 Patient Info Display: Check all settings settings assigned as desired by the customer

7 Scan Assistant: Check settings settings assigned as desired by the customer

8 Annotation: Check Annotation settings settings assigned as desired by the customer

Table 4-4 System Setup Checks - ADMINISTRATION

Step Page + Task Expected Result(s)

1 Options: Check that all options are set up correct D = Demo , I = Inactive , P = Permanent

Table 4-5 System Setup Checks - CONNECTIVITY

Step Page + Task Expected Result(s)

1 Peripherals: Check assignment of Report Printer printer assigned as desired by the customer

2 Peripherals: Check assignment of Foot Switch Footswitch left/right are assigned as desired by the customer

Device Setup: setting assigned as desired and required by the customer

3
Check DICOM, Network and Archive configuration

Button Configuration:
4 Remote keys are assigned as desired by the customer
Check assignment of remote keys P1, P2, P3.

Button Configuration:
5 Check assignment of START EXAM ,END EXAM and buttons are assigned as desired by the customer
FREEZE

• Backup
not applicable
• Imaging Presets
Assign all (further) settings as desired and required by the customer.
• Biopsy Setup
not applicable
• Measure Setup
Assign all (further) settings as desired and required by the customer.

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks 4-23

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

4-6-2 Measure Setup

Press the HOME button on the screen and then select SYSTEM SETUP button to invoke the setup
desktop. Then select MEASURE SETUP. The Measure Setup desktop offers three different pages to
check.

NOTICE Parameters and possible adjustments depend on the selected Application.

!! NOTICE:
To view, add, delete, reorder, edit or when creating a new parameter (in the PARAMETER page), it is very
important that all items are chosen correctly and that the relevant item is highlighted.
For further information refer to Chapter 18 in the Instructions for Use of Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.

Table 4-6 Measurement Setup Checks

Step Task Expected Result(s)

Measure & Calc:

1 Setting assigned as desired by the customer
Check all settings for all applications

Application Parameters:
2 Setting assigned as desired by the customer
Check all settings for all applications

3 Global Parameters: Check all settings Setting assigned as desired by the customer

4 Report Setting assigned as desired by the customer

5 Button Configuration Setting assigned as desired by the customer

6 SonAVC Setting assigned as desired by the customer

4-24 Section 4-6 - Software Configuration Checks

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4-7
Peripheral Checks
Check that peripherals work as described below:

Table 4-7 Peripheral Checks

Step Task to do Expected Result(s)

1 Press the FREEZE key. Stop image acquisition.

Press or touch the remote key (P1, P2, P3 ) The image displayed on the screen is printed on the Black & White
2
which is assigned to the BW printer. printer.

Press or touch the remote key (P1, P2, P3 )

3 The image displayed on the screen is printed on the Color printer.
which is assigned to the color printer.

Press or touch the remote key (P1, P2, P3 )

4 Recording starts/stops.
which is assigned to recorder control.

4-7-1 ECG Check Out

Connect the USB ECG and check :

Step Task Expected Result(s)

Press the Home button on the screen and then

1 press the “ECG Line” button to display the ECG It will display a curve along the bottom edge of the image sector.
signal.

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks 4-25

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

4-7-2 Brakes and Direction (Swivel) Locks

Check the brakes and swivel locks function as described below.

Table 4-8 Brakes and Direction (Swivel) Lock

Step Task Expected Result(s)

1 Swivel lock engaged.

2 Brakes and swivel lock released.

3 Brakes and swivel lock engaged (= full lock)

4-26 Section 4-7 - Peripheral Checks

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4-8
Mode Transition
4-8-1 B Mode
1.) Make sure that the probe is connected properly.
2.) Select the probe on the screen menu.
3.) Press [2D] button on the screen to enter only B mode.
4.) Verify that B-mode scan starts.

4-8-2 M Mode
1.) Make sure that the probe is connected properly.
2.) Select the probe on the screen menu.
3.) Press [M] button on the screen.
4.) Verify that M-mode scan starts.

4-8-3 B/CF Mode

1.) Make sure that the probe is connected properly.
2.) Selec the probe on the screen menu.
3.) Press [2D] button on the screen to enter only B mode.
4.) Press [C] button on the screen
5.) Verify that B/CF mode scan starts.

4-8-4 PW Mode
1.) Make sure that the probe is connected properly.
2.) Select the probe on the screen menu.
3.) Press [PW] key on the screen.
4.) Verify that PW mode scan starts.

4-8-5 CW (Optional)
NOTE: This test is only applied if CWD hardware option has been installed.

1.) Make sure that the probe, which supports CWD, is connected properly.
2.) Select the probe and select [CW] on the screen or on the application menu.
3.) Verify that CW mode scan starts.

4-8-6 3D/4D (Optional)

1.) Prepare a 3D/4D probe that the version of software has supported.
2.) Make sure that the probe is connected properly.
3.) Select the probe on the screen.
4.) Press 3D or 3D/4D button.
5.) Verify that Static 3D image is acquired.

Chapter 4 - Functional Checks 4-27

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4-9
Site Log
Table 4-9 Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT - Site Log (Paper Documentation)

Date Service person Problem Comments

4-28 Section 4-9 - Site Log

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 5
Components and Functions (Theory)

Section 5-1
Overview
5-1-1 Purpose of Chapter 5
This chapter explains Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT’s system concepts, component arrangement, and
subsystem function. It also describes the Power Distribution scheme and probes.

Table 5-1 Contents in Chapter Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT

Section Description Page Number

5-1 Overview 5-1

5-2 General Information 5-2

5-3 FrontEnd Processor 5-26

5-4 BackEnd Processor 5-30

5-5 Internal I/O 5-32

5-6 OPIO (User Interface) 5-33

5-7 Mechanical Descriptions 5-37

5-8 Monitor 5-43

5-9 Monitor setup 5-44

5-10 External I/O 5-45

5-11 Peripherals 5-47

5-12 Power Distribution 5-48

5-13 GE Backoffice Connectivity 5-55

5-14 Service Desktop Description 5-56

5-15 Service Desktop 5-57

5-16 Service Page 5-60

5-17 Boot Screen Functions 5-66

5-17 Boot Screen Functions 5-66

5-18 LINUX - Voluson Maintenance System 5-69

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-1

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-2
General Information
Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT is a digital beamforming curved-, linear- and phased array ultrasound
imaging system.

The system can be used for:

• 2D Mode Imaging and additional Operating Modes (XTD-View)

• Color Doppler Imaging (CFM, PD and HD-Flow)
• M Mode + MCF Imaging
• Doppler (PW, CW)
• 3D Mode and Real Time 4D Imaging
• Different combinations of the above modes

4 1

10
2
8
4

7
3
5

Figure 5-1 Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT Major Components

1 18.5” or 21.5” LCD monitor with touch panel 6 Caster

2 Transport Handle 7 Probe Connector

3 Speaker 8 Button to lift the Control Console

4 Probe Holder 9 Button to rotate the Control Console

5 Place for BW Printer 10 Button to lock the Monitor tilting

5-2 Section 5-2 - General Information

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-2 General Information (cont)

Among other significant features of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT are the following:

- Integrated FrontEnd (uses advanced FGPA technologies)

- Open connectivity using USB ports
- High performance 18.5” or 21.5” LCD monitor with touch panel
- New User Interface with the touch panel on LCD display

Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT has a digital beam forming system (incorporated in the FrontEnd) which can
handle up to 192 element probes by use of multiplexing.

Signal flow from the Probe Connector Panel, to the FrontEnd (FE) Electronics, to the BackEnd
Processor, and finally is displayed on the LCD monitor and peripherals.

Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT internal electronics are divided into three:

- Front End (FE) Processor

- Back End Processor
- Power Supply Unit
Interconnecting signals from FrontEnd, BackEnd, keyboard, monitor, and power distribution sub-
systems are routed internally.

Major System Components:

• FrontEnd processor: Section 5-3 on page 5-26

• BackEnd processor: on page 5-31
• Top Console User interface (System I/O with hard keys):
Section 5-6 on page 5-33
• Monitor with touch panel: Section 5-7 on page 5-37
• External I/O: Section 5-10 on page 5-45
• Peripherals: Section 5-11 on page 5-47
• System mechanical chassis: trolley to keep all major components Figure 5-1 on page 5-2

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-3

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-2 General Information (cont)

Figure 5-2 Basic Block diagram of Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT

5-4 Section 5-2 - General Information

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-2 General Information (cont)

The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT used digital beamforming technology which provides high resolution
and high penetration performance. It is a general purpose, mobile, software controlled diagnostic
ultrasound System . Its function is to acquire ultrasound data and to display the data of different modes.
gives the operator the ability to measure anatomical structures and offers analysis packages that
provide information that is used to make a diagnosis by competent health care professionals.

The Calculation and Report function supports following application packages:

• Abdomen (ABD)
• Obstetrics (OB)
• Gynecology (GYN)
• Cardiology (CARD)
• Urology (URO)
• Vascular (VAS)
• Neurology (NEURO)
• Small Parts (SMP)
• Pediatrics (PED)
• Musculoskeletal (MSK)

The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFTsupports a variety of linear- and curved array for various clinical
applications.
Any 3 probes may be connected at the same time.

Medical application fields include:

• Obstetrics
• Gynecology and Fertility
• Radiology
• Neurology
• Oncology
• Urology
• Pediatrics
• Musculoskeletal
The system is designed for follow-up expansion.

In addition to the initial operational settings for each transducer pre-programmed in the system, user-
customized parameter settings for each transducer may be inserted by the operator and stored for recall
as needed via the system control panel. System configuration is stored on the hard drive and all
necessary software is loaded from the hard drive on power up.

Biopsy guidelines are provided on screen to assist in the collection of tissue samples, using biopsy
guide adapters offered as an optional accessory.

The system provides the ability to perform remote viewing of images without compression, via DICOM
3.0 compatible output. Management of patient history is possible by image-filing function.
High-resolution images are provided by utilizing a technology called digital dynamic receive focusing.

For more detailed explanations of functions and controls refer to the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
Instructions for Use.

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-5

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-2-1 Description of Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT Operating Modes

5-2-1-1 B-Mode or 2D-Mode

B-Mode or 2D-mode is a two-dimensional image of the amplitude of the echo signal. It is used for
location and measurement of anatomical structures and for spatial orientation during operation of other
modes. In 2D-mode, a two-dimensional cross-section of a three-dimensional soft tissue structure such
as the heart is displayed in real time. Ultrasound echoes of different intensities are mapped to different
gray scale or color values in the display. The outline of the 2D cross-section may be a rectangle,
parallelogram, sector or 360-degree circle, depending on the particular transducer used.
2D-mode can be used in combination with any other mode.

5-2-1-1-1 Harmonic Imaging (HI)

In Harmonic Imaging, acoustic aberrations due to tissue are minimized by receiving and processing
the second harmonic signal that is generated within the insonified tissue. Voluson™ SWIFT+/
SWIFT´s high performance HI provides superb detail resolution and penetration, outstanding
contrast resolution, excellent acoustic clutter rejection and an easy to operate user interface.
Harmonics enhances near field resolution for improved small parts imaging as well as far field
penetration. It diminishes low frequency amplitude noise and improves imaging technically difficult
patients. It may be especially beneficial when imaging isoechoic lesions in shallow-depth anatomy
in the breast, liver and hard-to-visualize fetal anatomy.
Coded Harmonics may improve the B-Mode image quality without introducing a contrast agent.

5-2-1-1-2 XTD-View
XTD-View (Extended View) provides the ability to construct and view a static 2D image which is
wider than the field of view of a given transducer. This feature allows viewing and measurement of
anatomy that is larger than what would fit in a single image. XTD-View constructs the extended
image from individual image frames as the operator slides the transducer along the surface of the
skin in direction of the scan plane.
Examples include scanning of vascular structures and connective tissues in the arms and legs.

5-2-1-1-3 B-Flow
B-Flow is especially intuitive when viewing blood flow, for acute thrombosis, parenchymal flow and
jets. It helps to visualize complex hemodynamics and highlights moving blood in tissue. B-Flow is
less angle dependent, no velocity aliasing artifacts, displays a full field of view and provides better
resolution when compared with Color-Doppler Mode. It is therefore a more realistic (intuitive)
representation of flow information, allowing to view both high and low velocity flow at the same time.

5-2-1-1-4 Coded Contrast Imaging (optional)

Injected contrast agents re-emit incident acoustic energy at a harmonic frequency much more
efficiently than the surrounding tissue. Blood containing the contrast agent stands out brightly
against a dark background of normal tissue. Possible clinical uses are to detect and characterize
tumors of the liver, kidney and pancreas and to enhance flow signals in the determination of
stenosis or thrombus.

5-6 Section 5-2 - General Information

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-2-1-1-5 Elastography (optional)

Elastography refers to the measurement of elastic properties of tissues, based on the well-
established principle that malignant tissue is harder than benign tissue.

Elastography shows the spatial distribution of tissue elasticity properties in a region of interest by
estimating the strain before and after tissue distortion caused by external or internal forces. The
strain estimation is filtered and scaled to provide a smooth presentation when displayed.During
scanning in the Elastography mode, the examiner manually slightly compresses the tissue using
the ultrasound probe. A strain correlation (strain is the deformation of the tissue by compression) is
continuously performed for visual perception on the monitor.

5-2-1-2 M-Mode
In M-mode, soft tissue structure is presented as scrolling display, with depth on the Y-axis and time on
the X-axis. It is used primarily for cardiac measurements such as value timing on septal wall thickness
when accurate timing information is required. M-mode is also known as T-M mode or time-motion mode.
Ultrasound echoes of different intensities are mapped to different gray scale values in the display.
M-mode displays time motion information of the ultrasound data derived from a stationary beam.
Depth is arranged along the vertical axis with time along the horizontal axis. M-mode is normally used
in conjunction with a 2D image for spatial reference. The 2D image has a graphical line (M-line)
superimposed on the 2D image indicating where the M-mode beam is located.

5-2-1-2-1 MCFM Mode (M Mode + Color Flow Mode)

Color Flow Mode and Color M Mode are Doppler modes intended to add color-coded qualitative
information concerning the relative velocity and direction of fluid motion within the 2D mode or M
mode image. Color Flow overlays color on the M mode trace using velocity and variance color
maps. The Color Flow wedge overlays the 2D mode image and M mode timeline.

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-7

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-2-1-3 Color Doppler Modes

Color Doppler is used to detect motion presented as a two-dimensional display.
There are following applications of this technique:

• Color Flow Mode (C) - used to visualize blood flow velocity and direction
• Power Doppler (PD) - used to visualize the spatial distribution of blood
• Bi-Directional Angio (HD-Flow) - used to visualize flow direction with spatial resolution and low
artifact visibility

5-2-1-3-1 Color Flow Mode

A real-time two-dimensional cross-section image of blood flow is displayed. The 2D cross-section is
presented as a full color display, with various colors being used to represent blood flow (velocity,
variance, power and/or direction). Often, to provide spatial orientation, the full color blood flow cross-
section is overlaid on top of the grayscale cross-section of soft tissue structure (2D echo). For each pixel
in the overlay, the decision of whether to display color (Doppler), gray scale (echo) information or a
blended combination is based on the relative strength of return echoes from the soft tissue structures
and from the red blood cells. Blood velocity is the primary parameter used to determine the display
colors, but power and variance may also used. A high pass filter (wall filter) is used to remove the
signals from stationary or slowly moving structures. Tissue motion is discriminated from blood flow by
assuming that blood is moving faster than the surrounding tissue, although additional parameters may
also be used to enhance the discrimination. Color flow can be used in combination with 2D and Spectral
Doppler modes.

5-2-1-3-2 Power Doppler

A real-time two dimensional cross-section of blood flow is displayed. The 2D cross-section is presented
as a full color display, with various colors being used to represent the power in blood flow echoes. Often,
to provide spatial orientation, the full color blood flow cross-section is overlaid on top of the gray scale
cross-section of soft tissue structure (2D echo). For each pixel in the overlay, the decision of whether
to display color (Doppler power), gray scale (echo) information or a blended combination is based on
the relative strength of return echoes from the soft-tissue structures and from the red blood cells. A high
pass filter (wall filter) is used to remove the signals from stationary or slowly moving structures.
Tissue motion is discriminated from blood flow by assuming that blood is moving faster than the
surrounding tissue, although additional parameters may also be used to enhance the discrimination.
The power in the remaining signal after wall filtering is then averaged over time (persistence) to present
a steady state image of blood flow distribution. Power Doppler can be used in combination with 2D and
Spectral Doppler modes.

5-2-1-3-3 Bi-Directional Angio (HD-Flow Mode)

Directional Power Doppler is a Power Doppler mode incorporating the flow direction (much like Color
Doppler) into the displayed image. The focus of the settings for Directional Power Doppler is for high
spatial resolution and low artifact visibility, allowing vessels to be seen with less blooming and finer
detail.

5-8 Section 5-2 - General Information

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-2-1-4 Pulsed (PW) Doppler

PW Doppler processing is one of two spectral Doppler modalities. In spectral Doppler, blood flow is
presented as a scrolling display, with flow velocity on the Y-axis and time on the X-axis. The presence
of spectral broadening indicates turbulent flow, while the absence of spectral broadening indicates
laminar flow. PW Doppler provides real time spectral analysis of pulsed Doppler signals. This
information describes the Doppler shifted signal from the moving reflectors in the sample volume. PW
Doppler can be used alone but is normally used in conjunction with a 2D image with an M-line and
sample volume marker superimposed on the 2-D image indicating the position of the Doppler sample
volume. The sample volume size and location are specified by the operator. Sample volume can be
overlaid by a flow direction cursor which is aligned, by the operator, with the direction of flow in the
vessel, thus determining the Doppler angle. This allows the spectral display to be calibrated in flow
velocity (m/sec.) as well as frequency (Hz). PW Doppler also provides the capability of performing
spectral analysis at a selectable depth and sample volume size. PW Doppler can be used in
combination with 2D and Color Flow modes.

5-2-1-5 3D Imaging
The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT Ultrasound System will be used to acquire multiple, sequential 2D
images which can be combined to reconstruct a three dimensional image. These 3D images are useful
in visualizing three-dimensional structures, and in understanding the spatial or temporal relationships
between the images in the 2D sequence. The 3D image is presented using standard visualization
techniques, such as surface or volume rendering.

5-2-1-6 3D Data Collection and Reconstruction

2D gray scale images including Color Flow or Power Doppler information may be reconstructed.
The acquisition of volume data sets is performed by sweeping 2D-scans with special transducers
(called 3D-transducers) designed for the 2D-scans and the 3D-sweep.

2D ultrasound imaging modes are used to view a two dimensional cross-sections of parts of the body.
For example in 2D gray scale imaging, a 2 dimensional cross-section of a 3-dimensional soft-tissue
structure such as the heart is displayed in real time. Typically, the user of an ultrasound machine
manipulates the position and orientation of this 2D cross-section in real time during an ultrasound exam.

By changing the position of the cross-section, a variety of views of the underlying structure are obtained,
and these views can be used to understand a 3-dimensional structure in the body.

To complete survey a 3-dimensional structure in the body, it is necessary to collect 2D images which
span a volume containing the structure. One way is to sweep the imaging cross-section by translating
it in a direction perpendicular to the cross-section. Another example method is to rotate the cross
section about a line contained in the cross section. The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT Ultrasound System
uses the automated so called C-Scan for the motion perpendicular to automated B-scan. Once a
representative set of 2D cross-sections are obtained, standard reconstruction techniques can be used
to construct other 2D cross-sections, or to view the collection of the cross-sections as a 3D images.

5-2-1-7 3D Image Presentation

Several techniques can be used to aid the human observer in understanding the resulting 2D image as
a representation of a three-dimensional object. One is to rotate the volume of data, and present the
resulting sequence of 2D projections to the observer. The changing direction of observation helps the
observer to separate the features in the volume according to their distance from the observer.

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-9

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-2-1-8 3D Rendering
The 3D (volume) rendering is a calculation process to visualize certain 3D-structures of a scanned
volume by means of a 2D-image. The gray value for each pixel of the 2D-image is calculated from the
voxels along the corresponding projection path (analyzing beam) through the volume. The render
(calculation) algorithm, surface or transparent mode, determines how 3D-structures are visualized.

VOXEL
X
X PROJECTION WAY
PIXEL
Z
Y

VOLU
ME -
BLOC
K
Y
- DISPLA
2D
Figure 5-3 Principle: Volume Rendering

5-10 Section 5-2 - General Information

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-2-2 Block diagram Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT

Figure 5-4 Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT - Block diagram

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-11

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-2-2-1 Front End Block diagram

For further details :

see: "Front End Processor - Block diagram" on page 5-26

see: "PPI - Blockdiagram" on page 5-27

see: "Beamformer + Frontend" on page 5-28

5-2-2-2 Back End Block diagram

For further details :

see: "BackEnd Processor - Block diagram" on page 5-30

5-2-2-3 OPIO Block diagram

For further details :

see: "Main OPIO - Block Diagram" on page 5-33

5-12 Section 5-2 - General Information

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-2-3 Data Flow Control Description

This section describes the functions of the boards vs. different operation modes.

• DA64 - Beamformer Motherboard

• ITX (Information Technology Extended board) - Mid-Processor, System Control and DMA Control

5-2-3-1 B-Mode
1.) ITX (Information Technology Extended board)
The ITX (Information Technology Extended board) contains the Clock-Management and PRF-
Generator.
It generates(drives) BF (=Beamformer)-FPGA-Clock (200MHz) and Shot-Trigger for the
Beamformer board (DA64).
Configures PPI (PC400 Probe Interface board) and Beamformer (DA64 with Tx-Frequency, Tx-
Focus, Rx-Focus, LineNo (lateral Position), Tx- Apodization, RX-Apodization, Multibeam, etc. The
ITX (Information Technology Extended board) board also contains the Tx-Power-Reference-DAC.

Furthermore it contains Multibeam-DeInterleave, Subtraction Filter (for HI-Mode, see: Section 5-2-
3-1-1 "Special B-Mode Techniques" on page 5-14, Digital TGC, DC-Canceler, Mixer (Part of
Demodulator), LowPassFilter, Decimation (Pixel rate Conversion), Magnitude Calculator (Part of
Demodulator), Logarithmic Amplifier, Re-Sample, Edge Enhance (Contrast Enhancement through
differentiation), Frame Filter, Blending (adapting Brightness in order to perfectly combine Nearfield-
Frame with Farfield-Frame in FFC-Mode, see: Section 5-2-3-1-1 "Special B-Mode Techniques" on
page 5-14.

Multibeam-DeInterleave means: Incoming Pixel order

shot1pix1-shot2pix1-shot3pix1-shot4pix1 -
shot1pix2-shot2pix2-shot3pix2-shot4pix2...
is converted to the new order:
shot1pix1-shot1pix2-shot1pix3..... - shot2pix1-shot2pix2-shot2pix3.....

After DC-canceling the signal is mixed with RX-Frequency and brought to LF-Spectrum, where the
LowPassFilter cuts HF. Mixer and Magnitude-Calculator arrange Complex Demodulation, and
Logarithmic Amplifier arrange the conversion from High-Dynamic LinearSignal to the Low-
Dynamik(e.g.8Bit) Log-Signal. Several Post-processing steps (LineFilter, FrameFilter, ReSample,
Edge Enhance) enable smooth image quality while keeping contrast high.

a.) Direct Memory Access (DMA) section

B-mode-Data from ITX (Information Technology Extended board) is written via Signal
Processor (SP) Channel 0 into SDRAM Fifo Buffer memory. DMA Controller 0 transfers the
data into PC main memory where scan conversion is performed per software.
Cine Mode: Reserved area in PC main memory is used.

2.) DA64 (Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT)

This Beamformer board consists of Bemaformer-FPGA, TX-pulser, RX-AFE. DA64 supports 64 TX/
RX channels. Beamformer-FPGA generates TX-Frequency through dividing 200MHz by 2,3,4,5,...,
TX-Focus, and Sampling Clocks for the ADC, and manages RX-Focus (Delay and Chain-Adder)
and Apodization.

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-13

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-2-3-1-1 Special B-Mode Techniques

a.) HI (Coded Harmonic Imaging):
In one method of HI the RX-Frequency is doubled, so that the radial resolution is increased
due to the higher RX-Frequency.
The second method of HI is pulse-inversion: 2 TX-Beams are shot to the same Tissue-location,
one with positive, one with negative polarity. The subtraction of both shots (Subtraction Filter)
brings to bear the nonlinear-echo-reflection-properties of the tissue (especially in usage of
Contrast-medias), which is very useful with extremely difficult-to-image patients.
b.) XBEAM CRI (CrossBeam - Compound Resolution Imaging):
Does not need any special functions of ITX (Information Technology Extended board).
Image is composed of more than one different-direction-steered images. PC-calculated.

5-2-3-2 M-Mode
1.) ITX (Information Technology Extended board)
see: Section 5-2-3-1 "B-Mode" on page 5-13

a.) DMA section

B-mode-Data is written via SP0 into SDRAM Fifo Buffer memory. DMA Controller 1 transfers
the data into SOM (System-On-Module) main memory where scan conversion is performed
per software, i.e. the sweep image is generated (scaling and interpolation between lines).
CineMode: CineMode-Memory is the SOM main memory.

5-2-3-3 D-Mode (Pulsed Wave- and Continuous Wave Doppler)

1.) ITX (Information Technology Extended board)
- PRF-generator; see: Section 5-2-3-1 "B-Mode" on page 5-13
- After DC-canceling the signal is mixed with RX-Frequency and brought to LF-Spectrum,
where the LowPassFilter cuts HF.
Mixer and Magnitude-Calculator arrange Complex Demodulation.
a.) DMA section
D-mode-Data is written via SP0 into SDRAM Fifo Buffer memory. DMA Controller 1 transfers
the data into PC main memory where FFT and scan conversion is performed per software,
i.e. the sweep image is generated (scaling and interpolation between lines).
CineMode: CineMode-Memory is the SOM main memory.

5-14 Section 5-2 - General Information

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-2-3-4 D-Mode Autotrace (draws PC-calculated envelope to D-Spectrum)

1.) ITX (Information Technology Extended board)
- PRF-generator; see: Section 5-2-3-1 "B-Mode" on page 5-13
- After DC-canceling the signal is mixed with RX-Frequency and brought to LF-Spectrum,
where the LowPassFilter cuts HF.
Mixer and Magnitude-Calculator arrange Complex Demodulation.
a.) DMA section
D-mode-Data is written via SP0 into SDRAM Fifo Buffer memory.
PC calculates Autotrace-Curve from D-Mode data.
Cine Mode with Autotrace: Cine Mode-Memory for the Autotrace-Curve is inside SOM-
Memory.
Software has to take care that D-Spectrum and Autotrace-Curve are placed exactly one upon
the other, means: have the same Cine-Shift.

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-15

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-2-3-5 CFM-Mode (Color Flow Mode)

1.) ITX (Information Technology Extended board)
- PRF-generator; see: Section 5-2-3-1 "B-Mode" on page 5-13
- After DC-canceling the signal is mixed with RX-Frequency and brought to LF-Spectrum,
where the LowPassFilter cuts HF.
Mixer and Magnitude-Calculator arrange Complex Demodulation.

5-2-3-6 3D-Mode (Freezes after 1 volume sweep)

see: Section 5-2-3-1 "B-Mode" on page 5-13

5-2-3-7 Real Time 4D-Mode (nonstop volume rendering)

see: Section 5-2-3-1 "B-Mode" on page 5-13

5-2-3-8 XBeam CRI-Mode (CrossBeam Compound Resolution Imaging)

see: Section 5-2-3-1 "B-Mode" on page 5-13

5-2-3-9 Archive write mode (store Image to Archive)

1.) ITX (Information Technology Extended board)
Not used

5-16 Section 5-2 - General Information

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-2-4 Description of Software Options

To activate the software options:

1.) Press the HOME button on the top left.

2.) Select SYSTEM SETUP to activate the setup desktop screen.
3.) Select ADMINISTRATION and then click the OPTIONS tab.

NOTE: For further details refer to the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT Software Option manual.

- or N/A means that option is not supported.

Option: Option

Std.: Standard

Table 5-2 Software option for VOLUSON SWIFT/SWIFT+

S/W Options SWIFT SWIFT+

OB / GYN Option Option

OB / GYN - Extended Option Option

GYN Option Option

GYN - Extended Option Option

Follicle Assessment Option Option

Contrast Option Option

Elastography Option Option

Labor & Delivery Software Option Option

SonoLyst Option Option

Remote Updates Option Option

Integrated Software DVR Option Option

Advanced Security DVR Option Option

Premium Security Option Option

Russian Language (Russia Only) Option Option

Voluson SWIFT RAB6 access Option Std

VOLUSON SWIFT C1-5 access Option Std

Table 5-3 Software option for VOLUSON SWIFT/SWIFT+ BT23

S/W Options SWIFT SWIFT+

OB/GYN - Radiantflow Option Option

OB/GYN Option Option

Gynecology - Radiantflow Option Option

Gynecology Option Option

OB Automation Option Option

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-17

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 5-3 Software option for VOLUSON SWIFT/SWIFT+ BT23

S/W Options SWIFT SWIFT+

Reproductive Medicine - Radiantflow Option Option

Reproductive Medicine Option Option

Advanced Features Option Option

Follicle Assessment Option Option

Labor & Delivery Option Option

SonoLyst Option Option

Contrast Option Option

Elastography Option Option

Integrated Software DVR Option Option

Advanced Security Option Option

Premium Security Option Option

Voluson Remote Updates Option Option

eDelivery (SW Download) Option Option

AVURI Device Management Option Option

RAB6-RS Probe Activation Option Std

C1-5-RS Probe Activation Option Std

RLS Option Option

5-18 Section 5-2 - General Information

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-2-4-1 OB/GYN
OB/GYN has Extended View (XTD), Static 3D, 3D Print Export, Real-Time 4D, SonoRenderlive, TUI,
VCI-A, 3D/4D-Hdlive, SonoCNS, and OmmiView, including Uterine Trace, SonoNT/IT

If you activate this package, below options should work.

Option Name

Extended View

Static 3D

3D Print Export

Real-Time 4D

SonoRenderlive

TUI

VCI-A

3D/4D Hdlive

SonoCNS

OmniView, including Uterine Trace

SonoNT/IT

5-2-4-2 GYN
GYN- Level 1 has Extended View (XTD), Static 3D, 3D Print Export, Real-Time 4D, SonoRenderlive,
TUI, VCI-A and OmniView, including Uterine Trace, 3D/4D-Hdlive.

If you activate this package, below options should work.

Option Name

Extended View

Static 3D

3D Print Export

Real-Time 4D

SonoRenderlive

TUI

VCI-A

OmniView, including Uterine Trace

3D/4D-Hdlive

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-19

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-2-4-3 OB/GYN - Extended

• OB/GYN - Extended has VOCAL II, Inversion Mode, Anatomical M-Mode (AMM) and B-Flow
• OB/GYN - Extended is addition to OB/GYN.
If you activate this package, below options should work.

Option Name

VOCAL II

Inversion Mode

B-Flow

Anatomical M-Mode (AMM)

5-2-4-4 GYN - Extended

• GYN - Extended has GYN’s options, VOCAL II, Inversion Mode and B-Flow.
• GYN - Extended is addition to GYN.
If you activate this package, below options should work.

Option Name

VOCAL II

Inversion Mode

B-Flow

5-2-4-5 Follicle Assessment

Follicle Assessment has 3D/4D Activation, 3D Print Export, SonoAVC™antral2.0 and SonoAVC™
follicle. If you activate this package, below options should work.

Option Name

3D Print Export

3D/4D Activation

SonoAVC™ antral2.0

SonoAVC™ follicle

5-20 Section 5-2 - General Information

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-2-4-6 Elastrography
Shared Service has Elastography.

If you activate this package, below options should work.

Option Name

Elastography

5-2-4-7 Labor & Delivery

Enhances the labor and delivery process with quantitative progression data.

5-2-4-8 Integrated Software DVR

After entering an encrypted Software Option string (password), it is possible to record Ultrasound data
on an USB device. Videos are created in ‘.mp4’ file format.

5-2-4-9 Advanced Security

The Advanced Security Features option consists of two vulnerability protection features:

• Disk Encryption enables an encryption to secure all Patient Data, Patient Images and
corresponding measurements. A password for an USB storage device with unlock key or recovery
key is required to unlock the device during the boot-up process.

NOTE: Any data stored on internal SSD D:\partition is encrypted by using BitLocker configured with AES 256-
bits key length.

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-21

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-2-5 Description of Hardware Options

Table 5-4 Hardware Options

Voluson Voluson
No HCAT Features and Options SWIFT SWIFT+

1 H46851B PAPER LARGE FOR COLOR PRINTER Option Option

2 H46861B COLOR PRINT PACK UPC-21 S Option Option

3 H48701EZ Network Printer EU Option Option

4 H48701FA Network Printer USA Option Option

5 H48671WN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER Option Option

6 H46972LY Galvanic isolated 1Gb Ethernet connection Option Option

7 H46972LZ Isolated USB connector Option Option

8 H46162LH PWR supply noise filter Option Option

9 H48701JH Barcode-Scanner Option Option

10 H48701WK Ext. Patient Monitor Set Option Option
11 Z72212FB Card reader CFR-200U Option Option

12 Z72692FB Barcode Reader USBee1000A Option Option

13 H46102LW ECG cable - AHA Option Option

14 H46102LZ Ultrasound ECG cable (IEC) Option Option

15 H43262LF WIRELESS LAN for JAPAN INSTALLATION KIT Option Option

WIRELESS LAN except for JAPAN
16 H43262LG Option Option
INSTALLATION KIT
17 H43262LB CWC INSTALLATION KIT Option Option

18 H46262LC VSC INSTALLATION KIT Option Option

19 H43262LJ ECG Module INSTALLATION KIT Option Option

20 H43262LD BATTERY INSTALLATION KIT Option Option

21 H43262LE DC PRINTER INSTALLATION KIT Option Option

22 H43262LH 1TB M.2 SSD Installation kit Option Option
23 H43252LA FRONT SHELF INSTALLATION KIT Option Option

24 H43252LB SIDE EBASKET INSTALLATION KIT Option Option

VERTICAL TV PROBE HOLDER (3D)

25 H43252LC Option Option
INSTALLATION KIT

VERTICAL TV PROBE HOLDER (2D)

26 H43252LD Option Option
INSTALLATION KIT

5-22 Section 5-2 - General Information

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 5-4 Hardware Options

Voluson Voluson
No HCAT Features and Options SWIFT SWIFT+

TOP SHELF STORAGE TRAY INSERT (185)

27 H43252LE Option Option
INSTALLATION KIT
TOP SHELF STORAGE TRAY INSERT (215)
28 H43252LF Option Option
INSTALLATION KIT
TOP SHELF HORIZONTAL TV PROBE HOLDER
29 H43252LG Option Option
INSERT IC9B INSTALLATION KIT
Wireless Display INSTALLATION KIT SKU : E EU,
30 H43262LL Option Option
UAE

Wireless Display INSTALLATION KIT SKU: J

31 H43262LM Option Option
JAPAN

Wireless Display INSTALLATION KIT SKU: A USA,

32 H43262LN Option Option
CANADA

Wireless Display INSTALLATION KIT SKU: P

33 H43262LS Australia, New Zealand, Taiwan, Singapore, Option Option
Thailand, Mayaysia
34 H43262LT Wireless Display INSTALLATION KIT SKU: D India Option Option

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-23

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-2-5-1 CW - Continuous Wave Doppler

CW Doppler mode provides real time spectral analysis of CW Doppler signals. This information
describes the Doppler shifted signal from the moving reflectors in the CW Doppler beam. CW Doppler
can be referenced through a small pencil probe or phased array scan head, but it can also be used in
conjunction with a 2D image which has an M-line superimposed on the 2D image indicating the position
of the Doppler sample volume. For through-the-beamformer CW, this beam is steerable by the operator,
and is done by adjusting the location of the M-line. The CW Doppler beam, or M-mode line, can be
steered allowing interrogation along an operator-selected line within the image.

5-2-5-2 ECG Module

For details see: Section 5-11-2 "ECG Module" on page 5-47

5-2-5-3 Wireless Network Adapter (WLAN - Wireless Local Area Network)

For details see: Section 5-11-3 "Wireless Network Adapter" on page 5-47

5-2-5-4 PPS Battery Assy

For details see: Section 5-11-4 "PPS Battery Assy" on page 5-47

5-2-5-5 VSC
The VSC Assy supports scaling and cropping function of the rear HDMI and VGA output displays. Also,
it supports S-Video and composite output displays with scaling and cropping capabilities.

5-24 Section 5-2 - General Information

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-2-6 Data Location

The Voluson SWIFT has 500Gbyte SSD (1 Tbyte is option) and the Voluson SWIFT+ has 1Tbyte SSD.
They are divided into 4 partitions:

C: System partition:

- Operating System (Windows 10) including all Windows settings (IP-address, Network Name,
etc.)
- US-Application Software (UISAPP)
- Global Service Platform Software
- Software Options

D: User partition:

- User Presets (Backup) database

- Images (Archive), Patient-ID´s and Reports database
- Service database
- System settings database

R: Rescue partition:

- Factory Images of C:Partition for System recovery after SSD (Windows) crash
- Printer Drivers

LINUX partition: (not visible in Windows)

- Linux operating system for rescue functionality

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-25

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-3
FrontEnd Processor

Figure 5-5 Front End Processor - Block diagram

Table 5-5 below outlines the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT Front End components described in the sub-
sections.
Table 5-5 Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT - Front End components

Sub-section Description Page Number

5-3-1 PPI - PC400 Probe Interface board 5-27

5-3-2 DA64- Beam former board 5-28

5-3-2-1 DA64-IF(Interface) - FPGA 5-29

5-26 Section 5-3 - FrontEnd Processor

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-3-1 PPI - PC400 Probe Interface board

Switches the Probe Connectors (3 RS -Connectors) and recognizes Probes

• 3 RS-Probe Connectors
• Probe Select Relays
• Probe Recognition

For Block diagrams refer to:

- Figure 5-6: PPI - Blockdiagram

Figure 5-6 PPI - Blockdiagram

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-27

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-3-2 DA64- Beam former board

DA64 board has 64 TX/RX channels, respectively. beamformer board is a complete 64 channel
ultrasound Front-end that includes the following features and functions:.

- TX-pulse generation, TX-Apodization, TX-Focus

- RX-Focus Delay and summation
- Full receiving channel with integrated AFE IC: TGC + Anti-Aliasing Filter + ADC
- High Voltage Multiplexer 128 x 64 channels (DA64)

Figure 5-7 Beamformer + Frontend

5-28 Section 5-3 - FrontEnd Processor

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-3-2-1 DA64-IF(Interface) - FPGA

A.) Beamformer interface
• LVDS-interface
• Raw ultrasound data is transferred from the Beamformer to the Interface FPGA.
• Configuration data (Probe Setup data, Beam Setup data) is transferred from the Interface FPGA to
the Beamformer.
• FPGA configuration data is transferred from the Interface FPGA to the Beamformer

B.) DMA Logic

• Receives pre-processed ultrasound data coming from the Processing FPGA.
• Stores this data in the Line Memory buffer (2x SDRAM)
• Transfers buffered data by DMA-transfer via PCI and PCI-Express to the PC
- Non-TimeMotion data (B, C): DMA0
- TimeMotion data (M, PW): DMA1.

C.) PPI (PC400 Probe Interface board) FPGA programming interface

• This FPGA is the interface between the System connectors and the DA64 board.

D.) Ultrasound Data Pre-processing

• Raw ultrasound data is coming in from the Interface FPGA. It is pre-processed.Further processing
will be done by the PC. The pre-processed data is transferred back to the Interface-FPGA.

E.) System control

• PRF (Pulse Repetition Frequency) Generator
• Line Number (Lateral Position)
• Control of TX-Power DACs (generation of TX POWER reference voltage)
• Controls discharge of capacity on PPS board during the reduction of TX POWER
• Shut-down signal coming from the DA64 board is passed to the SOM
• Probe Select signals, which indicate that a probe is connected to a probe connector.
• Probe Code Interface: The Probe Code can be read from a connected probe, or a new code can be
written into the probe..
• Audio Control:
- PW Doppler Audio Output for buffered signals from the PC

F.) 4D motor control

• Master of Control for 3D-Sweep
• Master of Control for 4D-Sweeps
• Generation of Volume Trigger and Frame Trigger (for 4D)
• Drives motor (in 3D/4D-probes) via SIN (sine-signal) & COS (cosine signal)
• The HALL-signal coming from the 3D/4D probe is passed to IF-FPGA for zero position detection.

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-29

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-4
BackEnd Processor

Figure 5-8 BackEnd Processor - Block diagram

5-30 Section 5-4 - BackEnd Processor

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-4-1 CPU/GPU

5-4-1-1 Conatec
ITX board for Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT

- CPU: Intel Core i3-7101TE Processor, 3.4GHz

Major Tasks:

- Source of Peripheral PC Interface signal, LAN, USB 2.0, USB 3.0, RGB, Sound, PCIE

Figure 5-9 ITX (Information Technology Extended) Board

5-4-1-2 GPU (Graphic Process Unit) NVIDIA Quadro) P1000 MXM

• Based on Nvidia Quadro P1000 combines a 512 CUDA core Pascal GPU
• 4GB GDDR5 on-board memory
• Standard Type-A MXM module size
• Support Five Display Port 1.4 with Audio output signal
• 4K displays (4096x2160 @ 60Hz) with HDR color
• NVIDIA nView® Desktop Management Software
• HDCP 2.2 Support
• NVIDIA Mosaic
• Dedicated hardware video encode and decode engines

5-4-2 SSD (Solid State Drive)

The Hard Disk is the main storage device of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.
The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT 500GB/1TB SSD, which is controlled by the CPU via signals from
SATA, is divided into 4 partitions.

For further details see: Section 5-2-6 "Data Location" on page 5-25.

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-31

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-5
Internal I/O

Figure 5-10 Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT: Internal I/O

5-32 Section 5-5 - Internal I/O

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-6
OPIO (User Interface)
5-6-1 OPIO Block Diagram

Figure 5-11 Main OPIO - Block Diagram

The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT OPIO (User Interface) consists of the following electronic
subassemblies and/or functional components:

• OPIO:
- Power ON/OFF control
- 1 USB 3.0 ports
- Configurable 10 buttons
- 4 port USB 3.0 Hub controller
- Rotary Encoders x 2 with integrated push buttons
- USB color trackball
- LED indicators with wide range
- RGB LED can express various colors

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-33

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-6-2 OPIO layout

1 5 7
2 6

. 3
10 8
12 4
9
11

Figure 5-12 Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT - OPIO layout

# Description Key code

1 Power On/Off button 29

2 Calc (Calculator) button 23

3 Pointer button 17

4 Exit button 16

5 2D mode button / Gain rotary 75

6 HD Zoom / Pan Zoom 57

7 Depth paddle 95,96

8 Programmable button 31

9 Freeze button 66

10 Trackball N/A

11 Trackball buttons 85,86,87,88

12 Probe holders N/A

5-34 Section 5-6 - OPIO (User Interface)

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-6-3 Button Description

Keyboard Switch Name Descriptions

Press the [Exit] button on the console to exit the

Exit
current menu.

Pointer Bring up the arrow cursor

Allows measurements/Calculations in 2D/3D

mode, M Mode and Spectral Doppler mode, using
Calc various measure items for different applications.
Toggles between Generic Measurement menu
and Calc measurement menu.

P1 Programmable Key

Allows you to turn the system on. Also to

Power shutdown or restart the system or cancel the
action

Allows you to modify the Zoom ROI and choose a

HD Zoom/Pan Zoom
Zoom mode.

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-35

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Function of the Trackball at Diverse Dialog Pages

In general operations at diverse dialog pages and windows on the system desktop (e.g., Patient Data
Entry, Usage of eIFU, System Setup, Measurement Setup, etc.) are executed by trackball and the
trackball keys (mouse emulation).

5-36 Section 5-6 - OPIO (User Interface)

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-7
Mechanical Descriptions
5-7-1 Physical Dimensions (Unit: mm)

Figure 5-13 Physical Dimensions for Voluson SWIFT

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-37

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-7-1 Physical Dimensions (Unit: mm) (cont)

Figure 5-14 Physical Dimensions for Voluson SWIFT+

5-38 Section 5-7 - Mechanical Descriptions

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-7-2 Monitor
The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT has a free adjustable Monitor in relation to the user interface.

• Tilt up/down: -45o/ 0o

Figure 5-15 Monitor adjustment

• Adjust the monitor to their lowest positions. And lock the monitor.

Figure 5-16 Monitor transportation

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-39

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-7-3 Control Console Positioning

The Control console can be rotated, translated and adjusted in height.

• Height adjustment: 200 mm

• Rotation adjustment: +/- 700 from center

Figure 5-17 Adjustment control console

5-40 Section 5-7 - Mechanical Descriptions

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-7-3-1 Rotation Adjustment of the Control Console

Pull the ‘Rotate’ button to rotate the control console to the desired position

WARNING
WARNING

Do not put your hand between the control console and the main body when the control console
is rotated to the clockwise or counterclockwise: Danger of injury!

5-7-3-2 Control Console - Tansportlock

For transportlock, press the ‘Rotate’ button when the control console is at the center 0o position.

5-7-3-3 Height Adjustment of the Control Console

Pull the ‘UPDOWN’ button to adjust the height of the Control Console. Maintain
pulling the ‘UPDOWN’ button to move the control console UP or DOWN manually.

WARNING
WARNING

Make sure that noting would be jammed while moving.

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-41

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-7-3-4 Air Flow Distribution

Through the filter grid on the front of the system, air flow into the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT scanner.
By means of the 6 FANs (front -2 FANs, Rear - 4 FANs), air is blown through the nest-box, and the warm
air exits the scanner through the holes in the rear of the system.

Air Outlet

Air Inlet

Figure 5-18 Air Inlet/Outlet

5-42 Section 5-7 - Mechanical Descriptions

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-8
Monitor

NOTE: From Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system, it's accessible via not monitor adjustment but monitor menu
on application. Please refer to Section 5-9.

5-8-1 Monitor Block Diagram

Figure 5-19 Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT - Monitor block diagram

The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system monitor supports following functions:

- Monitor display (Resolution: 1920 x 1080)

- Touch function
- USB microphone
- USB 3.0 A parts x2
- USB C port

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-43

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-9
Monitor setup
NOTE: Changing the monitor settings through the utility page, it takes 1 second to apply the adjusted value to
the monitor.

1.) Press the HOME button. Select Display Settings.

Figure 5-20 Display settings

5-44 Section 5-9 - Monitor setup

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-10
External I/O
Figure 5-21 External I/O Connectors - on Rear of System

7 6 4

3 2 1 5

Item Connector Name Description

1 USB USB-2.0 port
Connector for external Monitor
2 HDMI OUT TMDS signal with DDC_Control (HDMI or DVI)
Resolution: Full HD (1920 X 1080)
3 NETWORK DICOM input/output, twisted pair RJ-45 100/1000 megabit/s
RBG Analog Output
4 RGB
Resolution: FHD(1920 x 1080)
5 Audio out Audio out for external speaker
COMPOSITE Output
6 COMPOSITE (Option)
Resolution: PAL (720 x 576), NTSC (720 x 480)
S-VIDEO Output
7 S-VIDEO (Option)
Resolution: PAL (720x576), NTSC (720x480)

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-45

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 5-22 External I/O Connectors - on the TOP OPIO

2
1

Item Connector Name Description

1 USB C Type USB-3.0 Port : 1EA

2 USB A Type USB-3.0 Port:2EA

3 USB C Type USB-3.0 Port : 1EA

NOTE: For further description of I/O connectors refer to Section 3-8-5 "External I/O Connectors" on page 3-75

5-46 Section 5-10 - External I/O

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-11
Peripherals
5-11-1 Printers

5-11-1-1 Black & White Digital Printer

The B&W Digital Printer receives image data via the USB port. The print command is controlled by the
keys P1, P2, or P3 on the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT control panel (depending on system
configuration).

5-11-1-2 Color Digital Printer

The Color Digital Printer receives image data via the USB port. The print command is controlled by the
keys P1, P2, or P3 on the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT control panel (depending on system
configuration).

5-11-1-3 Color Deskjet Printer

Normally, a Color Deskjet Printer is used to print out reports and exams, but in some cases also
ultrasound images.

5-11-2 ECG Module

The ECG Module is used for acquiring an ECG-signal to be displayed with the ultrasound image. This
optional peripheral serves for gaining an ECG-signal to mark the systolic and end diastolic moments in
M-Mode and Doppler evaluations. The ECG Module must not be used for ECG-diagnostics. It is not
intended for use as a cardiac monitor and must not be used for an intra-operative application on the
heart.

5-11-3 Wireless Network Adapter

The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT supports a Wireless Network USB Adapter based on industry
standards to provide easy-to-use and compatible high-speed wireless connectivity. For details
regarding type and installation, refer to Section NOTE: "The Color Laser printer (HP, Color laser Jet Pro
M454DW) should be connected to the Ethernet Wall Plate. The Ethernet connected to the Voluson™
SWIFT+/ Voluson SWIFT should be connecting Isolator then Ethernet Wall Plate." on page 3-19.

The Wireless Network USB Adapter provides a mobile network connection to the local area network.

5-11-4 PPS Battery Assy

The PPS Battery Assy is possible power supply without AC-power using battery pack. The battery pack
includes a rechargeable Lithium Ion battery and a battery management module.

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-47

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-12
Power Distribution
5-12-1 Primary Power Module

Main Voltage Indicator (Show input voltage level)

Circuit breaker

Equipotential connection

Main power cable

Pull-out protection

Figure 5-23 Primary Power Module

5-48 Section 5-12 - Power Distribution

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-12-1-1 System Power Block Diagram

12V/
Live 5.1V/
PS_ON/
ACDC_OK

Figure 5-24 System Power Block Diagram

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-49

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-12-1-2 Battery Life Cycle

With standard charge and maximum continuous discharge.

• Capacity after 250cycles, Capacity > 1,800mAh (60% of the nominal capacity @ 23oC)
• Assumption: 1cycle/day
- For example, user uses function and discharge 1 cycle per day, then battery life cycle is 250
days (In working day)
- For example, user uses battery function and discharge 0.5 cycle per day, then battery life
cycle is 500 days (In working day)
• Definition of cycle
- Battery is monitoring total discharge-capacity for Cycle-count. 1 cycle-total usage sum of
battery capacity become 90%.

Figure 5-25 Battery Lifecycle graph

5-50 Section 5-12 - Power Distribution

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-12-1-3 Power Distribution Block Diagram

Figure 5-26 Power Distribution Block Diagram

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-51

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-12-1-4 Power Up Sequence Description

The Power Up Sequence can be divided in the following steps:

• Switch Circuit Breaker in PPS to ON position

• Press the ON button on the Operator Panel
• ITX (Information Technology Extended board) power-up

5-12-1-4-1 Power Up Sequence Description

Figure 5-27 Power Up Sequence

1.) PPS, Powered by 5.1Vstb, Detects contact of Power-On button event from OPIO.
2.) PPS sends ‘PWR_BTN_ITZ_N’ signal to ITX.
3.) ITX sends ‘PS_ON_N’ signal to PPS.
4.) PPS sends ‘PS_ON_ACDC’ to turn up AC/DC BOX.
5.) ACDC BOX sends 5V, 12V to PPS.
6.) PPS powers up ±5v, 24V.

5-52 Section 5-12 - Power Distribution

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-12-1-4-2 Power Down Sequence Description

Figure 5-28 Power Down Sequence

1.) On/Off Switch is pressed on OPIO.

2.) OFF signal is sent to ITX.
3.) “Shut down” dialog comes up and “Shut down” signal is sent.
4.) PC “Shut down” sequence is started in ITX.
5.) At the end of this sequence ITX sends Power off Signal to PPS.
6.) PPS shuts down all Supply voltages except Standby voltage (5Vstb).

5-12-1-5 Mechanical Concept and Overview

The AC Power’s main tasks are to supply the internal subsystems with AC power. To reduce inrush
current, an inrush current limiter is implemented.
Voltage to peripherals are provided from input without configuration.

From the Mains Power Input module, the AC power is routed via an Inrush Current Limiter to an internal
ACDC module.

NOTE: All DC-supply voltages for built in peripherals are generated in DCDC module not inside ACFE.

NOTICE The systems mains supply input voltage is a free voltage not need to configure for different AC power-
!! NOTICE:
in.

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-53

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-12-2 ACDC - primary DC Power Supply

5-12-2-1 Function of ACDC

With the AC input voltage from the ACFE, the ACDC module generates 12Vdc/Live 5.1Vdc

5-12-3 PPS - main DC Power Supply

With the 12Vdc from ACDC, the DCDC module generates all DC power sources:

• Front end voltages

• Standby voltage
• Tx voltages
• 4D module supply
• Fan supply

5-12-4 4D Module
In addition, the PPS device contains the digital motor amplifier.

5-54 Section 5-12 - Power Distribution

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-13
GE Backoffice Connectivity
5-13-1 Introduction
A connection between the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT to the GE backoffice (InSite RSVP) allows for a
direct link with GE service (either through a GE Online Service Engineer or Application Support
Engineer).

To disable GE backoffice (InSite RSVP)

When the customer does not want to connect to the GE backoffice (InSite RSVP), use Disable Remote
Connectivity to uninstall remote connectivity items like Agent Configuration, SSH and Virtual
Console Observation (VCO) from the Service desktop.

To access Disable Remote Connectivity, select Utility (second page) > Service > Utilities >
Disable Remote Connectivity. For more information, refer to Disable Remote Connectivity in “Utilities”
on page

To connect to the GE backoffice (InSite RSVP)

When the customer wants to connect to the BE backoffice (InSite RSVP), use Agent Configuration.

To access Agent Configuration, navigate to Utility (second page) > Service > Agent Configuration.
For more information, refer to Section 7-5-6 "Agent Configuration"

GE backoffice (InSite RSVP) wizard

In Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT, there is a GE Backoffice Connectivity Troubleshooting wizard that can

be used to set up a connection to the InSite RSVP back office.

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-55

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-14
Service Desktop Description
The Service Desktop is an interface that provides access to system information, status, and diagnostics.
The Service Desktop has different content or views depending on the access level. The access level is
determined by the user profiles as well as the service options enables on the Voluson™ SWIFT+/
SWIFT.

• Basic view is the standard view, restricted only by the user through the user profile settings.
Administrator default user has access to the Service Desktop. Any user with “local Service access”
in their user profile can have access to this view.
• Class M view is the view enabled by the service options purchased.

5-14-1 User level of the Service Desktop

Table below shows Service Desktop widgets available for local service user without an SSA Key and
without service options.

Table 5-6 User level of the Service Desktop

Main Menus Main Sub-menus Service Basic

Home X

Diags

Run Diags

Diag History

DICOM

DICOM Service Status

DICOM Spooler

Utilities X

APM X

Resolve Agent Quarantine X

Change Password X

Data Transfer X

Delete Files X

Disruptive Mode Utility

Gather Logs X

Network Capture X

SSA License X

Third Party Licenses X

Options X

Agent Configuration X

5-56 Section 5-14 - Service Desktop Description

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-15
Service Desktop
5-15-1 Purpose of this section
This section describes the features of the Service desktop. There are the different levels of access to
the Service desktop:

1.) Service Basic access (Class A) - a user locally logged into the machine with Local Service Access
privilege. This level provides limited access to Service desktop widgets and utilities.
2.) Class C(BT23 only) - is the view enabled by the option “Service Advanced”
3.) GE Service access (Class M) and an SSA key. For users with local Service Access privilege, this
level provides unrestricted access to all Service desktop widgets and utilities.
4.) Remote access - a user remotely accessing the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT. This level provides
unrestricted access to all Service desktop widgets and utilities. Disruptive mode is limited to the
user access privileges to Remote Service Access.

5-15-2 Disruptive mode

Disruptive mode is a way to control interruptions to operation of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.
Disruptive mode is required whenever service performs a function that may disrupt a normal scan.
Activating Disruptive mode results in an red message displayed on the task bar. This message indicates
that the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT need to be restarted once the service activity is complete. The
message remains until the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT are restarted. This prevents patient scanning
while the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT are not operating at an optimal status. For example, running a
diagnostic may leave the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT in a state that is not good for imaging.

Specifically, Disruptive mode is required to run diagnostics, clean presets, and reset the patient
database, and turn on Virtual Console Observation (VCO).

• When Disruptive mode is On, all service functionality on the Service desktop is allowed but user
operation of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT may be limited.
• When Disruptive mode is Off, some service functionality on the Service desktop is not available and
user operation of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT are normal.
Additionally, the ability to enable Disruptive mode depends on the logged in user.

• Local user - a user locally logged into the machine will be able to set the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
to Disruptive mode or allow a Disruptive mode request from a remote user through the Service
desktop. The local user must have Authorized Remote Service Access to allow Disruptive mode. If
the local user does not have this right, the remote users request will be automatically denied.
• Remote user - a user remotely accessing the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT will not be able to
automatically switch Disruptive mode to On. The logged in user (user actually logged on to the
Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT) needs to have the ability to grant remote access. The logged in user
will be notified through a dialog box and asked to allow Disruptive mode.

NOTE: Change Password and Disk De-fragment are not available for the remote user whether Disruptive mode
is On or Off.

For more information, see "Disruptive Mode" on page 7-52

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-57

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-15-3 Color statues

Throughout the Service desktop, colors indicate the following:

• Green - Status is normal

• Orange - Status is a warning
• Red - Status is an error

5-15-4 Service Classes

With Service Basic Access (Class A), there are the available options:

• HOME
• Utilities
- Change Password
- Data Transfer
- Delete Files
- Gather Logs
- Network Capture
- Resolve Agent Quarantine
- SSA License
- Third Party Licenses
With GE Service access (Class M) and an SSA key, these are the available options:

• HOME
• Diags
• DICOM
• Utilities
- Change Password (not available through a remote connection)
- Data Transfer
- Delete Files
- Disable Remote Connectivity
- Disruptive Mode Utility
- Gather Logs
- Network Capture
- Resolve Agent Quarantine
- SSA License
- SSH
- System Shutdown
- Third Party License
- Virtual Console Observation
• Options
• Agent Configuration

5-58 Section 5-15 - Service Desktop

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-15-5 Service Classes for BT23 (PC410)

X (simple): Class A Home reduced content

X(VCO): VCO Mode needed

X(dis): runs only in Disruptive mode

Following Widgets are visible:

- System Information
- Software Status

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-59

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-16
Service Page
5-16-1 Introduction
The Service Page contains specific software/hardware test modules, system setup, update, etc. for
Voluson systems only.

5-16-2 Access / Security

The service page has different access and security user levels.
Each user is only granted access to the tools that are authorized for their use.

5-60 Section 5-16 - Service Page

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-16-3 Service Login

1.) Press the HOME button on the top left.
2.) In the “Home” menu select SYSTEM SETUP button to invoke the setup on the screen.
3.) Connect the SSA Key to any USB port. As soon as the SSA key is detected, checking security
window pops up. Then click “I Agree”.
4.) On the left side of the screen select ADMINISTRATION and then click the SERVICE tab.
5.) Click the SERVICE TOOLS button to display the “Service Tools” page.

Figure 5-29 Service login

1. Common Service Desktop 7. Delete all patients 13. Keyboard Layout

2. Auto Tester 8. Monitor Test 14. Load Application Settings and Factory Presets.

3. Update 9. Hardware Test 15. Console test

4. Decrypt Disk 10. Connected probes 16. Import Democases to System

5. Import Education Videos to

11. Probe EEPROM 17. Restore Democases into Archive
System

6. Request for Service 12. Export System Data

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-61

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-16-3-1 Auto Tester

Auto-tester is a log function of customer activities. It records all user actions (scanning, entries,
performing Calculations, review of Patient Reports, etc.…). It is possible to safe (record) as file on SSD.

NOTICE For intermittent problems this file can be requested from the Service Engineer or customer.
!! NOTICE:

Operation see: Section 7-5 "Service Desktop" on page 7-15.

5-16-3-2 Update

5-16-3-2-1 ASI - Additional Software Installation

Click the ASI button to install additional software.
The Software parts to be installed depend on the contents of the System USB that is used.

5-16-3-2-2 Restore Software

Click the RESTORE SOFTWARE button to restore the system software from your hard disk. The
installation procedure starts with saving and recording the settings present on the system (silent
“Full Backup” and “Rollback”). During the software restore the system will restart several times.

NOTE: Disconnect all other external USB devices (such as printers, hubs, bluetooth, memory devices) except
sysUSB as this might interfere with the recovery procedure.

NOTE: Existing User Programs, 3D/4D Programs and Auto Text remain unaffected! Therefore it is not
necessary to perform any readout preparations.

5-16-3-2-3 SWI from Media (BT23 only)

By means of the SWI from Media button, the Systems C:\ image is partly or completely updated.
The system Software parts to be upgraded depend on contents of the used Media.

NOTE: During “SWI from Media” the used system configuration will be stored on R:\. If required, the previously
used system configuration (before SWI from Media was performed) can be restored by activating the
“Rollback” function. Operation see: section 5-17-4.

5-16-3-3 TCP/IP Buffersize

The TCP/IP Buffersize selects the amount of buffer memory used for DICOM transfers (both directions).

5-16-3-4 Show Factory Presets

Select the Show Factory Presets button to display User and Factory Presets (probe settings).

5-16-3-5 Common Service Desktop (CSD)

Access to the Common Service Desktop (CSD) by entering security user level and password.
Each user is only granted access to the tools that are authorized for their use.

5-16-3-6 Request for Service (RFS)

Fill out the “Request For Service” form and then send the problem description to GE Service/Application
representatives. Operation see: Section 7-2-1 "Request for Service (RFS)" on page 7-4

5-62 Section 5-16 - Service Page

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-16-3-7 Delete all Patients

1.) Click the DELETE ALL PATIENTS... button. Following WARNING message appears on the screen.

Figure 5-30 Warning message

WARNING
WARNING If you select the YES button, all patients data, studies, images and measure report data
!! WARNING:
will be deleted permanently from the hard disk and cannot be recovered!

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-63

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-16-3-8 Export System Data

Select the EXPORT SYSTEM DATA button on the “Service Tools” page to Full Backup the System
State. This includes dump-files and text files, the full Service Database informations about probes,
boards, Software, Options and the Event Log File to the USB Drive.
Operation see: Section 7-4-2 "Export Log’s and System Data" on page 7-12.

NOTE: Reconfigure the layout of the keyboard is only useful by changing the concerned keys also.
see: Section 8-57 "Replacement of ITX to OPIO USB CABLE" on page 8-86

5-16-3-9 Monitor Test

Select the MONITOR TEST button to perform color calibration.
Operation see: Section 6-3 "LCD Monitor Adjustment" on page 6-2.

5-64 Section 5-16 - Service Page

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-16-3-10 Load Application Settings

If the Tune version of the Application presets does not match the Application Software version, it is
probably that there are adverse affects on image quality (e.g., after reloading an old “Full Backup”).

NOTICE When reloading these Application Settings, any existing User Programs, 3D/4D Programs and Auto
!! NOTICE:
Text remain unaffected!

1.) Select the LOAD APPLICATION SETTINGS button on the “Service Tools” page (Figure 5-58 on
page 5-90).
2.) Choose the media and then click LOAD.

Figure 5-31 Application Settings Load

3.) Select the desired file and then click OK.

Load procedure starts immediately including a reboot of the system.

NOTICE If the ID of the Application Setting is not valid for the currently installed Application Software version,
!! NOTICE:
a warning message “Application Settings from selected backup are not compatible with current system.
Application Settings have not be loaded.” appears during boot up sequence.

4.) If warning message is displayed, confirm it with OK and then load appropriate Application Settings
(perform loading procedure as described in steps above).

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-65

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-17
Boot Screen Functions
NOTE: It is not required, but recommended to use an external alphanumeric keyboard for any LINUX and/or
BIOS functions.

Following LINUX supported functions are available as soon as the “Boot Screen” appears.

Figure 5-32 Boot screen

5-17-1 Voluson
The system will boot-up in windows. The Ultrasound Application is started.

For details, see Section 3-6-2-3 "During a normal boot, you may observe" on page 3-29

5-17-2 Voluson Maintenance Menu

1.) Turn system OFF and then back ON.
2.) As soon as the Boot screen appears, flip the rightmost “toggle-flip” Joycoder on the control console
to stop the boot-up countdown.
3.) Flip the Joycoder until the Voluson Maintenance Menu item is highlighted and then press Freeze.

5-66 Section 5-17 - Boot Screen Functions

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-17-3 Memtest (Memory Check)

1.) Turn system OFF and then back ON.
2.) As soon as the Boot screen appears, flip the rightmost “toggle-flip” Joycoder on the control console
to stop the boot-up countdown.
3.) Flip the Joycoder again until the Memtest item is highlighted and then press Freeze. The PC
Memory Test starts automatically and takes about 2.5 hours. If there are errors, they will be listed.

Figure 5-33 Memory check screen

NOTE: After one cycle (~2.5 hours) the memory check starts again. If you don’t interrupt the memory test, it will
perform never ending cycles of memory checks. To interrupt the test, press the Esc key. If the Esc key
does not work, please press the ON/OFF standby button.

NOTE: If after one cycle (about 2.5 hours), no error messages are listed, it can be assumed that the Back End
Processor including power supply is working properly.

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-67

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-17-4 Rollback
This function offers the possibility to simply restore the previously used system configuration (rollback),
which stored on R:\ during “SWI from Media” or installing an “Software Update Package” (=eDelivery).

1.) Turn system OFF and then back ON.

2.) As soon as the Boot screen appears, flip the rightmost “toggle-flip” Joycoder on the control console
to stop the boot-up countdown.
3.) Flip the Joycoder until the Rollback item is highlighted and then press Freeze.
4.) When the following WARNING message appears, select OK by using the Trackball and then press
the left Trackball key.

Figure 5-34

After performing a “Rollback” the system reboots. The Ultrasound Application is started and finally the
2D screen is displayed on the monitor.

5-68 Section 5-17 - Boot Screen Functions

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-18LINUX - Voluson Maintenance System

5-18-1 Overview
The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT systems contains the “Voluson Maintenance system” with improved

service functionality (e.g., restore software/recover partitions) +

possibility to perform extended PC Memtest.

NOTE: It is highly recommended to use the System USB, which contains:

• Linux rescue partition

• System “C:” image
• Ultrasound Application Software [UIS]
• Image (Application) Settings [Backup]
• Service Platform
• Drivers for Peripherals (e.g., printer)
• Scripts

5-18-1-1 General Operation and Selection in LINUX (and BIOS) menu

General operation and selection in BIOS and LINUX menu is done with:

• BIOS : During start up, press Calc + Arrow + P1 keys on the OPIO to enter
• LINUX menu: During boot up within 4 sec, flip down the paddle key (image control key) to select
the Voluson Maintenance Menu and press the freeze key.

Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) 5-69

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5-70 Section 5-18 - LINUX - Voluson Maintenance System

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 6
Service Adjustments

Section 6-1
Overview
6-1-1 Purpose of Chapter 6
This chapter describes how to test and adjust the mechanical capabilities of a System that may be out
of specification. Although some tests may be optional they should only be performed by qualified
personnel.

Table 6-1 Chapter Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT Contents

Section Description Page Number

6-1 Overview 6-1

6-2 Regulatory 6-1

6-3 LCD Monitor Adjustment 6-2

Section 6-2
Regulatory
Verify, where applicable, that any regulatory information or tests required by national law are present
and accounted for, and any regulatory tests required by national law are performed and documented.

Chapter 6 - Service Adjustments 6-1

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 6-3
LCD Monitor Adjustment
6-3-1 Loading the Default Monitor Settings
1.) Press the Home menu on the screen.
2.) In the Home menu, touch the Monitor button to display the Monitor Menu.

Figure 6-1 Monitor Menu

3.) Touch the Semi-Dark Room button to load default monitor setting for your system.

6-3-2 Monitor Test

1.) Press the Home menu on the screen.
2.) In the Home menu, touch the Setup button to invoke the setup desktop on the screen.
3.) Connect SSA Key to any USB port. As soon as the SSA Key is detected, checking security window
pops up. Then, click ‘I Agree’.
4.) On the right side of the screen, select Administration and select the Service tab.
5.) Select the Monitor Test button in the Service Tool menu.
6.) The screen becomes white. - WHITE is displayed without any tint (discolor) or colored pixels.
7.) Press the right/left trackball key repeatedly to stem through RED, GREEN, BLUE, BLACK and
GRAYSCALE.
-Each color is displayed correctly (without any tint or discolored pixels).
8.) To exit the Monitor Test program, press ESC.

6-2 Section 6-3 - LCD Monitor Adjustment

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 7
Diagnostics/Troubleshooting

Section 7-1
Overview
7-1-1 Purpose of Chapter Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
This section describes how to setup and run the tools and software that help maintain image quality and
system operation. Basic host, system, and board level diagnostics are run whenever power is applied.
Some Service Tools may be run at the application level.

7-1-2 Overview
There may be a time when it would be advantageous to capture trouble images and system data (logs)
for acquisition through remote diagnostics or to be sent back to the manufacturer for analysis. There
are different options to acquire this data that would give different results.

Table 7-1 Contents in Chapter 7

Section Description Page Number

7-1 Overview 7-1
7-2 Collect Vital System Information 7-2

7-2-1 Request for Service (RFS) 7-4

7-2-2 Shortcuts List 7-6

7-3 Check Points Voltages 7-10

7-4 Screen Captures and Logs 7-11

7-5 Service Desktop 7-15

7-5-1 Home 7-15

7-5-2 Utilities 7-19

7-5-3 Options 7-34

7-5-4 Agent Configuration 7-35

7-6 Troubleshooting Trees, Instructions and Tech Tips 7-38

7-7 Recommended Software Installation Procedures (SW Load) 7-53

7-8 Error Messages 7-55

7-9 Probe assessment tool 7-58

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-1

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 7-2
Collect Vital System Information
1.) Press the HOME button on the screen.
2.) In the “Home” menu select SYSTEM SETUP to invoke the setup on the screen.
3.) On the left side of the screen select ADMINISTRATION and then click the SYSTEM INFO tab.

The following information is necessary in order to properly analyze data or images being reported as a
malfunction or being returned to the manufacturer:

• System Type
• System Serial number (also visible on label on the back of the system)
• Application Software version
• Backup Version (File Name, Date of Factory Settings, Tune version, etc.)
• additional information (e.g., Hardware ID, “Mainboard Type”, HW configuration, etc.)

NOTE: All the above information can be found in the System Info page; see: Figure 7-1 on page 7-2.

Move the scroll bars downwards to view additional information about installed software/hardware
(e.g., Console information).
Figure 7-1 System Setup - Administration - SYSTEM INFO page

7-2 Section 7-2 - Collect Vital System Information

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 7-2 System Setup - Administration - SYSTEM INFO page

7. Factory Settings :Date, Tune - and User

1. Serial Number
program version

2. System Type 8. Hardware configuration (board versions)

3. Software Version 9. Mainboard Type (e.g. ADVANTECH ATX)

4. Application software 10. Console version

5. Hardware ID 11. Operating System and its License Status

6. Backup File Name

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-3

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-2-1 Request for Service (RFS)

NOTICE Service Connectivity has to be checked out once before you can request for service.
!! NOTICE:
i.e., Service platform has to be configured properly; .

There are two possibilities to contact GE:

• by means of the GE “Remote Status Icon” that is displayed on the bottom of the screen.

Move the cursor to the GE icon and press the left trackball key (= left-click) to display the
“Request For Service” form (see: Figure 7-3 below).

• via the System Setup - SERVICE page

1.) In the “Home” menu select SYSTEM SETUP to invoke the setup desktop on the screen.
2.) On the left side of the screen select ADMINISTRATION and then click the SERVICE tab.
3.) Enter the password SHE and click the ACCEPT button to display the Service Tools window.
4.) Select Service Tools button
5.) Click the RFS button and fill out the displayed form. (Enter detailed Problem description.)

SUBMIT

Figure 7-3 Contact GE - Request for Service

4.) Click the SUBMIT button to send the problem description to GE Service/Application
representatives.

7-4 Section 7-2 - Collect Vital System Information

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-2-1 Request for Service (RFS) (cont)

A request confirmation screen is displayed:

write down and keep

the Reference Number

Figure 7-4 Request submitted

5.) Write down and keep the Reference Number for follow up procedures, then click OK.

NOTE: If the service platform is not configured an Error message is displayed. The request is NOT sent!

The request is saved in QUEUE for reviewing and/or resending.

Figure 7-5 Contact GE - Queue

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-5

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-2-2 Shortcuts List

Press Home menu - Shortcuts to display the list of shortcuts, and the description of what they do.
Shortcut commend on the list shall be executed if pressed.

NOTE: For some shortcuts a SSA key is required. After enabling “Extended Access”, press the left trackball
key once, followed by the shortcuts.

Figure 7-6 Shortcuts list

7-6 Section 7-2 - Collect Vital System Information

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 7-1 list of shortcuts + description of what they do

Shortcut Description Access Level

Ctrl + 3 Factory use ONLY! This function is not intended for use in the field. dongle

Ctrl + A opens connected probe status dialog dongle

Ctrl + B yello US Image border display on/off dongle

Ctrl + C copy text user

Ctrl + Alt + C shows console test dialog dongle

Alt + D export system state (Full Backup and Dump files) to D:\export user

Ctrl + Alt + D Switch DICOM SR Follicle Format user

Ctrl + Alt + E event manager watch shows a list of executed events in dialog dongle

Ctrl + H List of keyboard shortcuts user

Ctrl + Alt + I Start/stop presentation mode user

Alt + L opens log configuration dialog dongle

Ctrl + M mode control on/off dongle

Alt + M displays mouse catch (allows movement of mouse cursor on complete screen) dongle

displays Network sniffer window (seeSection 7-4-2 "Export Log’s and System Data" on
Alt + N dongle
page 7-12)

Ctrl + P change probe (dialog for “dummy” probes) dongle

Alt + P stores screenshot on D:\export user

Shift + Ctrl + P Change Probe Backward dongle

Ctrl + S User Program save user

Shift + Alt + S opens the system setup dialog dongle

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-7

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 7-1 list of shortcuts + description of what they do

Shortcut Description Access Level

Ctrl + T Factory use ONLY! This function is not intended for use in the field. dongle

Ctrl + U User Programs user

Ctrl + V paste, insert text from clipboard user

Shit + Ctrl + V Toggle VarDictionary - viewer dongle

Ctrl + X cut text user

Ctrl + Z undo typing user

Save Logfile snapshot (max.2 Voluson Logfiles + screenshot of Monitor are stored on
Shift + Ctrl + F1 user
D:export as a *.zip file)

Alt + F5 create process logger snapshot user

Alt + F6 export process logger snapshots (to USB Drive or network share) user

Alt + F7 start/stop process logger user

Ctrl + F8 Show password dialog for shortcuts user

Shift + 9 start remote socket control user

Alt + 9 stop remote socket control user

Shift + Ctrl + F11 Factory use ONLY! This function is not intended for use in the field. user

Alt + Backspace undo typing user

Shift + Delete cut text user

Shift + Insert insert text (paste) user

Ctrl + Insert copy text user

Print Screen fast export user

Shift + Print Screen fast export all user

7-8 Section 7-2 - Collect Vital System Information

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-2-3 Needed Data in Case of System Crash or Errors

NOTE: In case of a system crash or errors that are probably software bugs, provide as much detail information
as possible before contacting the OLC (On-Line Center).

1.) Contact person (+ telephone number and/or email address)

2.) Vital system data as a basic need on every failure investigation (see: Figure 7-1)
- System Type
- System Serial number (also visible on label on the back of the system)
- Application Software version
- Backup Version (File Name, Date of Factory Settings, Tune version, etc.)
- additional information such as:
* Hardware ID
* Mainboard Type
* Hardware Configuration (board versions)
* Console version
3.) Detailed problem description or error message.(dump-file, see Figure 7-11)
- Address
- Module + (Address)
- Application Software version
- Memory Dump number (complete #)
- Exact date and time of the occurrence
- Problem frequency
- screenshot (Alt + P)
- Reprocedible? (button by button workflow)
- DICOM issues (provide sniff)
- Image quality issues (*4DV file of the affected patient)
4.) If the bug or error is difficult to reproduce, record an Auto Tester file (ending at fault occurrence).
Operation see
5.) Press the Alt + D key on the shortcuts menu to save/export following data on the D:\export folder
or on USB drive. Operation see Section 7-4-2-1 "Export System Data (by pressing the shortcut
button and selecting ‘System state Export (ALT + D)’)" .
- a screen shot of the point in time when Alt + D was pressed,
- the current System state (as “Full Backup”) on demand, and
- logs, Auto tester scripts and dump-files already stored on the D:\export folder.

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-9

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 7-3
Check Points Voltages
7-3-1 How to check power

7-3-1-1 User Interface - Status LEDs

Orange System in standby mode.

Green System in normal operation mode.

No Light System is switched OFF (Circuit breaker)

No Light Probably Power Supply (RSP) defect

7-3-1-2 Power Supply (PPS) Status LED

Turn on mains switch and check LED of P5V, N5V, LIVE5V,12V, SSD, LAN and BATT on backplane.

Figure 7-7 Check LED on backplane

NOTE: If LED is on, PPS has full function (all voltages are within the specified range).

7-10 Section 7-3 - Check Points Voltages

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 7-4
Screen Captures and Logs
There may be times when the customer or field engineer will want to capture a presentation on the
screen so it may be recovered by the OnLine Center. This is accomplished by saving the image(s):

A.) to Archive and export them (as jpg, bmp or tiff) to external USB drive.
B.) as jpg and bmp to D:\export by pressing the HOME -> Shortcuts -> Screenshot Alt + P button on
the keyboard shortcuts list.
Note: Successive ALT + P keystrokes (max. 20) overwrite existing snapshots at destination HDD!
C.) creates one snapshot (Alt-D.bmp) + “Full Backup” of the System state (fullbackup -> fb1) saved by
pressing the ALT + D key on the keyboard shortcuts list.

NOTE: For further details about Alt + D, see Chapter 7 - Export Log’s and System Data, on page 7-12.

7-4-1 Capturing a screen

The following is the generic process to capture any screen from the System .

1.) Navigate to, and display the image/screen/volume to be captured.

2.) Press the P1 and programmable buttons (depending on system configuration) on the control panel
and store the image onto the clipboard (frame on left side of the screen).

NOTE: A short summary of P1, and programmable button’s configuration is shown in the status area on the
screen.

Figure 7-8 summary of keys configuration

3.) Select the stored image(s) and export them to an external USB drive (optional) or mapped Network
drive (jpg,bmp, tiff or Volume file).

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-11

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-4-2 Export Log’s and System Data

There are two possibilities to export system data (and log´s):

1.) by pressing the shortcut button and selecting ‘System state Export (ALT + D)’ key to save a
snapshot and “Full Backup” of the System state;
see: 7-4-2-1 on page 7-12
2.) via the EXPORT SYSTEM DATA button in the System Setup - Administration - SERVICE page;
see: 7-4-2-2 on page 7-14

7-4-2-1 Export System Data (by pressing the shortcut button and selecting ‘System state Export (ALT + D)’)
‘System state Export (ALT + D)’ uses “Full Backup” to gather data from the system. In addition it creates
one screenshot (Alt-D.bmp) of the point in time when ‘System state Export (ALT + D)’ was pressed.
The main use is when R&D or OLC need detailed information about the system (e.g., when
experiencing strange behavior or when the problem should be investigated by R&D).
It is not intended to replace or enhance the existing Full Backup functionality.

NOTE: Configuration Backup files created by Alt + D are protected by a password that can be customized.
Whenever transmitting system state to R&D, do not forget to inform them about any password change.

Data can be stored on the SSD (D:\export\fullbackup\fb1), or you can export them to USB. Including the
D:\export folder, which contains dump files (for details see: Section 7-4-2-2-1),
Process Logger files, Autotester files, SMART logs and Screenshots [Alt + P].

NOTE: Successive ‘System state Export (ALT + D)’ keystrokes overwrite existing snapshots (Alt-D.bmp) at
destination SSD.

1.) Press the ‘System state Export (ALT + D)’ key on the shortcuts menu.

Figure 7-9 “Alt - D” backup

7-12 Section 7-4 - Screen Captures and Logs

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

2.) Select whether you want to backup data with our without hardware diagnosis tests.

NOTICE Please detach all probes if you want to execute hardware diagnosis, then click Yes.

Figure 7-10 System Configuration Save

3.) Select the destination of the “System state” backup.

4.) Select the NEXT button to start the backup process.
After saving the data, the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT reboots and the application starts again.

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-13

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-4-2-2 Export Log´s and System Data (via Service Page)

1.) Press the HOME button on the screen.
2.) Select SYSTEM SETUP to invoke the setup desktop on the screen.
3.) If not already done, connect SSA Key to any USB port. As soon as the SSA Key is detected,
checking security window pops up. Then, click “I Agree”.
4.) On the left side of the screen select ADMINISTRATION and then click the SERVICE tab.
5.) Click the SERVICE TOOLS button on the Service window to get access to the “Service Tools” page.
6.) Click on the EXPORT SYSTEM DATA... button to Full Backup the System State. This includes
dump files (see: Section 7-4-2-2-1) and text files, full Service Database informations about probes,
boards, Software, Options and the Event Log File.

7-4-2-2-1 Dump-file
Every time an error message like Figure 7-11 is produced, a dump-file and a text file containing the
error dump and the error message are created in D:\export. Up to 20 dump files are stored there.

Figure 7-11 system has encountered a problem

NOTE: To deposit this screen as an image file on D:\export, press Alt + P, For more details see Figure 7-4 on
page 7-11

After clicking on OK the system reboots automatically.

7-14 Section 7-4 - Screen Captures and Logs

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 7-5
Service Desktop
7-5-1 Home
Home configuration vary depending upon the purchased service level.

Figure 7-12 Home with Class A Access

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-15

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 7-13 Home with Class C Access

7-16 Section 7-5 - Service Desktop

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-5-1 Home (cont)

System Information

System Information displays general information about Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT. When the
Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT has been successfully configured with the back office, these elements will
have the corresponding values:

• Agent Registered will be Yes

• Agent Quarantine will be No
• Agent CRM Verified will be Yes
The information on System Information is available to all service class licenses.

To access System Information, navigate to Home.

Figure 7-14 System Information

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-17

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-5-1 Home (cont)

This table shows all the elements available on System Information with descriptions.
Table 7-2 System Information
Elements Description
CRM Number CRM Number Customer Relationship Management (CRM) number. System
identifier assigned tothe customer unit by the service region.
Agent Registered Registered status of the agent. Valid values are:
• Yes - The agent is registered in the back office.
• No - The agent is not registered in the back office.
• Not Available - The agent is not running or has not been configured.
Agent Quarantine Quarantine status of the agent. Valid values are:
• Yes - The agent has more than one device registered with the same CRM
Number in the back office.
• No - The agent has one device registered with the listed CRM Number in the
back office.
• Not Available - The agent is not running or has not been configured.
Agent CRM Verified CRM status of the agent. Valid values are:
• Yes - The agent is verified in the back office.
• No - The agent is not verified in the back office.
• Not Available - The agent is not running or has not been configured.
Agent Connected Connection status of the agent. Valid values are:
• Yes - The agent is connected to the back office.
• No - The agent is not connected to the back office.
• Not Available - The agent is not configured or running.
Model Number GE part number for the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT. The same number as listed
on the rating plate.
Serial Number Serial number of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT. The same number as listed on
the rating plate.
System Type Product name of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.
Facility Name of the hospital or facility where the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT is installed.

For more information, see: Section 7-5-1 "Home"

7-18 Section 7-5 - Service Desktop

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-5-2 Utilities
Utilities configurations vary depending upon the service class.

For more information, see:

• "Change Password" on page 7-20

• "Date Transfer" on page 7-22
• "Delete Files" on page 7-24
• "Disruptive Mode" on page 7-25
• "Gather Logs" on page 7-27
• "Network Capture" on page 7-29
• "SSA License" on page 7-31
• "Third Party Software Licenses" on page 7-33

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-19

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-5-2 Utilities (cont)

Change Password

Change Password allows you to change the password for a specified user type:

CAUTION RISK OF LOSING DATA.

IF THE PASSWORD IS LOST, GE WILL NOT BE ABLE TO RECOVER OR RESET IT.
LOSS OF A PASSWORD MAY RESULT IN THE LOSS OF PATIENT DATA.

The information on Change Password is available to all service class licenses. Change Password is
not available through a remote connection.

To access Change Password, select Utility (second page) -> Service > Utilities > Change Password.

Figure 7-15 Change Password

This table shows all the elements available on Change Password with descriptions.
Table 7-3 Change Password

Element Description

Type of user for the password reset.

User Type • GEService - Windows user for GE Service.
• SVCService - Windows user loaded with the base image load software.

New password according to the password requirements (14-25 characters including one
New Password
upper cap, one lower cap, one number, and one symbol).

Confirm Password Password you entered in New Password

Update Password Select to update the Password.

Reset Select to reset the information.

7-20 Section 7-5 - Service Desktop

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-5-2 Utilities (cont)

To change the password:

NOTE: Before changing the GEService password (the default is SvcForward123$), make sure the Voluson™
SWIFT+/SWIFT is connected to the network and the agent is configured. The GEService password is
used to perform portions of remote service. If the password is changed and the Voluson™ SWIFT+/
SWIFT information is not updated, it may slow down remote service. Both file transfer and SSH depend
on the GEService password.

To change the service desktop user password:

1.) Navigate to Utilities, and then select Change Password.

2.) From User Type, select one of the following:
- GEService – This is the Windows user for GE Service. Both file transfer and SSH depend on
this user and password combination. When using SSH in FFA, the user and password will
always be requested. Entering the incorrect password multiple times will lock you out. When
changing this password, the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT should be online (check the online
icon at the bottom of the screen) so the back office updates. If the password is changed when
offline, the back office will not be updated and you will have to change the password again
with the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT online. There is no notification when this password has
been changed. Changes to this password do not affect logs sent to the GE Service data lake.
- SVCService - This is the Windows user loaded with the base image load software. You will
never be prompted for this password. When it is set to default (no password selected), a
randomly generated password will be supplied by the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT. If this
password is changed with Change Password, the base image software will automatically
store the new password in the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT and it will be fixed to the value
entered. The SVCService password will not be requested of any user. It is only used by the
Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT software.

CAUTION RISK OF LOSING DATA.

GE WILL NOT BE ABLE TO RECOVER OR RESET CHANGED PASSWORDS.
SECURELY RECORD THE NEW PASSWORD.

3.) In New Password type a new password according to the password requirements (14-25 characters
including one upper cap, one lower cap, one number, and one symbol).
4.) In Confirm Password, type the new password.
5.) Click Update Password. The following message displays if the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT is
offline.

6.) When a SVCService user password has been changed, reboot the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT to
reflect the password change.
For more information, see:

• "Utilities" on page 7-19

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-21

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-5-2 Utilities (cont)

Date Transfer

Date Transfer provides a way to do the following:

• View information about past transfer of (APM) information.

• Setup automatic/scheduled transfer of allowed data files from the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT to the
server.
• Manually transfer data files allowed data files from the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT to the server.
The information on Date Transfer is available to all service class licenses.

To access Date Transfer, select Utilities > Date Transfer.

Figure 7-16 Data Transfer

This table shows all the elements available on Data Transfer with descriptions.
Table 7-4 Data Transfer

Element Description

Type of log file. For example, Incremental Logs or Full Logs. Monitoring Logs, System Logs, and
Windows Logs are incrementally transferred when automatic transfer is enabled. To enable
Type of Upload
automatic transfer, navigate to System Admin and, under Service, check Enable Automatic
Request for Service.

Upload Permission Whether the permission to upload the log file is allowed or not.

Last Upload Status Whether the last log file upload was successful or not.

Last Successful Upload Date and time the last log file was successfully uploaded.

Scheduler When selected, enables the related day selections. For example, All Days, Monday, and Tuesday.

Save Settings Saves the information.

Send All Manually send the selected log files to the server.

7-22 Section 7-5 - Service Desktop

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-5-2 Utilities (cont)

To configure automatic data transfers:

1.) Navigate to ADMIN > System Admin

2.) On System Admin, configure these settings:
- Transfer Machine Logs to GE - Default is checked
- Transfer Operator Information to GE
- Transfer Images (captured without patient information) to GE - Default is checked.
3.) Click Save.
4.) Navigate to Utility (second page) > Service > Utilities > Data Transfer.
5.) On Data Transfer, select Scheduler, and then select the days to perform the data transfer.
6.) Click Save Settings.
7.) To manually perform a data transfer, click Send All.
For more information:
• "Utilities" on page 7-19

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-23

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-5-2 Utilities (cont)

Delete Files

Delete Files displays all the files and folders present in the D: export folder and allows for their deletion.
Deleting unneeded files improves performance and reduces the need to defragment the disk drive.

The information on Delete Files is available to all service class licenses.

To access Delete Files, select Utilities > Delete Files.

Figure 7-17 Delete Files

This table shows all the elements available on Delete Files with descriptions.
Table 7-5 Delete Files

Element Description
Delete Files Displays the files that are available for deletion.

Delete Deletes the selected files.

To delete files:

1.) Navigate to select Utility (second page) > Service > Utilities > Delete Files
2.) Under Delete Files, select the available folders and files that you want to delete.
3.) Click Delete.
4.) In the resulting dialog box, click Delete and then click OK.
For more information, see:

• "Utilities" on page 7-19

7-24 Section 7-5 - Service Desktop

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-5-2 Utilities (cont)

Disruptive Mode

Disruptive Mode provides a way to enable and disable Disruptive mode. When enabled, Disruptive

mode allows a remote user to access the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT which can disrupt normal
operation of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT. Disruptive mode can be remotely turned on when the
logged-in user has Authorize Remote Service Access privilege. If the logged-in user does not have
remote service privilege, displays this error message: “You do not have the required permission to
perform this operation.”

When initiating Disruptive mode from a remote location, a message displays on the Voluson™ SWIFT+/
SWIFT asking whether the user will allow Disruptive mode and notifying them that normal operation
might be disturbed.

• If Yes is selected, then Disruptive mode is turned on.

• If No is selected, then Disruptive mode is not turned on and an error message displays saying that
permission to change the mode was denied.
When Disruptive mode is On, the GE icon in the status bar changes to red and displays this message:
“Due to Service testing restart needed.”

When Disruptive mode is changed to Off, the GE icon turns white and displays this message: “Due to
Service testing restart needed.” In addition, VCO and SSH stop if running.

The information on Disruptive Mode is available to Class M licenses.

To access Disruptive Mode, select Utility (second page) > Service > Utilities > Disruptive Mode
Utility.

Figure 7-18 Disruptive Mode

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-25

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

This table shows all the elements available on Disruptive Mode Utility with descriptions.
Table 7-6 Disruptive Mode Utility

Element Description

Indicates whether the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT is in Disruptive mode or not. Valid

values are:
Disruptive Mode Status
• Enabled - Disruptive mode is on.
• Disabled - Disruptive mode is off.

Date of Last Modification Date the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT was last enabled or disabled.

Select this check box and then select Enable to place the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
Start SSH into Disruptive mode and start the Secure Shell (SSH) server. The SSH server can also
be started from the SSH utility.

Select this check box and then select Enable to place the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
Stop SSH into Disruptive mode and stop the Secure Shell (SSH) server. The SSH server can also
be stopped from the SSH utility.

Select this check box and then select Enable to place the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
Start VNC into Disruptive mode and start the Virtual Network Computing (VNC) server. The VNC
server can also be started from the Virtual Console Observation utility.

Select this check box and then select Enable to place the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
Stop VNC into Disruptive mode and stop the Virtual Network Computing (VNC) server. The VNC
server can also be stopped from the Virtual Console Observation utility.

Enable Select to enable Disruptive mode.

Disable Select to disable Disruptive mode.

For more information, see:

"Utilities" on page 7-19

7-26 Section 7-5 - Service Desktop

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-5-2 Utilities (cont)

Gather Logs

Gather Logs provides a way to collect system logs and place the log files in the D:\Service directory for
retrieval by the online center. These log files do not include protected data such as crash dumps and
keyboard shadow logs. The customer can collect logs (including protected data) using Alt+D when
Protected Data is checked. Log files are compressed into a .zip file and the file path and name display.
If the application software is not running, use the Gather Logs shortcut on the Windows desktop. The
information on Gather Logs is available to all service class licenses.

To access Gather Logs, select Utilities > Gather Logs.

Figure 7-19 Gather Logs

This table shows all the elements available on Gather Logs with descriptions.
Table 7-7 Gather Logs

Element Description
Gather Logs Select to gather the log files for the selected time period.

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-27

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

To gather log files:

1.) Navigate to Utilities > Gather Logs.

2.) Select All Logs
3.) Click Gather Logs. In the resulting dialog box, record the location of the log files and click OK.
4.) When the gather log operation is complete, click the notification icon in the banner to view the
location of the log files.

For more information, see:

"Utilities" on page 7-19

7-28 Section 7-5 - Service Desktop

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-5-2 Utilities (cont)

Network Capture

Network Capture displays network traffic between the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT and configured
devices. A network capture outputs two log files: one for main logging with no protected information and
another including protected information. These log files are useful when debugging connectivity issues.
Because these log files can be large, they are only kept for one week.

The information on Network Capture is available to all service class licenses.

To access Network Capture, select Utilities > Network Capture.

Figure 7-20 Network Capture

This table shows all the elements available on Network Capture with descriptions.
Table 7-8 Network Capture

Element Description
Network Capture Parameters

Allowed size of the generated log file. Valid value are:

• 256MB
Maximum Size
• 512MB
• 1024MB

DICOM-configured devices for which you want to capture information. If no additional

Devices
devices are configured, only All will be available.

Select to start the process. This causes the network capture to start, enables the
Start Network Capture Stop button, and updates the Network Capture Status pane and changes the
Status to Running.

Stop Network Capture Select to stop the process.

Network Capture Status

Displays information about the status of the network capture. The language setting
for this information is set in Windows and not through the Service desktop or
Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT application software.

Displays the current status of the network capture. Valid value are:
• Not Running
• Running

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-29

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-5-2 Utilities (cont)

To perform a network capture:

1.) Navigate to Utilities > Network Capture.

2.) From Network Capture, do the following:

- Under Maximum Size, select the allowed size of the generated log file.
- Under Devices, select the DICOM-configured device for which you want to capture
information. If no additional devices are configured, only All will be available.
3.) Select Start Network Capture to start the process. This causes the network capture to start,
enables the Stop button, and updates the Network Capture Status pane and changes the Status
to Running.

4.) Click the Stop button to end data collection. Stopping is a two-step process:
- Stops the data collection and immediately closes the .etl file.
- Collects additional diagnostic data that may help diagnose network issues. When the file is
closed, you see “There is no trace session currently in progress”. When the remaining data is
collected and the .cab file is closed, you are notified in the banner.

For more information, see:

• "Utilities" on page 7-19

7-30 Section 7-5 - Service Desktop

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-5-2 Utilities (cont)

SSA License

SSA License provides a way to do the following:

• When inserted, view the details of an SSA key.

• View the status of the service class options.
• Restore an SSA license when the SSA key is not validating or when a remote log in shows as a
Class A user.
The information on SSA License is available to all service class licenses.

To access SSA License, select Utilities > SSA License.

Figure 7-21 SSA License

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-31

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

This table shows all the elements available on SSA License with descriptions.
Table 7-9 SSA License

Element Description
Class M Key Details

Status of the SSA Key. Valid values are:

Class M Key Status • Not Plugged in
• Plugged In

Drive Letter Drive where the SSA key is plugged into the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.

Expire Date Date the SSA key is set to expire.

SSO ID Identifier for the user assigned to the SSA key.

Key Counter Value Number of times the SSA key has been used.

Max Key Counter Value Number of remaining times the SSA key can be used.

Service Option Keys

Name Name of the service class option.

Status of the access to the associated service class option. Valid values are:
• True
Status
• False

Restore SSA Restores the SSA license to the SSA key.

7-32 Section 7-5 - Service Desktop

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-5-2 Utilities (cont)

Third Party Software Licenses

Third Party Software Licenses displays the third-party software licenses used as part of the service
platform.

The information on Third Party Software Licenses is available to all service class licenses.

To access Third Party Software Licenses, select Utilities > Third Party Software Licenses.

Figure 7-22 Third Party Software Licenses

For more information, see:

• "Utilities" on page 7-19

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-33

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-5-3 Options
Use Options to:

• View software options.

• View software options details.
• Add (or delete) a valid option key, add a duplicate option key, not add an invalid option key, and ask
for confirmation before deleting an option key.
• View software option key details. Key details are a list of options that are enabled by a particular
key. Under Available Keys, highlight the option string, select Details and then view the options on
the left side of the screen. Press Show All to view all of the activated options.
The information on Options is available to all service class licenses.

To access Options, navigate to Options.

Figure 7-23 Options

This table shows all the elements available on Options with descriptions.
Table 7-10 Options

Elements Description
Software Options

Option Software options on the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.

Status Status of the options on the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.

Software Option Details

Product Name of the product.

Number for the hardware. The hardware number is the hash of the serial number that is
Hardware Number
used to generate the option key.

Serial Number Serial Number of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT

Software Option Keys

Available Keys List of the option keys installed on the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.

7-34 Section 7-5 - Service Desktop

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-5-4 Agent Configuration

Use Agent Configuration to:

• Edit and configure the following:

- Enterprise host name in the agent
- Enterprise port number in the agent
- URL for software downloads
- Proxy server in the agent
- Proxy port in the agent
- CRM number in the agent
- Display name in the agent
• Set the serial number in the agent
• Enter the user name and password for the proxy
• Reset the edited unsaved value
• Update contact details
The information on Agent Configuration is available to all service class licenses.

To access Agent Configuration, navigate to Agent Configuration.

Figure 7-24 Agent Configuration

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-35

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 7-11 Agent Configuration

Element Description
Agent Configuration

Phone number for the person at the customer site a GE remote service engineer would
Contact Details contact. The phone number is entered during installation and reviewed at every service
call to make sure the information is correct.

Status for the agent. Valid values are:

Agent Status • Running
• Not Running

Registration status of the agent. Valid values are:

• Yes - The agent is registered in the back office.
Agent Registered
• No - The agent is not registered in the back office.
• Not Available - The agent is not configured or running.

Quarantine status of the agent. Valid values are:

• Yes - The agent has more than on device registered with the same CRM Number in the back office. This
Agent Quarantine scanner cannot send data back to GE or be remotely accessed.
• No - The agent has one device registered with the listed CRM Number in the back office.
• Not Available - The agent is not configured or running.

Verification status of the Customer Relationship Management (CRM) number for the agent. Valid values are:
• Yes - The CRM number for the again is verified in the back office.
Agent CRM Verified
• No - The CRM number for the agent is not verified in the back office.
• Not Available - The agent is not configured or running.

7-36 Section 7-5 - Service Desktop

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 7-11 Agent Configuration

Element Description
Agent Model Number GE part number for the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT. The same number as listed on the rating plate.

Serial number of the agent (read-only). If the agent is not registered with a serial number,
Serial Number this field is populated with the serial number of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT. The serial number of the agent
is tied to the serial number of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.

Customer Relationship Management (CRM) number. System identifier assigned to the

CRM No customer unit by the service region. CRM is pre-populated by adding Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT to the CRM
number. The CRM number of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT is editable.

Display Name Displayed name of the agent.

Connection status of the agent. Valid values are:

• Yes - The agent is connected to the back office.
Agent Connected
• No - The agent is not connected to the back office.
• Not Available - The agent is not configured or running.

Last Connected Time When Agent Connected is Yes, the last time the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT successfully connected to the
agent. When Agent Connected is No, this field does not display.

Advanced Configuration

Name of the enterprise server. Should be set to Production. Do not use the IP address of
the enterprise server using the “other” selection as Windows 10 has removed the ability to bypass a certificate
Server
error that occurs when using the IP address. This error can block
connectivity.

Enterprise Host Number of the enterprise host. Should be set to insite.gehealthcare.com

Enterprise Port Number of the enterprise port. Should be set to 443.

Proxy Configuration

Enable Proxy Enables the proxy server.

Proxy Server When Enable Proxy is selected, name of the proxy server IP provided by the customer.

Proxy Port When Enable Proxy is selected, number of the proxy server port provided by the customer.

Credentials
Enable Proxy
Enables the proxy credentials.
Credentials

Username When Enable Proxy Credentials is selected, name of the user provided by the customer.

Password When Enable Proxy Credentials is selected, password for the user provided by the customer.

Save the change made on the Agent Configuration page.

Submit Changes Once Submit Changes has been selected, exit the Agent Configuration page. Wait between 4 and 5 minutes
and then reopen the Agent Configuration page. Agent Status should display Running.

Reset Form Clears the values on the Agent Configuration page.

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-37

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 7-6
Troubleshooting Trees, Instructions and Tech Tips

Table 7-12 below outlines Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT troubleshooting trees and instructions shown in the
sub-sections.
Table 7-12 Troubleshooting Trees and Instructions

Sub-section Description Page Number

7-6-1 System does not boot up 7-39

7-6-2 Noise disturbs the Image 7-40

7-6-3 Trackball - Impaired Sensitivity 7-41

7-6-4 Printer Malfunction 7-42

7-6-5 Monitor Troubleshooting 7-43

7-6-6 No Image on the Main Monitor 7-44

7-6-7 No Doppler Audio Signal on Loudspeakers 7-45

7-6-8 USB-driver not found after software reloading 7-46

7-6-9 High System Temperature reached 7-47

7-6-10 Network Troubleshooting 7-48

7-6-11 Activate Windows - Network Connectivity Issues 7-49

7-6-12 Tech Tips 7-52

7-38 Section 7-6 - Troubleshooting Trees, Instructions and Tech Tips

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-6-1 System does not boot up

System doesn’t boot

Verify that
Is Standby Switch No - Power Cord is connected to Mains
illuminated? - Power Switch is turned on
(on the backside of the system)
Yes

Is Standby Switch
orange?

Yes
No
Press Standby Switch till it
changes to green System
starts booting

Is there any picture on No Check cables between

the monitor ? Console and Monitor

Yes

Press Standby Switch for

Is there any picture on No approximately 5 sec.
the monitor ? untill system is down

Yes

Other error. Please contack

the service engineer

Figure 7-25 System does not Power On / Boot Up

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-39

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-6-2 Noise disturbs the Image

Noise is shown in image.

Is there any electrical YES

device that affect the
System ?

NO Keep the System away from those

electrical devices.

use another wallsocket

Check probes.

Figure 7-26 Noise disturbs the Image - Troubleshooting

7-40 Section 7-6 - Troubleshooting Trees, Instructions and Tech Tips

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-6-3 Trackball - Impaired Sensitivity

The trackball has low sensitivity!

Is it difficult to roll the NO Contact GE service representative

trackball? to replace the trackball module.

YES

Set up the appropriate trackball

response time
(via [Trackball Speed] button in the
System Setup - User Settings page).

Still low sensitive...

Remove the trackball and clean it from dust.

Fixing
Close Ring

Remove the trackball and clean it from dust.

Mount the outer fixing ring by turning it clockwise.

Return to normal scanning

Figure 7-27 Trackball - Impaired Sensitivity

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-41

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-6-4 Printer Malfunction

Figure 7-28 Printer Malfunction

7-42 Section 7-6 - Troubleshooting Trees, Instructions and Tech Tips

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-6-5 Monitor Troubleshooting

Fault symptom Check these items

Check the HDMI and Power cable are properly connected to monitor.

No image/No signal Check the HDMI and Power cable are properly connected to DRFG.

Check no pins of the HDMI and Power cable are bent.

Video test pattern are not clear, bright

Replace the monitor.
parallel or square

For further details refer to Section 6-3 "LCD Monitor Adjustment" on page 6-2.

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-43

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-6-6 No Image on the Main Monitor

7-44 Section 7-6 - Troubleshooting Trees, Instructions and Tech Tips

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-6-7 No Doppler Audio Signal on Loudspeakers

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-45

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-6-8 USB-driver not found after software reloading

Figure 7-29 USB-driver not found - Troubleshooting

1 Internal I/O

2 Restore (SW Load)

7-46 Section 7-6 - Troubleshooting Trees, Instructions and Tech Tips

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-6-9 High System Temperature reached

The Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system automatically measures temperature of system
components at regular intervals. Depending on the measured temperature, different
Issue: warning messages are displayed on the monitor screen.
Warning message: System reached limited temperature.
Warning message: System reached critical temperature and will shut down.

Solution: The defective system component needs to be identified by means of the Log Viewer file.

For example: IF FPGA damage

NOTE: Temperature limits depend on systems BT version and system components.

Temperature limit that shows Temperature limit that shows critical temperature
first temperature warning warning and shuts down the system

IF_FPGA 83oC 85oC

GPU 98oC 100oC

CPU 98oC 100oC

BF_FPGA 83oC 85oC

PPS 67oC 70oC

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-47

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-6-10 Network Troubleshooting

7-6-10-1 No Connection to the Network at All

Gray = Cable disconnected or no network signal on a connected cable.

Green = Cable connected to a network. Does not imply proper network settings.

1.) Check that the network cable between the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system and the wall network
is connected and well seated in both ends. (Use a network cable that is known to be OK.)
2.) Connect a network cable between the system and a PC by either using a hub or a cross-over cable.
Try to ping from system to IP address on PC. If OK, hardware connection inside the system is OK.

7-6-10-2 GE remote service connection

The customer gets visual information about GE remote service status (shown in the status area on the
right bottom of the screen).

Gray = Idle State Remote access is inactive.

Yellow = Access Remote Access connection is active, but Disruptive Mode and Virtual Console
pending Observation (VCO) is not yet enabled.

Remote Access is active. All processes [UL_VNC and UL_CSD] are active. In this
Red = Disrupted State
state the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system should NOT be used clinically.

New Software Update Package is available for download and installation. Operation
Gray + envelope see Section Section 8-3 "Software and Functional Checks after Installation/Upgrade
Procedure" on page 8-25.

7-48 Section 7-6 - Troubleshooting Trees, Instructions and Tech Tips

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-6-11 Activate Windows - Network Connectivity Issues

In case of network connectivity issues, it may not be possible to activate the Windows operating
Issues: system on the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system. Monitor screen display: Activate Windows. Go to
Settings to activate Windows.

NOTE: When present, the “Activate Windows” message will not impact
system performance in any way.
Cause: Activation servers of Microsoft are no reachable.

Solution:

1.) Check Operating System License Status in Home - System Setup - Administration - System Info
tab.
a.) Licensed -> Windows is properly activated.
b.) Notification -> Windows is not activated. Proceed with troubleshooting steps.

Figure 7-30 License Status: NOTIFICATION => Windows is not activated

2.) Make sure that the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system is connected to the Internet.
3.) Contact the local IT department to make sure that activation servers of Microsoft are reachable.
4.) Start troubleshooting as described below.

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-49

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Procedure

1.) Connect SSA Key to any USB port. As soon as SSA Key is detected, checking security window
pops up. Then click “I Agree”.
2.) Check physical connection to the Internet.
3.) Press Ctrl + ESC keys simultaneously and open the Windows Start menu.
4.) Click on Internet Explorer and enter a valid web address (e.g., www.gehealthcare.com) to check
Internet connectivity.
5.) Press the Home button on the screen.
6.) In the “Home” menu touch the Setup button to invoke the setup desktop on the screen.
7.) On the left side of the screen select Administration and then click the System Info tab.
8.) Check Operating System License Status.
a.) Licensed -> Windows is properly activated.
b.) Notification -> Windows is not activated. Proceed with troubleshooting steps
9.) Click the button Windows Activation Status.
One of the following Window screens appear.

Figure 7-31 Unable to reach Windows activation server -> Windows is NOT activated

10.)Click Troubleshoot and wait until process is finished.

7-50 Section 7-6 - Troubleshooting Trees, Instructions and Tech Tips

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

11.)Check License Activation Status again.

a.) Windows is activated now, see figure below. System Info License Status: Licensed
b.) Windows still not activated, see figure above. Proceed with troubleshooting steps.

Figure 7-32 Windows is properly activated -> LICENSED

12.)Restart the system.

13.)Check the License Activation Status again.
14.)If problem persists, contact OLC (OnLine Center) for further support.

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-51

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-6-12 Tech Tips

Use Table 7-13 below to access Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT (troubleshooting) Technical Tips listed.
Each entry in the table will hyper-link to the issue, cause and solution.
Table 7-13 Technical Tips

Sub-section Description Page Number

7-6-12-1 Storing SonoView images to Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT 7-52

7-6-12-1 Storing SonoView images to Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT

Issue: Storing SonoView images from VolusonTM 730/Expert/Pro/ProV to Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT

Cause: Archive is different (no SonoView on Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT)

Solution: 1.) Perform SonoView Backup on VolusonTM 730/Expert/Pro/ProV to external hard disk (USB)
2.) Import File "V730.mdb" from external hard disk (USB) on Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT

Procedure:

1.) Connect external hard disk on the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.

2.) Open Archive --> select "Data Transfer" --> "Import". The "Open File" window appears

Figure 7-33 Open File

3.) Select Drive in the “Look In” pull down menu.

4.) In the “File of type” field change file type to “V730 Format (v730.mdb)”.
5.) Browse for the folder where SonoView Backup was stored.
6.) Select file "v730.mdb" and then click OPEN.

7-52 Section 7-6 - Troubleshooting Trees, Instructions and Tech Tips

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 7-7
Recommended Software Installation Procedures (SW Load)

Sys USB memory stick

(User) affected/lost?
(System Bootable?)

Patient Data on D:
Windows OS OK?

required?
1st Boot Priority
SW Load
Procedure Description Scope and Intended Use
• Boot from USB memory required • setup of a new SSD USB
• Linux -> Media menu mem-
New Disk No Yes Yes
• compete repartition of the SSD ory
• all data on D: (User) are lost stick

• Linux 0> Media menu • upgrade to higher BT

• no “Configuration Backup” saved • if “SWI from Media” failed
Restore C: and R:
• C: and R: are replaced by image on
from SysUSB Yes SSD Yes No
used Sys USB
memory stick
• data on D: (User) unaffected

• Boot from SSD required • setup of new 256/512GB M.2

• Linux -> Media menu SSD (Solid-State Drive)
• no “Configuration Backup” saved
Restore C: and R: USB
• 256/512GB M.2 SSD (Solid-State
from SysUSB Yes mem- Yes No
Drive is newly partitioned
memory stick ory
• C: and R: are replaced by image on
used Sys DVD
• data on D: (User) unaffected
• Linux -> Advanced menu Or System • software issues with
setup -> Service Page operating system (e.g., blue
• no “Configuration Backup” saved screen, intermittent lock-ups
Restore C: from R: or error message) No SSD No No
• C: is replaced by image on recovery
partition R: • to remove Demo key
• data on D: (User) unaffected • to remove Service key

• Linux -> Advanced menu • corrupt data base

• C: is replaced by image on recovery • archive issues
Initialized Hard disk Yes SSD No Yes
partition R: • new installation at different
• all data on D: (User) are lost site
• System Setup -> Service page • software upgrade within BT
• silent “Configuration Backup” only
• silent “Rollback” to R: • Do not use for upgrades to
SWI from Media higher BT
• C: is replaced by image on used
(BT23 only)
Yes SSD Noxx No
Media
• reloads “Configuration Backup”
• data/settings on D: (User) remain
untouched

XX: Precondition: FFA access + NTFS formatted media (e.g., USB stick with min.8GB, better 32GB)
required for downloading. Operation: Download SW Ext. release package (*.zip file) from GE InSite FFA
“Global Service Room” to PC and copy it to the media (usually a USB stick)

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-53

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

(User) affected/lost?
(System Bootable?)

SysDVD required?

Patient Data on D:
Windows OS OK?

1st Boot Priority

SW Load
Procedure Description Scope and Intended Use
• Flexera-based “eDelivery” Software • software upgrade within BT only
download (option “eDelivery • Do not use for upgrades to higher BT
Expert” + InSite/RSvPYY required)
SW Upgrade • silent “Configuration Backup”
Package • silent “Rollback” to R:
Yes SSD N/A No
(eDelivery) • C: is replaced by image of the SW
(BT23 only) Update Package
• reloads “Configuration Backup”
• data/settings on D: (User) remain
untouched

Rollback • Boot screen ->Rollback • if customer is not satisfied with new

only after “SWI from • restores the previously used system Ext. Software version
Media” or configuration (SW + Configuration • if “SWI from Media” failed Yes SSD No No
“SW Update” Backup), which was stored on R:
(eDelivery) during “SWI from Media” or “SW
(BT23 only) Update” (eDelivery)”

• System Setup -> Service page • can be done by the user with just one
• silent “Configuration Backup” click (Password: she)
• C: is replaced by image on R: • automatic SW restore (no further
user interaction necessary)
Restore Software • reloads “Configuration Backup” Yes SSD No No
• software issues with operating
• data/settings on D: (User) remain
system (e.g., blue screen,
untouched
intermittent lock-ups or error
message)

YY: Flexera-based “eDelivery” (Software Download) is ONLY possible if the option “eDelivery” is
purchased and permanently activated + InSite/RSvP network is properly configured (either by the user
or a GE technician at site, see Section 5-13 "GE Backoffice Connectivity" on page 5-55

7-54 Section 7-7 - Recommended Software Installation Procedures (SW Load)

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 7-8
Error Messages

NOTICE If the problem (error message) still exists after performing the described actions, call technical support.
!! NOTICE:

Index Error Message Reason Action(s)

1. See error
When exceeds
message.
01. 15watt
2. Activated
Protection limit
probe deselect.

1. See error
Restart the message.
02.
system 2. Stop
scanning

1. See error
Restart the message.
03.
system 2. Restart the
system

1. See error
Restart the message.
04.
system 2. Stop
scanning

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-55

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Index Error Message Reason Action(s)

1. See error
message.
Restart the 2. Shut down
05.
system the system
within 10
minutes.

1. See error
Restart the message.
06.
system 2.Restart the
system

1. Check probe
compatibility.
(See, section 9-
Probe is not
13-5)
supported or
07. 2. Reprogram
EEPROM data
the Probe
lost
EEPROM (See,
section 5-16-4-
14)

Probably DA64 1. Status LEDs

08.
board is defect (See, section 7-
3)

7-56 Section 7-8 - Error Messages

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Index Error Message Reason Action(s)

1. Press Alt + D
to export current
system state
(Logs, Date &
09. Several causes
Time, etc).
2. Note
workflow for
further analysis.

Unplug the
Connected system from the
10. probe(s) not AC wall outlet
recognized. socket for
approx. 30 sec.

Use 4D mode Use it again

11. continuously after stopping
over 30 min. scan.

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-57

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 7-9
Probe assessment tool
The probe assessment tool is available on the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system in the probe selection
menu. You can perform this task and the user can verify that the probe is successful.

7-9-1 Diagnose Probe

1.) Turn the system on
2.) Select any probe you want to run the diagnostic on and activate it.

Figure 7-34

7-58 Section 7-9 - Probe assessment tool

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

3.) Open the probe menu and select the probe diagnostic test.

Figure 7-35

4.) A window will pop up, select “Start Test” to execute the test.

Figure 7-36

5.) After completion, the result will show as Pass or Fail as below figure.

Pass Fail

Figure 7-37

Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting 7-59

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7-9-2 Acceptance criteria for each probe

In the following table values for all probe types are listed that would cause a failed transducer element
check test. Defects less than the maximum number of defect elements or nearby elements and larger
gaps are rated as passed.

Figure 7-38

7-60 Section 7-9 - Probe assessment tool

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 8
Replacement Procedures

Section 8-1
Overview
8-1-1 Purpose of Chapter 8
This chapter contains replacement procedures for different modules and their subsystems.

NOTICE The Manpower, time and Tools indicated in the Sub-sections include all requirements from
!! NOTICE:
Preparation to Installation Procedures.

WARNING
WARNING No covers or panels should be removed from the system (high-voltage risk).
!! WARNING:

Service and repairs must only be performed by authorized personal.

Attempting do-it-yourself repairs invalidate warranty and are an infringement to regu-
lations and are inadmissible acc. to IEC 60601-1. Under the condition of regular
maintenance by authorized service personnel a lifetime of 7 years for the equipment
and 5 years for the probes may be expected.

The Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) must not be disposed as unsorted
municipal waste and must be collected separately.
Please contact the manufacturer or other authorized disposal company for information
concerning the decommission of your equipment.

Table 8-1 Chapter 8 Contents

Section Description Page Number

8-1 Overview 8-1

8-2 System Software - Installation/Upgrade Procedure 8-4

8-3 Software and Functional Checks after Installation/Upgrade Procedure 8-24

8-4 Image Settings Only - Loading Procedure 8-26

8-5 Full Backup (Full System Configuration) - Loading Procedure 8-26

8-6 Image Archive - Loading Procedure 8-26

8-7 Replacement or Activation of Options 8-27

8-8 Replacement of BASE TRAY 8-28

8-9 Replacement of BASE TRAY RUBBER 8-29

8-10 Replacement of TOP SHELF HORIZONTAL TV PROBE HOLDER (185)/(215) 8-30

8-11 Replacement of GEL HOLDER 8-31

8-12 Replacement of VERTICAL TV PROBE HOLDER (2D)/(3D) 8-32

8-13 Replacement of TOP SHELF STORAGE TRAY INSERT (185)/(215) 8-33

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-1

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 8-1 Chapter 8 Contents

Section Description Page Number

8-14 Replacement of TOP SHELF HORIZONTAL TV PROBE HOLDER INSERT IC9B 8-34

8-15 Replacement of IO FRONT COVER ASSY 8-35

8-16 Replacement of IO TOP COVER ASSY 8-36

8-17 Replacement of BASE REAR COVER ASSY 8-37

8-18 Replacement of BASE COVER ASSY 8-38

8-19 Replacement of CONSOLE SIDE COVER R ASSY 8-39

8-20 Replacement of CONSOLE SIDE COVER L ASSY 8-40

8-21 Replacement of CONSOLE TOP COVER ASSY 8-41

8-22 Replacement of USB COVER PIGEON BLUE 8-42

8-23 Replacement of SIDE BASKET DUMMY COVER 8-43

8-24 Replacement of CONSOLE REAR COVER ASSY 8-44

8-25 Replacement of CONSOLE FRONT COVER ASSY 8-45

8-26 Replacement of AIR FILTER 8-46

8-27 Remove the FRONT DUMMY COVER 8-47

8-28 Functional Checks after FRU replacement (Debrief Guidelines) 8-48

8-2 Section 8-1 - Overview

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

8-1-2 Returning/Shipping System, Probes and Repair Parts

When returning or shipping the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system in the original packaging:

• System must be lowered to its minimum height with Monitor flapped down (See: Figure 5-16)
• the Control Console must be centered and locked in “unextended” position

NOTE: For Control Console Positioning refer to 5-7-3 on page 5-40.

Equipment being returned must be clean and free of blood and other infectious substances.

GEHC policy states that body fluids must be properly removed from any part or equipment prior to
shipment. GEHC employees, as well as customers, are responsible for ensuring that parts/equipment
have been properly decontaminated prior to shipment. Under no circumstance should a part or
equipment with visible body fluids be taken or shipped from a clinic or site (for example, body coils or
and ultrasound probe).
The purpose of the regulation is to protect employees in the transportation industry, as well as the
people who will receive or open this package.
The US Department of Transportation (DOT) has ruled that “items what were saturated and/or dripping
with human blood that are now caked with dried blood; or which were used or intended for use in patient
care” are “regulated medical waste” for transportation purpose and must be transported as a hazardous
material.

8-1-3 Tools and Test Equipment required to perform Replacement

NOTE: Following tools are required to perform replacement of all renewal parts.

- 24 mm Socket or adjustable wrench

- Phillips screwdriver
- Allen wrench (6mm)
- Spanner 11mm
- Nipper
- ESD-kit & PPE (Personal Protective Equipment)
- Electric Safety Analyzer
- System USB stick (Located under top cover)
- SSA Key
- OAC (Option Activation Tool) to calculated systems Permanent key
- Blank external USB device (e.g., USB stick)
- Generic USB type Alphanumeric Keyboard

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-3

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-2
System Software - Installation/Upgrade Procedure
Introduction

There are two possibilities to update the system software:

1.) via the SWI from Media button in the System Setup Service page; see 8-2-3 "SWI from Media -
System Software Installation (BT23 only)" (BT23 only)
- Software parts to be upgraded (e.g., Ultrasound Application Software, Service Software,
eIFU, MS patches, etc.) and installation time depend on contents of the used System USB.
- PRECONDITION: The first “Boot Device” in BIOS has to be SSD. To change BIOS Boot
Priority Order setting.
- If the currently installed software has to be upgraded to a newer version, a new software
specific "Permanent key" is required. (Calculated in OAC. For detailed description see
Section 8.2.1.3 on page 8-7 .) If you do not have permission to access OAC,contact the On
Line Center to get the necessary key.
2.) by downloading and installing a Software Update Package (=eDelivery); via active InSite
connection (BT23 only) See 8-2-4 "Software Update Package - Download/Installation (BT23 only)"
- Software parts to be upgraded (e.g., Ultrasound Application Software, Service Software,
eIFU, MS patches, etc.) and installation time depend on contents of the SW update package.
- PRECONDITION: The “eDelivery” option must be active and InSite connection has to be
configured and checked out; operation see: 3-12-6 "RSvP Agent Configuration"
3.) by means of the LINUX - Voluson Maintenance System and its different software loading,
recovering or initializing procedures; see Section 5-19 "LINUX - Voluson Maintenance System"

CAUTION Disconnecting ALL external USB devices is NECESSARY. Re-installation of any previously
attached printer has to be done after the upgrade procedure.

Manpower

One person ~ 1 hour (depends on contents of System USB resp. SW update package, peripherals, etc.)

Tools

System USB (Under the top cabinet cover, inside the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT) or active InSite
connection

Ultrasound Multipurpose Phantom* (if available)

NOTE: The use of test phantoms is only recommended if required by your facility’s (customer’s) QA program.

8-4 Section 8-2 - System Software - Installation/Upgrade Procedure

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

8-2-1 Before the Installation/Upgrade procedure

Before performing the Software Upgrade:

1.) backup all presets and database; see: Section 4-5 on page 4-11

NOTE: No preset changes are expected since only the Application Software is updated. However, it is always
best practice to ensure patient data and presets are backup up before proceeding with software
installation.

2.) perform an initial verification of the system and its functions; see Table 8-2
3.) check the current Application Software version and the installed Options (8-2-1-2)
4.) if the currently installed software has to be upgraded by a newer version, calculate new software
specific “Permanent key” in OAC.

NOTE: It is NOT necessary to save Full System Configuration (Full Backup) prior to the upgrade.
All existing User Programs, 3D/4D Programs and Auto Text settings remain untouched!

8-2-1-1 System Functional Checks

Table 8-2 System Function

Mode Task Expected Result

Connect an abdominal probe, open Patient ID, select the

“Abdomen” - Application and start the “Default” -Program.
2D Mode
Record a 2D image of the Liver. regular and homogenous 2D image
Quality
If there is no abdominal probe, record a 2D image the Thyroid
using a small parts probeand corresponding program.

Receiver Use the FREQUENCY control to switch the Receiver Frequency no disturbances in the 2D image during
Frequency range (penet./norm/resol.). changing the Receiver Frequency

Start the “Abdomen” -Program, adjust the M Cursor (vessel) and

activate the M Mode. Adjust the SPEED key to change the M the M Cursor agree with Vessel Cine
M Mode
Mode sweep speed. After FREEZE, move the TRACKBALL to loop is displayed
recall the stored sequence.

continuous Volume Acquisition (without

Volume
Start the Volume acquisition using a Real Time 4D probe. any “jumps”) and smooth echo shape
Mode with clear defined image edge

Start the “Abdomen” -Program and switch on the CFM- and the
Triplex no disturbances in the 2D/Color and
PW Mode. Adjust the Doppler Cursor and press the right trackball
Mode the Doppler image
key to activate the Triplex-Mode.

NOTE: * The use of test phantoms is only recommended if required by your facility ‘s (customer’s) QA program.

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-5

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

8-2-1-2 Check/Collect vital System Setup data

1.) Press the HOME button.
2.) In the Home menu, touch System SETUP to invoke the setup desktop on the screen.
3.) On the left side of the screen select ADMINISTRATION.
4.) If available, click the Whitelisting tab.
- The customer has to enter the user defined Password (A), then click Deactivate (B).
- Reboot the system (complete start-up) to finalize the deactivation of Whitelisting.

Figure 8-1 Version check (System Setup - Administration - Whitelisting)

8-6 Section 8-2 - System Software - Installation/Upgrade Procedure

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

5.) If available, click the Disk Encryption tab.

- Choose any connected printer from the pull-down menu (A) and click Print recovery key (B).

NOTICE If printing is not possible, it is required to write down the 48-digit “Recovery key”! An USB device with
unlock key will not be recognized during the installation.

Figure 8-2 System Setup - Administration - Disk Encryption

6.) Click the Service tab and then click Service Tools.
a.) Click the Keyboard Layout button to check the default input language setting.
b.) Click the CSD button. As soon as the GEHC Service Home Page appears, select “GE Service”
from the pull-down menu, enter the password (changes every six months) and then click Okay.
Select the Configuration page and double-click.
* InSite ExC Agent Configuration to print out this page or write down all settings.
* Asset Performance Management to check if APM is active/inactive. Print out this page or
write down all settings and then close CSD.

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-7

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

7.) Click the System Info tab and check the currently installed Software/Hardware version of the
Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system.

Figure 8-3 Version check System Setup - Administration - System Info page

1 Currently installed Ultrasound Application Software version

2 Date of Factory Settings

8-8 Section 8-2 - System Software - Installation/Upgrade Procedure

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

8.) Click the Option tab to see which options are currently installed. Please print out the options page
or write down the state of the options (P = permanent, I = inactive).

NOTE: It is not necessary to note the Permanent Key; it is the state of the option that matters.

Figure 8-4 System Setup - Administration - Option page

1. D= Demo (Option is activated for demo and expires at date shown in the “Valid” column)
I = Inactive (Option is not activated)
P = Permanent (Option is permanently activated, i.e., purchased)
d = deactivated (Option is inactive)

2. Permanent Key

9.) On the left side of the screen select General Settings.

a.) Click the General tab and print out or write down “Date/Time format setting”.
10.)On the left side of the screen select Connectivity.
a.) Click the Device Setup tab and then click the Network Configuration button and print out the
“Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties” dialog page or write down the IP settings.
11.)Disconnect all external USB devices (such as bugs, Bluetooth, memory devices, etc) as this
might interfere with the recovery/installation procedure.

NOTE: It is not necessary to disconnect USB printers and/or recorders, but please verify that they are at least
powered OFF. Re-installation of any Network Color Laser Printer (e.g. HP LaserJet M454) has to be
done after the upgrade procedure.

12.)If the software has to be upgraded to a higher version, calculate a new software specific "Permanent
Key". For detailed description see 8-2-1-3 on page 8-10.

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-9

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

8-2-1-3 How to calculate a “Permanent Key” in OAC

NOTE: If the currently installed software has to be upgraded to a newer version, a new software specific
“Permanent key” is required. It has to be calculated by means of the OAC - Option Activation Tool.
If you do not have permission to access OAC, contact the On Line Center Activation Tool.

1.) Stat web browser and open OAC (Option Activation Tool) at (http://oac.health.ge.com/oac/) and
login with your SSO ID and Password.
2.) In the displayed screen click Upgrade Software Extension (a).

Figure 8-5 Click “Upgrade Software Extension” / enter SNo and then click “Search”

3.) Type the systems serial number (e.g., E69000) into the Serial Number field (b).
4.) Click Search (c).
5.) Enter New Extension information number (d) according to your System USB.

8-10 Section 8-2 - System Software - Installation/Upgrade Procedure

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

a.) For example, enter the “Ext” number 2.

Figure 8-6 Enter details about service job and click “Generate Activation Code”

6.) Type details about the service job into the Comment field (e).
7.) Finally click Generate Activation Code (f).
The newly calculated Permanent Key is displayed in the Activation Code field (g).
8.) Click Ultrasound Activation Code Report (h) to display details and history of the system.

Figure 8-7 Click “Ultrasound Activation Code Report” / details and history of the system

9.) Record key (i) and communicate as needed.

10.)Close all open windows and Logout from OAC.
11.)Install the System Software as described in System Software - Installation Procedure or Software
and Functional Checks after Installation/Upgrade Procedure.
Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-11
GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

8-2-2 System Software - Installation Procedure

The system software installation procedure starts with saving and recording the settings present on the
system (silent “Rollback”). Then the new software is written to the SSD using the System USB.
Application Settings are automatically updated, to match with new Software version.

Existing User Programs, 3D/4D Programs and Auto Text remain unaffected! Afterwards the new
software is configured such that it is integrated again in its environment.

1.) Perform Preparations as described in 8-2-1 on page 8-5.

2.) If not already done, disconnect all external USB devices.
3.) Insert the System USB into the drive.
4.) Restart the system (Turn off the system and back ON)
5.) During start up, press F8 key.
6.) Enter the BIOS password: polaris
7.) Change the Boot Mode and Priority. Refer to 5-19-5-3-1 on page 5-83.
- Boot Option #1: [UEFI: Generic Mass Storage 1100]

Figure 8-8

8.) When the system boots to Linux tool, select Media.

Select Media

Figure 8-9

8-12 Section 8-2 - System Software - Installation/Upgrade Procedure

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

9.) Linux version update message.

NOTE: Skip this step, if the message does not appear.

Figure 8-10

10.)Select Install Format - Restore .

Figure 8-11

11.)Select Yes.

Figure 8-12

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-13

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

12.)Linux version update message

NOTE: Skip this step, if the message does not appear.

Select Yes

Figure 8-13

13.)Installation is in progress...

Figure 8-14

14.)Restore is completed.

Figure 8-15

15.)Installation ‘s done > Exit > Exit/Reboot > Eject the USB.

8-14 Section 8-2 - System Software - Installation/Upgrade Procedure

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

16.)Activate Software after rebooting by pressing A

Pressing A

Figure 8-16

17.)Enter the BT-Option key.

Figure 8-17

18.)If Control Panel is not working after first boot up, please shut down the system then boot up again.
19.)Reconnect the external devices, install all printers and adjust the printer settings as described in
Section 3-7 on page 3-33.
20.)Check and match Printer Remote Control selection in the System Setup - Connectivity - BUTTON
CONFIGURATION page.
21.)Confirm that the date and time are set correctly. Then the Windows automatic DST feature is ON.
22.)Perform Software and Functional checks as described in Section 8-3 on page 8-24.
23.)After SW installation, import Demo Cases and education video into the system as described in 3-
8-1-17 "How to import Demo Case & Education Video" on page 3-63.

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-15

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

8-2-3 SWI from Media - System Software Installation (BT23 only)

System software installation starts with saving and recording the settings present on the system. Then
the new software is written to the hard disk.

NOTE: for more detailed information, see 5-16-4-2-3 "SWI from Media (BT23 only)" .

1.) Perform Preparations as described in 8-2-1 "Before the Installation/Upgrade procedure"

2.) If not already done, disconnect any unessential external USB media devices (HDD and USB sticks).
Please keep printers, LAN cable and Wi-Fi in case of usage active and connected.
3.) Restart the system (Turn the system OFF and then back ON).
4.) Connect the media (usually a USB stick) containing new software.
5.) Select the Home button at the Left Toolbar.
6.) In the “Home” menu touch the System Setup button to invoke the setup the desktop on the screen.
7.) Select Administration and then click the Service tab.
8.) Click the SWI from Media button for updating the System Software.

Figure 8-18 Service Tools

9.) Choose the media (e.g., External USB Drives) and then click Choose file.

Figure 8-19 Select media and choose proper SW installation “*.zip” file

10.)Select the proper *.zip file from the media and click OK.

8-16 Section 8-2 - System Software - Installation/Upgrade Procedure

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

11.)Verify *.zip selection and then click Install.

Figure 8-20 Click install and enter appropriate Permanent Key

12.)Enter the appropriate “Permanent Key” (calculated in OAC; http://oac.health.ge.com/oac/) and

confirm with OK.
13.)If not already done, remove all external USB media devices and confirm the message with OK. The
system saves a Configuration Backup in silent mode on R:\

Figure 8-21 save configuration backup

A silent “Rollback” image from C:\ is stored on R:\. After executing all LINUX commands, the system
reboots again.

14.)Updating will take some time....

15.)Please wait until all processes are finished.

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-17

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

NOTE: Whenever the following “Disk Encryption” window appears, connect the USB device with unlock key
and then click Unlock. If this does not work click the Recovery Key button, enter the previously print
out/noted 48-digit key (without hyphens) and then click Unlock.

Figure 8-22

16.)Finally, the system is rebooting into windows (Boot screen- Voluson).

NOTE: An automated process was developed to install the required software parts, perform check disk, remap
drive letters and match settings. During this process the system will reboot several times!

Figure 8-23

17.)Please wait until all processes are finished.

8-18 Section 8-2 - System Software - Installation/Upgrade Procedure

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

18.)If the message “IT Security information. ......”1 appears, decide whether it is desired to display this
message again, then click OK.

Figure 8-24

19.)If the “System Login” window appears during boot up, perform following steps to omit the login.

Figure 8-25

- Unlock your “Standard GE” SSA dongle (Unlock - PIN - Unlock). As soon as the green LED
is blinking, the SSA dongle is ready for use.
- Connect the SSA dongle to any USB port on the Voluson SWIFT series system and then click
OK.
20.)Finally, the 2D screen is displayed on the monitor.
21.)If the Touch screen is not working after first boot up, please Shutdown the system; then boot up
again.

NOTE: After turning off the system, wait at least 10 seconds before turning it on again. The system may not be
able to boot if power is recycled too quickly.

22.)Perform Software and Functional checks as described in Section 8-3 "Software and Functional
Checks after Installation/Upgrade Procedure" .

NOTICE If you are, for any reason, not satisfied with the new software, rollback the installation (restore the
previously used system configuration). For more detailed information, see 5-18-4 "Rollback" . After a
“Rollback” the system is operable like before the software update.

1. The message “IT Security Information...” appears at evary bootup, as long as the option “Advanced Security Features” is enabled, but either “Whitelis-
ting” or “Disk Encryption” or both, are not activated at the system.

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-19

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

8-2-4 Software Update Package - Download/Installation (BT23 only)

This icon (at right top of the screen) indicates that a new Software Update
Package is available for download and installation.

System software installation starts with saving and recording the settings present on the system (silent
“Configuration Backup” and “Rollback”). Then the new software is written to the hard disk. Application
Settings are automatically updated, to match with new Software version.

NOTE: Software download via WLAN Enterprise connection is not permitted. Please use wired network
connection.

NOTE: Download time will vary. Process may take up to one hour and should not be interrupted. That’s why
we recommend to start the download process after customers business hours.

NOTE: Installation is almost automated and can be started whenever desired by the customer. Depending on
the package size, installation time will vary. Typically installation and testing will take approximately 45
minutes. DO NOT interrupt the installation process! To keep the interruption time to a minimum, we
recommend to start the installation process after customer business hours. Software verification and
basic functional checks are recommended afterwards.

Update Procedure

1.) Perform Preparations as described in 8-2-1 on page 8-5.

2.) If not already done, disconnect any external USB media devices (HDD and USB sticks). Please
keep printers, LAN cable and Wi-Fi in case of usage active and connected.
3.) Press the ON/OFF standby button on the control console.
4.) In the displayed screen click Download.
5.) If desired, check mark Shut down after download is finished or Install after download is finished in
the “SW Update Status” screen.

NOTE: If the Disk is encrypted (protected), the system needs to be unlocked by Password, Recovery key or
USB device with unlock key. In this case, it is not recommended to check “Install after download is
finished”

Figure 8-26

6.) Download may take up to one hour; please wait (Download may be paused, but is not
recommended, by means of the Pause button)
7.) When download is finished, press Install

8-20 Section 8-2 - System Software - Installation/Upgrade Procedure

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

NOTE: If you want to install the new software later, press Exit. Installation can be resumed by pressing Install
(in the shutdown window).

NOTICE DO NOT turn off the system or unplug power cord while SW installation is in progress! Power loss of
the Voluson console may lead to issues with the Software configuration and result in a Software
damage.

Figure 8-27

8.) After pressing Install, the SW update procedure starts. The system saves a Configuration Backup
in silent mode on R:\

Figure 8-28

9.) Check disk is performed automatically - restart.

A silent “Rollback” image from C:\ is stored on R:\. After executing all LINUX commands, the system
reboots again.

10.)Updating will take some time.....

First the image is saved to R:\ (Saving NTSF to image....); then the image is restored from R:\
(Restoring NTFS from image...).

11.)Please wait until all processes are finished.

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-21

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

NOTE: Whenever the following “Disk Encryption” window appears, connect the USB device with unlock key
and then press Unlock. If this does not work, press the Recovery Key button, enter the previously print
out/noted 48-digit key (without hyphens) and then press Unlock.

12.)Finally, the system is rebooting into windows (Boot screen - Voluson).

NOTE: An automated process was developed to install the required software parts, perform check disk, remap
drive letters and match settings. During this process the system might reboot several times!

Figure 8-29

13.)Please wait until all processes are finished.

14.)If the message “IT Security information........”2 appears, decide whether it is desired to display this
message again, then press OK.

Figure 8-30

2. The message “IT Security information....” appears at every bootup, as long as the option “Advanced Security Features” is enabled, but either “Whitelis-
ting” or Disk Encryption” or both , are not activated at the system.

8-22 Section 8-2 - System Software - Installation/Upgrade Procedure

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

15.)If the “System Login” window appears during boot up, perform following steps to omit the login.

Figure 8-31

- Unlock your “standard GE” SSA dongle (Unlock - PIN - Unlock). As soon as the green LED
is blinking, the SSA dongle is ready for use.
- Connect the SSA dongle to any USB port on the Voluson system and then press OK.
16.)Finally the 2D screen is displayed on the monitor.
17.)Perform the Software and Functional checks as described in Section 8-3 "Software and Functional
Checks after Installation/Upgrade Procedure" on page 8-24.

NOTICE If you are, for any reason, not satisfied with the new software, rollback the installation (restore the
previously used system configuration). For more detailed information, see Rollback on page 5-71

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-23

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-3
Software and Functional Checks after Installation/Upgrade Procedure
1.) Press the HOME button on the screen.
2.) In the “Home” menu select SYSTEM SETUP to invoke the setup desktop on the screen.
3.) On the left side of the screen select ADMINISTRATION and then click the OPTIONS tab.
4.) Verify the correct settings of the OPTIONS page; see: Figure 8-4 on page 8-9.
If necessary, customize the settings according to the printout.
5.) Click the SYSTEM INFO tab.

Figure 8-32 System Setup - Administration - SYSTEM INFO page

6.) Check the Application Software version.

7.) Check that the Tune version of the Application presets match the Application Software version.

NOTICE If the Tune version does not match the Application Software version, a warning message appears
!! NOTICE:
whenever booting up the system.
In this case, it is essential to load the proper Application Settings (image presets), adapted for the
installed software version. Refer to: 5-16-4-12 "Connected Probes" on page 5-64.

8.) Perform basic functional checks to ensure system is functioning normally.

9.) Check Service Connectivity; if required, perform InSite Checkout. i.e., Service Platform has to be
configured properly.

8-24 Section 8-3 - Software and Functional Checks after Installation/Upgrade Procedure
GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 8-3 Software Upgrade Checklist

System Serial Number:

Check Items Result

The software was successfully installed without errors

[___]Passed [___]Failed
according to the instructions.

Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT software part number and software revision were correct as the instructions.
Part Number : ______________________________ Software Revision: _________________________

The below steps ensure that there is no adverse impact after rework activities because Verification or/
and validation is already completed by engineering before this Rework WI release.

8.1 Power On/ Boot up [___]Passed [___]Failed [___]N/A

8.2 Mode Transitions [___]Passed [___]Failed [___]N/A

8.3 Power Shut Down [___]Passed [___]Failed [___]N/A

Probe Used (Name and Serial Number written below):

The make center above certifies that the software upgrade rework was executed according to the rework
instructions by a trained person (Circle the result).

Overall Results : Passed / Failed

Date (MM/DD/YYYY) : ______________________________

SSO ID and Name (Print) : __________________________

Signature: _______________________________________
Only this checklist page is required for eDHR as evidence of software upgrade completion.

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-25

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-4
Image Settings Only - Loading Procedure
8-4-1 Introduction
The Image Settings contain:

• Application Settings
• 2D Factory and 2D user Presets
• 3D/4D Factory and 3D/4D User Presets
• Annotation Presets
• Scan Assistant Configuration
• Measure configuration
• Biopsy Lines

8-4-2 Loading Procedure

see: 4-5-2 "Load System Configuration Backup" on page 4-15

Section 8-5
Full Backup (Full System Configuration) - Loading Procedure
8-5-1 Introduction
The Full Backup contains following data:
• User Settings (databases and files containing User Programs, 2D/3D/4D Programs, Auto Text
entries, gray curves and complete System settings such as language, time/date format, etc.)
• Measure Configuration (user specific measure setup settings)
• Patient Archive (database containing patient demographic data and measurements) - no images
• Options (Permanent Key that is specific for enabled software options and Demo Key)
• Image Transfer Configuration (DICOM settings e.g., DICOM servers, AE Title, Station Name, etc.)
• Network Configuration (network settings including the computer name)
• Service Platform (state of the Service Software)

8-5-2 Loading Procedure

see: 4-5-1 "Save System Configuration Backup" on page 4-12

Section 8-6
Image Archive - Loading Procedure
8-6-1 Introduction
A backup of the Image Archive contains the Patient Archive (database containing patient demographic
data and measurements) + images.

8-6-2 Loading Procedure

see: 4-5-4-2 "Load Image Archive" on page 4-22
8-26 Section 8-4 - Image Settings Only - Loading Procedure
GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-7
Replacement or Activation of Options

Following Software options are available:

Table 8-4 Software options

S/W Options SWIFT/SWIFT+

OB / GYN Option

OB / GYN Extended Option

GYN Option

GYN -Extended Option

Follicle Assessment Option

L&D Option

Elastography Option

SonoLyst Option

Integrated Software DVR Option

Advanced Security Option

Premium Security Option

Russian Language Support Option

Voluson SWIFT RAB6 access Option

Voluson SWIFT C1-5 access Option

Voluson SWIFT E8C-RS access Option

Contrast Option

Voluson Remote Updates Option

8-7-1 Operation for activating Options

1.) Press the Home button on the top left corner of the touchscreen.
2.) In the “Home” menu select SYSTEM SETUP to invoke the setup desktop on the screen.
3.) On the left side of the screen select ADMINISTRATION and then click the OPTIONS tab (see:
Figure 8-4 on page 8-9.)

8-7-1-1 Operation for installing a “Demo Key” or a “Permanent Key”:

1.) Position the cursor inside the input field desired and press the right/left trackball key.
2.) If one exists, clear/edit the current key code.
3.) Enter the encrypted serial code with the keyboard and click on SUBMIT. (Code will be checked.)
4.) Click the SAVE&EXIT button.

NOTE: After activating a key code, restart (turn off and on) the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system.

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-27

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-8
Replacement of BASE TRAY
8-8-1 Manpower
1 person, 1 minute

8-8-2 Tools
Not required

8-8-3 Removal Procedure

1.) Remove the BASE TRAY by pushing out from the bottom. Refer to the figure below.

Figure 8-33 Removing the BASE TRAY

8-8-4 Installation Procedure

Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal procedure.

8-28 Section 8-8 - Replacement of BASE TRAY

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-9
Replacement of BASE TRAY RUBBER
8-9-1 Manpower
1 people, 3 minutes

8-9-2 Tools
Not required

8-9-3 Preparation
1.) Remove the BASE TRAY.

8-9-4 Removal Procedure

1.) Remove the 4 BASE TRAY RUBBERS by pushing out from the bottom. Refer to the figure below.

BASE TRAY RUBBER

Figure 8-34 Removing the 4 BASE TRAY RUBBERS

8-9-5 Installation Procedure

Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal procedure.

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-29

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-10
Replacement of TOP SHELF HORIZONTAL TV PROBE HOLDER (185)/(215)
8-10-1 Manpower
1 person, 1 minute

8-10-2 Tools
Not required

8-10-3 Removal Procedure

1.) Remove the TOP SHELF HORIZONTAL TV PROBE HOLDER (185) or (215).

TOP SHELF HORIZONTAL TV PROBE HOLDER (185)

OR
TOP SHELF HORIZONTAL TV PROBE HOLDER (215)

Figure 8-35 Removing the TOP SHELF HORIZONTAL TV PROBE HOLDER (185)/(215)

8-10-4 Installation Procedure

Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal procedure.

8-30 Section 8-10 - Replacement of TOP SHELF HORIZONTAL TV PROBE HOLDER (185)/(215)
GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-11
Replacement of GEL HOLDER
8-11-1 Manpower
1 person, 1 minute

8-11-2 Tools
Not required

8-11-3 Removal Procedure

1.) Remove the GEL HOLDER.

GEL HOLDER

Figure 8-36 Removing the GEL HOLDER

8-11-4 Installation Procedure

Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal procedure.

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-31

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-12
Replacement of VERTICAL TV PROBE HOLDER (2D)/(3D)
8-12-1 Manpower
1 person, 3 minutes

8-12-2 Tools
Not required

8-12-3 Removal Procedure

1.) Remove the VERTICAL TV PROBE HOLDER (2D) or VERTICAL TV PROBE HOLDER (3D).

VERTICAL TV PROBE HOLDER (2D) VERTICAL TV PROBE HOLDER (3D)

VERTICAL TV PROBE HOLDER (2D)

OR
VERTICAL TV PROBE HOLDER (3D)

Figure 8-37 Removing the VERTICAL TV PROBE HOLDER (2D) or (3D)

8-12-4 Installation Procedure

1.) Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal procedure.

8-32 Section 8-12 - Replacement of VERTICAL TV PROBE HOLDER (2D)/(3D)

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-13
Replacement of TOP SHELF STORAGE TRAY INSERT (185)/(215)
8-13-1 Manpower
1 person, 1 minute

8-13-2 Tools
Not required

8-13-3 Removal Procedure

1.) Remove the TOP SHELF STORAGE TRAY INSERT (185) or (215).

TOP SHELF STORAGE TRAY INSERT (185)

PROBE HOLDER TOP COVER or
TOP SHELF STORAGE TRAY INSERT (215)

Figure 8-38 Removing the TOP SHELF STORAGE TRAY INSERT (185)/(215)

8-13-4 Installation Procedure

Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal procedure.

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-33

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-14
Replacement of TOP SHELF HORIZONTAL TV PROBE HOLDER INSERT IC9B
8-14-1 Manpower
1 person, 1 minute

8-14-2 Tools
Not required

8-14-3 Removal Procedure

1.) Remove the TOP SHELF HORIZONTAL TV PROBE HOLDER INSERT IC9B.

TOP SHELF HORIZONTAL TV PROBE HOLDER INSERT IC9B

Figure 8-39 Removing the TOP SHELF HORIZONTAL TV PROBE HOLDER INSERT IC9B

8-34 Section 8-14 - Replacement of TOP SHELF HORIZONTAL TV PROBE HOLDER INSERT IC9B
GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-15
Replacement of IO FRONT COVER ASSY
8-15-1 Manpower
1 people, 1 minute

8-15-2 Tools
Not required

8-15-3 Removal Procedure

1.) Remove the IO FRONT COVER ASSY by pulling out. Refer to the figure below.

IO FRONT COVER ASSY

Figure 8-40 Removing the IO FRONT COVER ASSY

8-15-4 Installation Procedure

Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal procedure.

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-35

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-16
Replacement of IO TOP COVER ASSY
8-16-1 Manpower
1 people, 1 minute

8-16-2 Tools
Not required

8-16-3 Preparation
1.) Remove the BASE TRAY.

8-16-4 Removal Procedure

1.) Remove the IO TOP COVER ASSY by pulling out. Refer to the figure below.

IO TOP COVER ASSY

Figure 8-41 Removing the IO TOP COVER ASSY

8-16-5 Installation Procedure

Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal procedure.

8-36 Section 8-16 - Replacement of IO TOP COVER ASSY

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-17
Replacement of BASE REAR COVER ASSY
8-17-1 Manpower
1 people, 1 minute

8-17-2 Tools
Not required

8-17-3 Removal Procedure

1.) Remove the BASE REAR COVER ASSY by pulling out. Refer to the figure below.

BASE REAR COVER ASSY

Figure 8-42 Removing the BASE REAR COVER ASSY

8-17-4 Installation Procedure

Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal procedure.

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-37

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-18
Replacement of BASE COVER ASSY
8-18-1 Manpower
1 people, 5 minutes

8-18-2 Tools
Not required

8-18-3 Preparation
1.) Remove the BASE TRAY, IO FRONT COVER ASSY and IO TOP COVER ASSY.

8-18-4 Removal Procedure

1.) Unhook 8 hooks and remove the BASE COVER ASSY by pulling out. Refer to the figure below.

Figure 8-43 Removing the BASE COVER ASSY

8-18-5 Installation Procedure

Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal procedure.

8-38 Section 8-18 - Replacement of BASE COVER ASSY

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-19
Replacement of CONSOLE SIDE COVER R ASSY
8-19-1 Manpower
One person, 3 minutes

8-19-2 Tools
Not required

8-19-3 Removal procedure

1.) Remove the CONSOLE SIDE COVER R ASSY by pulling out Refer to the figures below.

CONSOLE SIDE COVER

R ASSY

Figure 8-44 Removing the CONSOLE SIDE COVER R ASSY

8-19-4 Installation procedure

Install a new part in the reverse order of removal procedure.

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-39

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-20
Replacement of CONSOLE SIDE COVER L ASSY
8-20-1 Manpower
One person, 3 minutes

8-20-2 Tools
Not required

8-20-3 Removal Procedure

1.) Pull out the CONSOLE SIDE COVER L ASSY slightly.
2.) Push the CONSOLE SIDE COVER L ASSY to the right side to avoid the RS LEVERS and remove
the CONSOLE SIDE COVER L ASSY by pulling out. Refer to the figure below.

CONSOLE SIDE COVER L ASSY

Figure 8-45 Removing the CONSOLE SIDE COVER L ASSY

8-20-4 Installation Procedure

Install a new part in the reverse order of removal procedure.

8-40 Section 8-20 - Replacement of CONSOLE SIDE COVER L ASSY

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-21
Replacement of CONSOLE TOP COVER ASSY
8-21-1 Manpower
One person, 1 minute

8-21-2 Tools
Not required

8-21-3 Preparation
1.) Remove the CONSOLE SIDE COVER R ASSY.

8-21-4 Removal procedure

1.) Remove the CONSOLE TOP COVER ASSY by pulling out. Refer to the figures below.

Hook

Figure 8-46 Removing the CONSOLE TOP COVER ASSY

8-21-5 Installation procedure

Install a new part in the reverse order of removal procedure.

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-41

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-22
Replacement of USB COVER PIGEON BLUE
8-22-1 Manpower
One person, 3 minutes

8-22-2 Tools
Not required

8-22-3 Preparation
1.) Remove the CONSOLE SIDE COVER R ASSY and CONSOLE TOP COVER ASSY.

8-22-4 Removal procedure

1.) Remove the USB COVER PIGEON BLUE by pulling out. Refer to the figures below.

USB COVER PIGEON BLUE

Back View

Figure 8-47 Removing the USB COVER PIGEON BLUE

8-22-5 Installation procedure

Install a new part in the reverse order of removal procedure.

8-42 Section 8-22 - Replacement of USB COVER PIGEON BLUE

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-23
Replacement of SIDE BASKET DUMMY COVER
8-23-1 Manpower
1 person, 3 minutes

8-23-2 Tools
Not required

8-23-3 Preparation
1.) Remove the CONSOLE SIDE COVER R ASSY and CONSOLE TOP COVER ASSY.

8-23-4 Removal Procedure

1.) Remove the SIDE BASKET DUMMY COVER by pulling out. Refer to the figure below.

SIDE BASKET DUMMY COVER

Figure 8-48 Removing the SIDE BASKET DUMMY COVER

8-23-5 Installation Procedure

Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal procedure.

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-43

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-24
Replacement of CONSOLE REAR COVER ASSY
8-24-1 Manpower
One person, 5 minutes

8-24-2 Tools
Not required

8-24-3 Preparation
1.) Remove the CONSOLE SIDE COVER R ASSY.

8-24-4 Removal Procedure

1.) Remove the CONSOLE REAR COVER ASSY by pulling out. Refer to the figure below.

CONSOLE REAR COVER ASSY

Figure 8-49 Removing the CONSOLE REAR COVER ASSY

8-24-5 Installation Procedure

Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal procedure.

8-44 Section 8-24 - Replacement of CONSOLE REAR COVER ASSY

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-25
Replacement of CONSOLE FRONT COVER ASSY
8-25-1 Manpower
One person, 3 minutes

8-25-2 Tools
Not required

8-25-3 Preparation
1.) Remove the CONSOLE SIDE COVER R ASSY.

8-25-4 Removal Procedure

1.) Remove the CONSOLE FRONT COVER ASSY by pulling out. Refer to the figure below.

CONSOLE FRONT COVER ASSY

Figure 8-50 Removing the CONSOLE FRONT COVER ASSY

8-25-5 Installation Procedure

Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-45

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-26
Replacement of AIR FILTER
8-26-1 Manpower
One person, 3 minutes

8-26-2 Tools
Not required

8-26-3 Preparation
1.) Remove the CONSOLE SIDE COVER R ASSY and CONSOLE FRONT COVER ASSY.

8-26-4 Removal Procedure

1.) Unhook 2 hooks to remove the AIR FILTER. Refer to the figure below.

AIR FILTER

Figure 8-51 Removing the AIR FILTER

8-26-5 Installation Procedure

1.) Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.

8-46 Section 8-26 - Replacement of AIR FILTER

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-27
Remove the FRONT DUMMY COVER
8-27-1 Manpower
One person, 5 minutes

8-27-2 Tools
Not required

8-27-3 Preparation
1.) Remove the CONSOLE SIDE COVER R ASSY and CONSOLE FRONT COVER ASSY.

8-27-4 Removal Procedure

1.) Unhook 4 hooks to remove 2 FRONT DUMMY COVER. Refer to the figure below.

FRONT DUMMY COVER CONSOLE FRONT COVER ASSY FRONT DUMMY COVER

Figure 8-52 Removing the PEDESTAL BOTTOM COVER BT16

8-27-5 Installation Procedure

1.) Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-47

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 8-28
Functional Checks after FRU replacement (Debrief Guidelines)
1.) Perform required Functional and/or Leakage Current tests based upon the FRU being replaced.
2.) Clarify the scripts to debrief a Service Dispatch using your pole's dispatch tool.
Use this script in the Service Comments when debriefing a Service Dispatch.

For a replaced FRU, use the following debrief script:

Proprietary Service Manual, DIRECTION 5843441,Revision 5 , Section [ Section 10-5 "System

Maintenance" on page 10-8]. Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use.

And, if testing leaking current, use the following text.

Proprietary Service Manual, DIRECTION 5843441, Revision 5, Section [ Section 10-7 "Electrical Safety
Tests" on page 10-14]. Leakage Current meets allowable limits. Equipment passed all required tests
and is ready for us.

8-48 Section 8-28 - Functional Checks after FRU replacement (Debrief Guidelines)
GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

FRU8-2: System Software - Installation/Upgrade Procedure

Functional and/or
See Section Leakage Current Test Debrief Script
4-3-1 Power On / Boot Up
Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
8-3 Software and Functional Checks after Installation/Upgrade Procedure Proprietary Service Manual
Revision 5, Section 8-2.
Table 8-2 System Function Equipment passed all required
4-3-2 tests and is ready for use.
Power Off / Shutdown

FRU8-3: Software and Functional Checks after Installation/Upgrade Procedure

Functional and/or
See Section Leakage Current Test Debrief Script
4-3-1 Power On / Boot Up Voluson™ SWIFT+/
SWIFTProprietary Service
Table 8-2 System Function Manual,
Revision 5, Section 8-3.
4-3-2 Power Off / Shutdown Equipment passed all required
tests and is ready for use.

FRU8-4: Image Settings Only - Loading Procedure

go to 4-5-2 Load System Configuration Backup

FRU8-5: Full Backup (Full System Configuration) - Loading Procedure

go to 4-5-1 Save System Configuration Backup

FRU8-6: Image Archive - Loading Procedure

go to 4-5-4-2 Load Image Archive

FRU8-7: Replacement or Activation of Options

Functional and/or
See Section Leakage Current Test Debrief Script
Table 8-2 System Function Proprietary Service Manual,
Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT,
Revision Voluson™ SWIFT+/
SWIFT, Section 8-7.
functional checks depend on activated option
Equipment passed all required
tests and is ready for use

Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures 8-49

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

8-50 Section 8-28 - Functional Checks after FRU replacement (Debrief Guidelines)
GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 9
Renewal Parts

Section 9-1
Overview
9-1-1 Purpose of Chapter 9
This chapter gives an overview of replacement parts available for the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT.

Monitor

OPIO
Nest Box Parts

IO BOX

Nest Box Parts

Plastics Covers (Front/Sides/Rear)

Figure 9-1

Table 9-1 Contents in Chapter 9

Section Description Page Number

9-1 Overview 9-1

9-2 List of Abbreviations 9-3

9-3 Parts List Groups 9-4

9-4 Plastics Covers (Front/Sides/Rear) 9-5

9-5 Monitor 9-10

9-6 OPIO 9-11

9-7 Nest Box Parts 9-13

9-7 Nest Box Parts 9-13

Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts 9-1

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 9-1 Contents in Chapter 9

Section Description Page Number

9-9 Options 9-20

9-10 Optional Peripherals and Accessories 9-23

9-11 IO BOX 9-25

9-12 System Manuals 9-26

9-13 Probes 9-28

9-14 Power Cord 9-32

9-15 Biopsy Needle Guide 9-34

NOTE: Furthermore refer to SN74250 which is the best source for new FRU parts that are not yet implemented
in this Proprietary Service Manual.

9-2 Section 9-1 - Overview

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 9-2
List of Abbreviations

AC Alternating Current
ADC Analog to Digital Converter
A/N Key Alpha Numeric Keys
ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
Assy Assembly
DA64 Dachstein Beamformer Giga-bit
DBP Backplane interface module
PPI Probe Interface board
ITX Information Technology Extended board
CPU Central Processing Unit
CSI Common Status Indicator module
CWDM Continuous wave doppler module
DAC Digital to Analog Converter
DC Direct Current
DSP Digital Signal Processing
DVD Digital Video Disc
DVI Digital Visual Interface
ECGP Electrocardiography module
FRU 1 Replacement part available in parts hub
FRU 2 Replacement part available from the manufacturer (lead time
involved)
SSD Solid State Drive
Int Internal
IfU Instructions for Use
I/O Input/Output
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
PCI Peripheral Component Interconnect
PWA Printed Wire Assembly
DRFG Dachstein Radio frequency Mid-processor GIGA-bit
SOM System On Module
USB Universal Serial Bus
CRU Customer replaceable unit

Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts 9-3

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 9-3
Parts List Groups
Table 9-2 Mechanical and user accessible parts

Item Part Group Name Table Number Description

101-127 Plastics Covers Table 9-3 on page 9-5 Housing Covers

201-202 Monitor Table 9-4 on page 9-10 Monitor

301-306 OPIO Table 9-5 on page 9-11 User interface parts

Main board modules

401-425 Nest Box Table 9-6 on page 9-13
Including front/back end boards

501-506 Mechanical Parts Table 9-7 on page 9-18 Mechanical Parts

601-607 Options Table 9-8 on page 9-20 Options

701-710 Optional Peripherals and Accessories Table 9-9 on page 9-23 Optional Equipment

System Manuals Table 9-11 on page 9-26 System Manuals

Probes
801-802 • 2D curved array Transducers Table 9-13 on page 9-28 Probes
803 • 2D linear array Transducers Table 9-14 on page 9-29
804-806 • Real-Time 4D Volume Probes Table 9-15 on page 9-30

807 2D-Probes - Phased Array Transducers Table 9-16 on page 9-31 Probe

901-913 Power Cord Table 9-17 on page 9-32 Power Cord

1001-1010 Biopsy Needle Guides Table 9-18 on page 9-35 Biopsy Needle Guides

9-4 Section 9-3 - Parts List Groups

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 9-4
Plastics Covers (Front/Sides/Rear)
Table 9-3 Plastics Covers

Part PC410
Item Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

101 S5841937 BASE COVER ASSY Y Y Y Y

102 S5841938 BASE REAR COVER ASSY Y Y Y Y

103 S5841939 IO TOP COVER ASSY Y Y Y Y

104 S5841941 IO FRONT COVER ASSY Y Y Y Y

105 S8541943 BASE COLUMN COVER L ASSY N Y Y Y

106 S5841946 BASE COLUMN COVER R ASSY N Y Y Y

Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts 9-5

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 9-3 Plastics Covers

Part PC410
Item Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

107 5830938 BASE TRAY Y Y Y Y

108 S5841949 COLUMN SIDE COVER L ASSY Y Y Y Y

109 S5841950 COLUMN SIDE COVER R ASSY Y Y Y Y

110 S5841957 BW PRINTER COVER L ASSY N Y Y Y

111 S5841961 BW PRINTER COVER R ASSY N Y Y Y

BW PRINTER DUMMY COVER

112 S5841990 N Y Y Y
SET

9-6 Section 9-4 - Plastics Covers (Front/Sides/Rear)

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 9-3 Plastics Covers

Part PC410
Item Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

113 S5841992 CONSOLE FRONT COVER ASSY N Y Y Y

114 5830997 AIR FILTER Y Y Y Y

115 S5841993 CONSOLE SIDE COVER L ASSY N Y Y Y

116 S5841994 CONSOLE SIDE COVER R ASSY N Y Y Y

117 S5841995 CONSOLE REAR COVER ASSY Y Y Y N

118 5830994 CONSOLE HANDLE COVER N Y Y Y

Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts 9-7

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 9-3 Plastics Covers

Part PC410
Item Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

119 S5842000 CONSOLE TOP COVER ASSY Y Y Y Y

120 S5842009 CONSOLE DUMMY COVER SET Y Y Y Y

TOP SHELF HORIZONTAL TV

121 5831024 Y Y Y Y
PROBE HOLDER (185)

TOP SHELF HORIZONTAL TV

122 5834654 Y Y Y Y
PROBE HOLDER (215)

123 5831073 OPIO HOOK N Y Y Y

124 5831026 GEL HOLDER Y Y Y Y

125 S5830966 RS LEVER SET N Y Y Y

126 5830982 OPIO BASE BASAL COVER N Y Y Y

9-8 Section 9-4 - Plastics Covers (Front/Sides/Rear)

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 9-3 Plastics Covers

Part PC410
Item Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

ROTATION AND UPDOWN

127 S5842168 N Y Y Y
LEVER SET

CONSOLE REAR COVER ASSY

128 S5926285 Y Y Y N
FOR CHINA

CONSOLE REAR COVER ASSY

129 S5919121 Y Y N Y
BT23

Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts 9-9

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 9-5
Monitor
Table 9-4 Monitor

PC410
Item Part Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

201 5818428 18.5” Monitor N Y Y Y

202 5818429 21.5” Monitor N Y Y Y

18.5INCH
203 6818428 LCDMON with N Y N Y
touch panel

21.5INCH
204 5818429 LCDMON with N Y N Y
touch panel

9-10 Section 9-5 - Monitor

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 9-6
OPIO
Table 9-5 OPIO

Part PC410
Item Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

301 5835560 OPIO ASSY 185 N Y Y Y

302 5835561 OPIO ASSY 215 N Y Y Y

OPIO TOP COVER SET

303 S5842019 N Y Y Y
FOR 18.5INCH

OPIO TOP COVER SET

304 S5842020 N Y Y Y
FOR 21.5INCH

305 S5842023 OPIO BUTTON SET N Y Y Y

306 S5842001 OPIO RUBBER SET N Y Y Y

Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts 9-11

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 9-5 OPIO

Part PC410
Item Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

307 S8701141 OPIO BOARD ASSY N Y Y Y

OPIO laser color trackball

308 S8701142 N Y Y Y
with cable

309 5832282 Task Lamp PWA with cable N Y Y Y

310 7720014 Encoder set N Y Y Y

9-12 Section 9-6 - OPIO

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 9-7Nest Box Parts

Table 9-6 Nest Box

Part PC410
Item Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

401 S5848009 ITX PWA with bracket N Y Y N

NVIDIA Quadro P1000 MXM

402 5832905 N Y Y N
GPU

403 6825864 ITX GPU set with Bracket N Y Y N

404 S5830544-2 PPS PWA with Bracket N Y Y Y

Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts 9-13

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 9-6 Nest Box

Part PC410
Item Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

405 S5830466 PPI Board Assy with Bracket N Y Y Y

406 5829754 CWC Piggy Assy N Y Y Y

407 5830464 ITC Assy N Y Y Y

408 5830533 DA64 ASSY N Y Y Y

9-14 Section 9-7 - Nest Box Parts

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 9-6 Nest Box

Part PC410
Item Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

409 S8701144 PLI PWA with cable N Y Y Y

Main Fan Rear 4ea cable with

410 5828888 N Y Y Y
FAN guard

411 5828889 Main Fan front 2ea cable N Y Y Y

412 5828883 Speaker Assy N Y Y Y

413 5904512 512GB M.2 SSD N Y Y Y

414 5904513 1TB M.2 SSD N Y Y Y

415 5828873 ITX to OPIO HDMI cable N Y Y Y

Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts 9-15

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 9-6 Nest Box

Part PC410
Item Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

416 5828874 ITX to OPIO USB cable N Y Y Y

PEP TO ITX cable and cable

417 S5828878 N Y Y Y
clamp

418 5828882 LAN cable N Y Y Y

419 5828887 OPIO to user port cable N Y Y Y

420 5828885 WLAN USB A cable N Y Y Y

421 5835337-2 ACDC ASSY N Y Y Y

9-16 Section 9-7 - Nest Box Parts

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 9-6 Nest Box

Part PC410
Item Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

422 5828906 ACDC Power cable N Y Y Y

VOLUSON SWIFT+ BIOS

423 S5904513 N Y Y N
Upgrade Kit for new SSD

424 S5932849 ITX PWA with Bracket N Y Y Y

425 5932851 ITX GPU set with Bracket N Y Y Y

NVDIA Quadro P1000 MXM

426 5832905-2 GPU module with improved N Y Y Y
Heatsink

Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts 9-17

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 9-8
Mechanical Parts
Table 9-7 Mechanical Parts

Part PC410
Item Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

501 5400391-2 CASTOR TOTAL LOCK 2 POLARIS N Y Y Y

502 5400392-2 CASTOR DUAL LOCK 2 POLARIS N Y Y Y

503 5830961 HANDLE N Y Y Y

504 S5842026 SMALL RUBBER PART SET Y Y Y Y

505 S5843139 LATCH SET N Y Y Y

506 S5842006 POWER CORD FIX BRACKET SET N Y Y Y

9-18 Section 9-8 - Mechanical Parts

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 9-7 Mechanical Parts

Part PC410
Item Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

507 S5858545 NEST REAR PANEL BRKT SET N Y Y Y

508 5873432 OPIO CONNECTOR FIX BRKT N Y Y Y

Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts 9-19

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 9-9 Options

Table 9-8 Options

Part PC410
Item Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

601 5830998 FRONT SHELF N Y Y Y

602 5830999 SIDE BASKET Y Y Y Y

VERTICAL TV PROBE HOLDER

603 5835472 Y Y Y Y
(3D)

VERTICAL TV PROBE HOLDER

604 5835471 Y Y Y Y
(2D)

TOP SHELF STORAGE TRAY

605 5831023 Y Y Y Y
INSERT (185)

TOP SHELF STORAGE TRAY

606 5834653 Y Y Y Y
INSERT (215)

TOP SHELF HORIZONTAL TV

607 5836739 Y Y Y Y
PROBE HOLDER INSERT IC9B

9-20 Section 9-9 - Options

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 9-8 Options

Part PC410
Item Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

608 5380960-2 3 Button footswitch Rev.1.1 Y Y Y Y

ECG Kit (5800116) with cable

609 S5800116 N Y Y Y
(5843351)

610 5808900-3 Battery Pack N Y Y Y

611 S5835584 BIP PWA with battery power cable N Y Y Y

612 5535200 DC Printer N Y Y Y

Printer power cable (5828907) &

613 S5828907 N Y Y Y
Printer signal cable (5828884)

Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts 9-21

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 9-8 Options

Part PC410
Item Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

Wireless LAN dongle for JAPAN

614 S5561628 N Y Y Y
(5561628) with cable (5828885)

Wireless LAN dongle except for

615 S5561627 JAPAN (5561627) with cable N Y Y Y
(5828885)

616 5507798 LAN ISOLATOR Assy N Y Y Y

617 5507797 USB ISOLATOR Assy N Y Y Y

618 5589104 EMI filter Assy Y Y Y Y

619 5829819 VSC ASSY N Y Y Y

620 S5830469 BMS PWA with cable N Y Y Y

VERTICAL TV PROBE HOLDER

621 S5926009 Y Y Y Y
SET

9-22 Section 9-9 - Options

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 9-10
Optional Peripherals and Accessories
9-10-1 Printers and options
NOTE: The illustrations may not correspond to the actual product!!

Table 9-9 Optional Peripherals and Accessories

PC410
Item Part Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

VOLUSON
701 5848675-5 SWIFT+_SWIFT_Software N Y Y Y
Thumb Drive Assembly Ext.4

H44642LW Color Printer Digital

702 N N Y Y
(5393211) (SONY, UP-D25MD)

KTZ304096
(For 220V,
H48701EZ)
703 Color Laser Printer HP M454 N Y Y Y
KTZ304236
(For 110V,
H48711MZ)

Norav ECG Patient Cable IEC

704 5192623 N Y Y Y
Type

5178978
705 ECG Patient cable for US Y Y Y Y
(H46102LW)

5507797
706 USB Isolator Assy Y Y Y Y
(H46972LZ)

Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts 9-23

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 9-9 Optional Peripherals and Accessories

PC410
Item Part Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

5507798
707 LAN Isolator Assy Y Y Y Y
(H46972LY)

708 5863421 Ethernet protection cable Y Y Y Y

9-24 Section 9-10 - Optional Peripherals and Accessories

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 9-11
IO BOX
Table 9-10 IO Box

Part PC410
Item Number Image Description CRU FRU PC400 (BT23)

1201 5830462 PEP ASSY N Y Y Y

1202 S5831584 AC Inlet Assy N Y Y Y

1203 S5831586 AC Inlet Fuse 2ea N Y Y Y

1204 S5830931 IO MAIN BAKT Assy for INDIA N Y Y Y

Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts 9-25

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 9-12
System Manuals
Table 9-11 System Manuals

Voluson SWIFT/SWIFT+
Part Name
Voluson SWIFT/SWIFT+ BT23
Service Manual 5843440

System User Manuals

Instructions for Use, English 5831612-100 5897255-1EN

Instructions for Use, French 5831612-101 5897255-1FR

Instructions for Use, Spanish 5831612-106 5897255-1ES

Instructions for Use, German 5831612-108 5897255-1DE

Instructions for Use, Italian 5831612-111 5897255-1IT

Instructions for Use, Dutch 5831612-121 5897255-1NL

Instructions for Use, Portuguese 5831612-127 5897255-1PT-BR

Instructions for Use, Estonian 5831612-129 5897255-1ET

Instructions for Use, Slovenian 5831612-131 5897255-1SL

Instructions for Use, Japanese 5831612-140 5897255-1JA

Instructions for Use, Swedish 5831612-142 5897255-1SV

Instructions for Use, Traditional Chinese 5831612-143 5897255-1ZH-TW

Instructions for Use, Korean 5831612-144 5897255-1KO

Instructions for Use, Russian 5831612-145 5897255-1RU

Instructions for Use, Polish 5831612-150 5897255-1PL

Instructions for Use, Greek 5831612-151 5897255-1EL

Instructions for Use, Hungarian 5831612-153 5897255-1HU

Instructions for Use, Slovakian 5831612-154 5897255-1SK

Instructions for Use, Czech 5831612-155 5897255-1CS

Instructions for Use, Turkish 5831612-159 5897255-1TR

Instructions for Use, Danish 5831612-160 5897255-1DA

Instructions for Use, Norwegian 5831612-161 5897255-1NO

Instructions for Use, Finnish 5831612-162 5897255-1FI

Instructions for Use, Bulgarian 5831612-165 5897255-1BG

Instructions for Use, Romanian 5831612-167 5897255-1RO

Instructions for Use, Croatian 5831612-168 5897255-1HR

Instructions for Use, Lithuanian 5831612-174 5897255-1LT

Instructions for Use, Latvian 5831612-175 5897255-1LV

Instructions for Use, Serbian 5831612-176 5897255-1SR

Instructions for Use, European Portuguese 5831612-177 5897255-1PT-PT

Instructions for Use, Ukrainian 5831612-180 5897255-1UK

Instructions for Use, Indonesian 5831612-181 5897255-1ID

Instructions for Use, Vietnamese 5831612-183 5897255-1VI

Instructions for Use, Kazakhstan 5831612-184 5897255-1KK

9-26 Section 9-12 - System Manuals

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 9-11 System Manuals

Voluson SWIFT/SWIFT+
Part Name
Voluson SWIFT/SWIFT+ BT23
Advanced Reference Manual, English 5835011-100 5914588-1EN

Advanced Acoustic Output References, English 5835012-100 5914589-1EN

Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts 9-27

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 9-13
Probes
Table 9-12 below outlines the replacement parts described in the sub-sections.
Table 9-12 Probes - Replacement Parts

Sub-section Description Page Number

9-13-1 2D-Probes - Curved Array Transducers 9-28

9-13-2 2D-Probes - Linear Array Transducer 9-29

9-13-3 Real-Time 4D Volume Probes 9-30

NOTE: If a probe is only available for Voluson™SWIFT, it is marked by * (eg. 4C-RS*).

9-13-1 2D-Probes - Curved Array Transducers

802 803 805

801 804

Figure 9-2 2D curved array Transducers

Table 9-13 2D curved array Transducers

Item Part Name Part Number Description CRU FRU

5488477 broadband curved array transducer, 2.0 - 5.0 MHz, 128 Elements
801 4C-RS* Y Y
(H4000SR) Applications: Abdominal, Obstetrics, Gynecology

5722023 Micro Convex transducer 2.9 - 9.7 MHz, 192 Elements

802 IC9-RS Y Y
(H48691PJ) Applications: OB, Gyn, Transrectal

5842848 Micro Convex transducer 2.9 - 9.7 MHz, 128 Elements

803 IC9B-RS Y Y
(H48062AK) Application: OB, Gyn, Transrectal

5499608 Broadband curved array transducer 2.0 - 5.0 MHz, 192 Elements,
804 C1-5-RS Y Y
(H40462LA) Application: Abdominal, Obstetrics, Gynecology

5499516 Micro Convex transducer 4.0 - 10.0 MHz, 128 Elements

805 E8C-RS Y Y
(H40402LN) Application: OB, Gyn, Transrectal

9-28 Section 9-13 - Probes

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

9-13-2 2D-Probes - Linear Array Transducer

806 807

Figure 9-3 2D Linear Array Transducer

Table 9-14 2D linear array Transducers

Item Part Name Part Number Description CRU FRU

Small and lightweight linear-array transducer 4.0 - 10.0 MHz, 192

5499501
806 12L-RS Elements Applications: Small parts, Peripheral vascular, Pediatrics, Y Y
(H40402LY)
Orthopedics

Broadband linear array transducer, 3.0-8.0 MHz, 192 Elements

5499511
807 9L-RS Application: Small parts, Obstetrics, Peripheral Vascular, Pediatrics, Y Y
(H40402LL)
MSK

Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts 9-29

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

9-13-3 Real-Time 4D Volume Probes

807 808
809

Figure 9-4 Real-Time 4D Volume Probes

Table 9-15 Real-Time 4D Volume Probes

Item Part Name Part Number Description CRU FRU

Real-time 4D endocavity broadband electronic curved

KTZ304128 array transducer 3.8 - 9.3 MHz, 192 Elements, field of
807 RIC5-9A-RS Y Y
(H48701EJ) view: max. 180° Applications: Gynecology,
Obstetrics, Transrectal

Real-time 4D broadband electronic curved-array

KTZ303982 transducer
808 RAB2-6-RS* Y Y
(H48681WR) 2.0 - 5.0 MHz, 128 Elements Applications:
Abdominal, OB, Gyn

Ultra-Light Real-time 4D broadband electronic curved-array

KTZ303302
809 RAB6-RS transducer 2.0 - 8.0 MHz, 192 Elements Y Y
(H48691LP)
Application: Abdominal, OB, Gyn, Pediatrics

* A green round label is attached on the RIC5-9A-RS (KTZ304128)

9-30 Section 9-13 - Probes

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

9-13-4 2D-Probes - Phased Array Transducers

810
811

Figure 9-5 2D Phased Array Probe

Table 9-16 2D-Probes - Phased Array Transducers

Item Part Name Part Number Description CRU FRU

Broadband phased array transducer, 1.0 - 4.0

5433833 MHz, 64
810 3Sc-RS* Y Y
(H45041DL) Elements Applications: Abdominal, Cardiology,
Obstetrics, Pediatrics, Cephalic

5499321 Broadband phased array transducer, 4.0-12.0

811 12S-RS MHz, 96 Elements Application: Small Parts, Y Y
(H44901AB)
Cardiology, Pedicatrics

Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts 9-31

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 9-14
Power Cord

901 903 904

902

905 906 907 908

909 911 912

910

913 914 915

Figure 9-6 Power cord

Table 9-17 Power Cord

Item Part Name Part Number Description CRU FRU

PWR SPLY CRD ARGENTINA

901 6736101-3 PWR SPLY CRD ARGENTINA 10A 250V STRAIGHT 4M N Y
10A 250V STRAIGHT 4M

PWR SPLY CRD ANZ 10A 250V

902 6736102-3 PWR SPLY CRD ANZ 10A 250V STRAIGHT 4M N Y
STRAIGHT 4M

PWR SPLY CRD BRAZIL 10A

903 6736103-3 PWR SPLY CRD BRAZIL 10A 250V STRAIGHT 4M N Y
250V STRAIGHT 4M

PWR SPLY CRD CHINA 10A

904 6736104-3 PWR SPLY CRD CHINA 10A 250V STRAIGHT 4M N Y
250V STRAIGHT 4M

PWR SPLY CRD EUROPE

PWR SPLY CRD EUROPE KOREA 10A 250V STRAIGHT
905 KOREA 10A 250V STRAIGHT 6736105-3 N Y
4M
4M

PWR SPLY CRD UK IRELAND

906 6736107-3 PWR SPLY CRD UK IRELAND 10A 250V STRAIGHT 4M N Y
10A 250V STRAIGHT 4M

PWR SPLY CRD INDIA 10A

907 6736108-3 PWR SPLY CRD INDIA 10A 250V STRAIGHT 4M N Y
250V STRAIGHT 4M

PWR SPLY CRD ISRAEL 10A

908 6736109-3 PWR SPLY CRD ISRAEL 10A 250V STRAIGHT 4M N Y
250V STRAIGHT 4M

PWR SPLY CRD ITALY 10A

909 6736110-3 PWR SPLY CRD ITALY 10A 250V STRAIGHT 4M N Y
250V STRAIGHT 4M

9-32 Section 9-14 - Power Cord

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 9-17 Power Cord

Item Part Name Part Number Description CRU FRU

PWR SPLY CRD JAPAN 12A

910 6736111-3 PWR CPLY CRD JAPAN 12A 125V STRAIGHT 4M N Y
125V STRAIGHT 4M

PWR SPLY CRD S AFRICA 10A

911 6736112-3 PWR SPLY CRD S AFRICA 10A 250V STRAIGHT 4M N Y
250V STRAIGHT 4M

PWR SPLY CRD

PWR SPLY CRD SWITZERLAND 10A 250V STRAIGHT
912 SWITZERLAND 10A 250V 6736113-3 N Y
4M
STRAIGHT 4M

PWR SPLY CRD UNITED

PWR SPLY CRD UNITED STATES - CANADA 15A 125V
913 STATES - CANADA 15A 125V 6736114-3 N Y
STRAIGHT 4M
STRAIGHT 4M

PWR SPLY CRD DENMARK PWR SPLY CRD UDENMARK HOSPITAL GRADE 10A
914 6736115-3 N Y
10A 250V STRAIGHT 4M 250V STRAIGHT 4M

PWR SPLY CRD ST DENMARK PWR SPLY CRD ST DENMARK NON-HOSPITAL

915 NON-HOSPITAL GRADE STD 6736106-12 GRADE STD PLUG 10A 250V N Y
PLUG 10A 250V

Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts 9-33

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 9-15
Biopsy Needle Guide

1001 1002

1004
1003
1005

1006 1007

1009
1008

1010 1011 1012

Figure 9-7 Biopsy Needle Guides

9-34 Section 9-15 - Biopsy Needle Guide

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 9-18 Biopsy Needle Guides

Item Part Name Part Number Description CRU FRU

Reusable biopsy needle guide for probe RIC5-9A-RS needle

1001 PEC63 H46721R Y N
diameter: < 1.8 mm

RIC Single-andgle Disposable biopsy needle guide for probe RIC5-9A-RS needle
1002 H48681GF Y N
bracket diameter:1.2 - 1.6 mm

RAB Single-angle Non Sterile Single Angld Bracket needle guide for porbe RAB2-6-RS
1003 H48681ML Y N
bracket and RAB6-RS needle diameter: > 0.6mm - < 2.1 mm

12L-RS Non Sterile Multi Angle Bracktet needle guide for probe 12L-RS
1004 H40432LC Y N
Multiangle bracket needle diameter: > 0.6 mm -< 2.1 mm

3Sc-RS Non Sterile Multi Angle Bracket needle guide for probe 3Sc-RS
1005 H46222LC Y N
Multiangle bracket needle diameter: > 0.6 mm - < 2.1 mm

Non Sterile Multi Angle Bracket needle guide starter kit for probe
4C-RS Multiangle
1006 E8385NA 4C-RS Y N
bracket
needle diameter: > 0.6 mm - < 2.1 mm

IC9-RS Biopsy Disposable Biopsy needle guide for probe IC9-RS

1007 guide H48691YW Y N
needle diameter: < 1.65 mm
(disposable)

IC9-RS Biopsy
1008 H48701MN Reusable Biopsy needle guide for probe IC9-RS Y N
guide

E8C-RS Biopsy
disposable Biopsy needle guide for probe E8C-RS and IC9B-RS
1009 guide E8385MJ Y N
needle diameter : < 1.65 mm
(disposable)

E8C-RS Biopsy reusable Biopsy needle guide for probe E8C-RS and IC9B-RS
1010 H40412LN Y N
guide (reusable) needle diameter : < 1.65 mm

E8C-RS Biopsy
disposable Biopsy needle guide for probe E8C-RS and IC9B-RS
1011 guide E8333JB Y N
needle diameter : < 1.65 mm
(disposable)

C1-5-RS Biopsy Non Sterile Multi Angle Bracket needle guide for probe C1-5-RS
1012 H40432LE Y N
guide needle diameter : > 0.6 mm - < 2.1 mm

Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts 9-35

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

9-36 Section 9-15 - Biopsy Needle Guide

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 10
Care & Maintenance

Section 10-1
Overview
10-1-1 Care and Maintenance Inspections
It has been determined by engineering that your Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system does not have any
high wear components that fail with use, therefore no Care and Maintenance Inspections are
mandatory.
However, some Customers Quality Assurance Programs may require additional tasks and/or
inspections at a different frequency than listed in this manual.

10-1-2 Purpose of Chapter 10

This chapter describes Care & Maintenance on the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system and its
peripherals.
These procedures are intended to maintain the quality of the ultrasound systems performance.
Read this chapter completely and familiarize yourself with the procedures before performing a task.

Table 10-1 Contents in Chapter 10

Section Description Page Number

10-1 Overview 10-1

10-2 Why do Maintenance 10-2

10-3 Maintenance Task Schedule 10-2

10-4 Tools Required 10-5

10-5 System Maintenance 10-8

10-6 Using a Phantom (Optional) 10-14

10-7 Electrical Safety Tests 10-14

10-8 When There's Too Much Leakage Current... 10-33

CAUTION Practice good ESD prevention. Wear an anti–static strap when handling electronic parts and
!! CAUTION:
even when disconnecting/connecting cables.

DANGER THERE ARE SEVERAL PLACES ON THE BACKPLANE, THE AC DISTRIBUTION,

!! DANGER:
AND DC DISTRIBUTION THAT ARE DANGEROUS. BE SURE TO DISCONNECT
THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG AND SWITCH OFF THE MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER
BEFORE YOU REMOVE ANY PARTS. BE CAUTIOUS WHENEVER POWER IS
STILL ON AND COVERS ARE REMOVED.
CAUTION Do not pull out or insert circuit boards while power is ON.
!! CAUTION:

Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance 10-1

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

CAUTION DO NOT operate this unit unless all board covers and frame panels are securely in place, to
ensure optimal system performance and cooling.
When covers are removed, EMI may be present.
!! CAUTION:

Section 10-2
Why do Maintenance
10-2-1 Quality Assurance
In order to gain accreditation from organizations such as the American College of Radiology (USA), it
is the customer’s responsibility to have a quality assurance program in place for each System .
The program must be directed by a medical physicists, the supervising radiologist/physician or
appropriate designer.

Routine quality control testing must occur regularly. The same tests are performed during each period
so that changes can be monitored over time and effective corrective action can be taken.

Testing results, corrective action and the effects of corrective action must be documented and
maintained on the site.

Your GE service representative can help you with establishing, performing and maintaining records for
a quality assurance program. Please contact us for coverage information and/or price for service.

Section 10-3
Maintenance Task Schedule
10-3-1 How often should care & maintenance tasks be performed?
The Customer Care Schedule (see: page 10-3) specifies how often your Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
should be serviced and outlines items requiring special attention.

NOTE: It is the customer’s responsibility to ensure the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT care & maintenance is
performed as scheduled in order to retain its high level of safety, dependability and performance.

Your GE Service Representative has an in-depth knowlegde of your Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT

ultrasound scanning system and can best provide competent, efficient service.
Please contact us for coverage information and/or price for service.

The service procedures and recommended intervals shown in the Customer Care Schedule assumes
that you use your Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT for an average patient load (10-12 per day) and not use
it as a primary mobile unit which is transported between diagnostic facilities.

NOTE: If conditions exist which exceed typical usage and patient load, then it is recommended to increase the
maintenance frequencies.

Abbreviations used in the Customer Care Schedule Table 10-2:

D = Daily W = Weekly M = Monthly A = Annually

10-2 Section 10-2 - Why do Maintenance

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-3-1 How often should care & maintenance tasks be performed? (cont?)

Table 10-2 Customer Care Schedule

Item Service at Indicated Time D W M A Notes

AC Mains Cable Inspect AC Mains Cable • Mobile Unit Check weekly

Check if all cables are fixed well seated at

Cables and Connectors the correct position and if there is no • also after corrective
maintenance
mechanical damage visible.

Clean alphanumerical keyboard, Functional Be careful not to get the cloth

User Interface
keys, Digital potentiometers, TGC-Shift
potentiometers. (vacuum cleaner, lukewarm
• too wet so that moisture does
not enter the loudspeakers,
soap water on a soft, damp cloth) TGC-Slider, or other keys!

Clean LCD Monitor surface and Probe Be careful not to get the cloth
LCD Monitor and Probe
holder
holder with a fluid detergent in warm water • too wet so that moisture does
on a soft, damp cloth. not enter the entire system.

Clean and inspect the mechanical function

of wheels, casters, brakes and swivel locks
Mechanical parts as well as side door, foot rest, front and rear • Mobile Unit Check Daily
handle, and monitor holder.
Remove Dust and Coupling gel.

Control Console
movement
Check Translation/Rotation and Height
Adjustment (Elevation)
• more frequently at Mobile Units

Trackball Check
Check proper operation
(Cursor movement X, Y direction)
• If failure occurs go to trackball
cleaning.

Remove trackball ring; open the trackball

Trackball Cleaning housing and take out the trackball to clean it • Please record it in the systems
setup maintenance report
with soft tissue and screwdriver shaft.

* save the image filing data

Disk Drives
(Data Backup)
Test Image filing (Archive) Import and
Export data capability (USB Drive)
• •* weekly or at least monthly on
USB depending on the number
of examinations

Clean probes and probe cables and check

acoustic lens housing (cracks) and probe
Safe Probe Operation cables. In case of mechanical damage, •* * or before each use
don’t use them! Danger: Safety risk for
operator and patient.

To detect air bubbles in filling liquid, shake

Probe Air bubbles the probe carefully and check abnormal
noise.

Probe connectors
Remove dust/dirt of all probe connectors.
Clean with vacuum cleaner if dust is visible.
•
Also after corrective
Console Leakage
Current Checks
• maintenance or as required by
your facilities QA program.

Also after corrective

Peripheral Leakage
Current Checks
• maintenance or as required by
your facilities QA program.

Also after corrective

Surface Probe Leakage
Current Checks
• maintenance or as required by
your facilities QA program.

Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance 10-3

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 10-2 Customer Care Schedule

Item Service at Indicated Time D W M A Notes

Endocavity Probe Also after corrective

Leakage • maintenance or as required by
Current Checks your facilities QA program.

Also after corrective

Measurement Accuracy
Checks
• maintenance or as required by
your facilities QA program.

Check axial and lateral resolution (see

Probe/ Instructions for Use Technical Also after corrective
Phantom(optional) specifications). Check Gain and TGC • maintenance or as required by
Checks changes, vary the focus and check reaction your facilities QA program.
on screen.

Functional Checks of all Also after corrective

probes Section 10-5-2 • maintenance or as required by
on page 10-9 your facilities QA program.

10-4 Section 10-3 - Maintenance Task Schedule

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 10-4
Tools Required
10-4-1 Overview
Table 10-3 Overview of GE-1 Tool Kit Contents

Tool ID Description Tool ID Description

9-45358 Pliers Retaining Ring 9-XL9971MM Xcelite-hex Blade 1.27mm

9-4078 Scribe 9-XL9972MM Xcelite-hex Blade 1.5mm

9-44572 Wrench Open End 3/8 - 7/16 9-XL9973MM Xcelite-hex Blade 2 mm

9-44579 Wrench Open End 1/2 - 9/16 9-XL9974MM Xcelite-hex Blade 2.5mm

9-44579 Wrench Open End 1/2 - 9/16 9-XL9975MM Xcelite-hex Blade 3mm

9-45385 Pliers, Arc Joint 7 inch 9-XL9976MM Xcelite-hex Blade 4mm

9-45378 Pliers, Slip Joint 9-XL9977MM Xcelite-hex Blade 5mm

9-4518 Pliers, Long Nose, Miniature 9-XL991CM Handle

9-4518 Pliers, Long Nose, Miniature C2356E Screw starter - Kedman Quick Wedge

9-44776 Ignition Wrench Set, 10 pc. BLBO Box - 18 Compartment

9-44601 Wrench, Adj., 4 inch DWL4283T Box - 5 Compartment

9-4151 Screwdriver, Blade, Stubby 9-41322 Pickup Tool, Claw type

9-41421 Screwdriver, Blade, Pocket clip 9-6757 6 pc Needle File Set

9-41594 Screwdriver, Blade 1/8 in. x 4 in. 9-9487 Utility Knife

9-41581 Screwdriver, Blade 3/16 in. x 4 in. 9-45341 Pliers Vice Grip 10 inch

9-39451 20' Steel Tape, locking Spring load 9-3001 Xacto Pen Knife

9-GH807 Ratchet, Offset, Slotted 9-HT62002 Solder Aid, Fork and Hook

68-412 Ratchet, Offset, Phillips 9-4099 Mirror, Round, Telescoping

9-GH130 Tapered Reamer 9-GH3001 Steel Rule Decimal 6 inch

9-41584 Screwdriver, slotted 1/4 in.X 6 in. 9-GH300ME Steel Rule Metric 6 inch

9-4118 Screwdriver, Phillips #2, Stubby 9-XL9920 Xcelite-hex Blade.050 inch

9-41293 Screwdriver, Phillips #0 9-XL9921 Xcelite-hex Blade 1/16 inch

9-41294 Screwdriver, Phillips #1 9-XL9922 Xcelite-hex Blade 5/16 inch

9-41295 Screwdriver, Phillips #2 9-XL9923 Xcelite-hex Blade 3/32 inch

9-46677 Hex Keys, 20 pc., Metric 9-XL9924 Xcelite-hex Blade 1/8 inch

9-34701 1/4 in. Standard.Socket set (19 pc) 9-XL9925 Xcelite-hex Blade 5/32 inch

9-43499 1/2 inch Socket 1/4 inch drive 9-XL9926 Xcelite-hex Blade 3/16 inch

9-4355 Flex Spinner 9-XL99764 Xcelite-hex Blade 7/64

9-43523 Breaker 9-XL99964 Xcelite-hex Blade 9/64

9-43531 6 inch Ext. 9-XLM60 Mini-screwdriver kit

9-65283 Case 8.5 in. x 4.5 in. x 2 in. Deep 9-45072 Pliers 6 inch Diagonal

Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance 10-5

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 10-3 Overview of GE-1 Tool Kit Contents (Continued)

Tool ID Description Tool ID Description

9-46696 Hex Keys 9-XL100X Wire Stripper/Cutter 5 inch - 100X

9-39829 Torpedo Level, Magnetic 9-XL87CG Pliers - very fine needle nose-87CG

9-38461 Hammer, Ball Peen, 4 oz 9-WEWDT-07 Weller-Soldering-Replacement Tip(1)

9-4280 Universal Joint 1/4 inch 9-WS175-E Wiss - Surgical Scissors

9-WEW60P3 Weller - Soldering Iron, 3 wire KH174 Hemostat 5 inch Straight

9-WECT5B6 Weller - Soldering Iron Tip KH175 Hemostat 5 inch curved

9-WEWDP12 Weller - Desoldering Pump 9-Z9480121 Alignment tool (red)

93383 Flashlight Mini-Mag Lite (AAA Bat.)

9-GH408 Tweezers

21576 Brush - Bristle

9-4516 Pliers 4 1/4 inch Diagonal

Table 10-4 Overview of GE-2 Tool Kit Contents

GE-2 Sears Kit (#99034)

Tool ID Description Tool ID Description

9-45381 Pliers, Arc Joint 9 1/2 inch 9-44067 Socket 1 1/16 in. for 1/2 in. drive

9-45092 Pliers, Linesman 8 1/2 inch 9-42679 Socket 10MM Hex for 1/2 in. drive (2273333)

9-42882 Punch, Pin 3/32 inch 9-44262 Extension 10 inch for 1/2 in. drive (2273405)

9-42884 Punch, Pin 5/32 inch 9-4258 3/8 inch to 1/2 inch Adapter

9-42886 Punch, Pin 1/4 inch 9-34374 3/8 inch Metric Socket Set - 12 PT

9-42973 Cold Chisel 1/2 inch 9-44311 16mm Socket 12 pt.

9-GH77 Center Punch Automatic 9-33485 Metal Socket Tray

9-GH890 File Handle, Adj. 9-33484 Metal Socket Tray

9-31276 File, Round, Bastard 8 inch 9-33484 Metal Socket Tray

9-31277 File, Half Round, Bastard 8 inch 9-52068 Tap and Drill Set

9-31263 File, Flat Mill 8 inch 9-52722 #6 Tap

21045C Close Quarter Saw 9-52723 #8 Tap

9-44604 Wrench, Adj 10 inch High Speed Drill Set

9-41587 Screwdriver 5/16 inch x 8 inch #36 Drill

9-41586 Screwdriver, Stubby 5/16 inch #29 Drill

9-GH19512 Countersink 1/2 inch 9-44046 3/8 inch Socket Set

9-44741 12 PC Combination Wrench Set

10-6 Section 10-4 - Tools Required

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-4-2 Special Tools, Supplies and Equipment

10-4-2-1 Specific Requirements for Care & Maintenance

Table 10-6 Overview of Requirements for Care & Maintenance

Tool Part Number Comments

Digital Volt Meter (DVM) minimum 5% accuracy, 3.5 digit and 200 Ohm range required

46–194427P231 Kit includes anti–static mat, wrist strap and cables for 200 to 240
46–194427P279 V system
Anti Static Kit 46–194427P369 3M #2204 Large adjustable wrist strap
46–194427P373 3M #2214 Small adjustable wrist strap
46–194427P370 3M #3051 conductive ground cord

46–194427P278 120V
Anti Static Vacuum Cleaner
46–194427P279 230V

Safety Analyzer Any Calibrated Electrical Safety Analyzer compliant with AAMI/
ESI 1993 or IEC 60601 or AS/NZS 3551

QIQ Phantom (Optional) E8370RB RMI Gray-scale Target Model 403GS

B/W Printer Cleaning Sheet see printer user manual for requirements

Color Printer Cleaning Sheet see printer user manual for requirements

Disposable Gloves Use to reach the exterior of the system

Use to avoid scraping your hands when reaching into the main
Cut Resistant gloves
console or blind spaces.

Emergency Repair Disk should be an external USB disk which

compliance with local regulatory requirements. The HDD capacity
Emergency Repair Disk 5173797
should be over 30GB and should only have one hard disk
partition.

Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance 10-7

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 10-5
System Maintenance
10-5-1 Preliminary Checks
The preliminary checks take about 15 minutes to perform. Refer to the system user documentation
whenever necessary.

Table 10-7 System Checks

Step Item Description

1 Ask & Listen Ask the customer if they have any problems or questions about the equipment.

Fill in the top of the Ultrasound Inspection Certificate.

2 Paperwork
Note all probes and system options.

Turn the system power on and verify that all fans and peripherals turn on.
3 Power up
Watch the displays during power up to verify that no warning or error messages are displayed.

4 Probes Verify that the system properly recognizes all probes.

5 Displays Verify proper display on the LCD monitor.

“Full Backup” all customer presets on SSD and/or USB (see: Section 4-5-3 "Delete System
6 Presets
Configuration Backup" on page 4-19).

Backup the Image Archive on USB-Stick, etc. (see: Section 4-5-4-1 "Save Image Archive" on page
7 Image Archive
4-20).

10-8 Section 10-5 - System Maintenance

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-5-2 Functional Checks

The functional checks take about 60 minutes to perform.
Refer to the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT Instructions for Use whenever necessary.

10-5-2-1 System Checks

Table 10-8 System Functional Checks

Step Item Description

Verify basic B Mode (2D) operation.

1 B Mode
Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation.

Verify basic M Mode operation.

2 M Mode
Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation.

Verify basic CFM Mode (Color Flow Mode) operation.

3 C Mode
Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation.

4 PD Mode Verify basic PD Mode (Power Doppler Mode) operation.

Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation.

Verify basic Doppler Mode operation (PW ).

5 Doppler Modes
Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation.

Verify basic 3D Mode operation.

6 3D Mode
Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation.

RealTime 4D Mode Verify basic RealTime 4D Mode operation.

7
(optional) Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation.

*Applicable Software Verify the basic operation of all optional modes.

8
Options Check the basic system controls that affect each options operation.

9 Keyboard Test Perform the Keyboard Test Procedure to verify that all keyboard controls are OK.

10 LCD Monitor Verify basic LCD Monitor display functions.

Scan a gray scale phantom(optional) and use the measurement controls to verify distance
11 Measurements and area calculation accuracy.
Refer to the Instructions for Use, for measurement accuracy specifications.

NOTE: * Some software may be considered standard depending upon system configuration.

Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance 10-9

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-5-2-2 Peripheral/Option Checks

If any peripherals or options are not part of the system configuration, the check can be omitted.
Refer to Table 3-1, ?Approved Peripherals,? on page 3-74 for a list of approved peripherals.

Table 10-9 Approved Peripheral/Hardware Option Functional Checks

Step Item Description

1 B/W Printer Verify hardcopy output of the B/W video page printer. Clean heads and covers if necessary.

2 Color Printer Verify hardcopy output of the Color video page printer. Clean heads and covers if necessary.

Color Deskjet
3 Verify hardcopy output of the Deskjet printer. Clean heads and covers if necessary.
Printer

4 DVR Verify record/playback capabilities of the DVR.

5 DICOM Verify that DICOM is functioning properly. Send an image to a DICOM device.

6 ECG Verify basic operation with customer.

7 Cellular Modem Power Supply, SIM Card, Placing SIM Card, Antenna, Loop Fastener, Hook Fastener

10-5-3 Input Power

10-5-3-1 Mains Cable Inspection

Table 10-10 Mains Cable Inspection

Step Item Description

1 Unplug Cord Disconnect the mains cable from the wall and system.

2 Inspect Inspect it and its connectors for damage of any kind.

Verify that the LINE, NEUTRAL and GROUND wires are properly attached to the terminals, and that
3 Terminals
no strands may cause a short circuit.

4 Inlet Connector Inlet connector retainer is functional.

10-5-4 Cleaning

10-5-4-1 General Cleaning

Frequent and diligent cleaning of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT reduces the risk of spreading infection
from person to person, and also helps to maintain a clean work environment.

Table 10-11 General Cleaning

Step Item Description

Use a fluid detergent in warm water on a soft, damp cloth to carefully wipe the entire system.
1 Console Be careful not to get the cloth too wet so that moisture does not enter the console.
Caution: DO NOT allow any liquid to drip or seep into the system.

Clean LCD Monitor surface with a fluid detergent in warm water on a soft, damp cloth.
2 LCD Monitor Caution: DO NOT spray any liquid directly onto the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT covers, LCD Monitor,
keyboard, etc.

10-10 Section 10-5 - System Maintenance

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-5-5 Physical Inspection

Table 10-12 Physical Checks

Step Item Description

1 Labeling Verify that all system labeling is present and in readable condition.

2 Scratches & Dents Inspect the console for dents, scratches or cracks.

Inspect the LCD Monitor Display for scratches and raster burns.
3 LCD Monitor Display
Verify proper operation of Contrast and Brightness controls.

Inspect the Control Panel and Keyboard. Note any damaged or missing items.
Control Panel and (Replace faulty components, as required).
4
Keyboard
Verify proper operation of Control Panel backlighting and TGC sliders.

Check all wheels and casters for wear and verify operation of foot brake, to stop the unit from
5 Wheels & Brakes
moving, and release mechanism. Check all wheel locks and swivel locks for proper operation.

Check all internal cable harnesses and connectors for wear and secure connector seating.
6 Cables & Connectors
Pay special attention to probe strain or bend reliefs.

Check the power cord for cuts, loose hardware, tire marks, exposed insulation or other
7 Power Cord deterioration, and verify continuity. Tighten the clamps that secure the power cord to the unit and
the outlet plug to the cord.

Check to ensure that all EMI shielding, internal covers, air flow panels and screws are in place.
8 Shielding & Covers
Missing covers and hardware could cause EMI/RFI problems during scanning.

Check and clean the peripherals according to the manufacturer’s directions.

9 Peripherals
To prevent EMI or system overheating, dress the peripheral cables inside the peripheral cover.

10 External I/O Check all connectors for damage and verify that the labeling is good.

11 Op Panel Lights Check proper operation of all control panel key illuminations (flash once during system start-up).

10-5-6 Optional Diagnostic Checks

Optionally you can access the diagnostic software as described in Chapters 5 or 7.
View the error logs and run desired diagnostics.

Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance 10-11

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-5-7 Probe Maintenance

10-5-7-1 Probe Related Checks

Table 10-13 Probe Related Checks

Step Item Description

Thoroughly check the system probe connectors and remove dust from inside the connector
1 Probes
sockets if necessary. Visually check for bent, damaged or missing pins.
2 Probe Holder Clean probe holders (they may need to be soaked to remove excess gel).

10-5-7-2 Basic Probe Care

The Instructions for Use and/or care card provides a complete description of probe care, maintenance,
cleaning and disinfection. Ensure that you are completely familiar with the proper care of GE probes.

Ultrasound probes can be easily damaged by improper handling. Review the Instructions for Use of
Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT for more details. Failure to follow these precautions can result in serious
injury and equipment damage. Failure to properly handle or maintain a probe may also void its warranty.

OK OK OK

Any evidence of wear indicates the probe cannot be used.

Do a visual check of the probe pins and system sockets before plugging in a probe.

10-5-7-3 Basic Probe Cleaning and/or Disinfection

Refer to the Instructions for Use of Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT for details on cleaning.

CAUTION Failure to follow the prescribed cleaning or disinfection procedures will void the probe’s
warranty. DO NOT soak or wipe the lens with any product not listed in the Voluson™ SWIFT+/
SWIFT Instructions for Use and/or care card. Doing so could result in irreparable damage to the
!! CAUTION:

probe and/or Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system.

CAUTION Follow the Care Card instructions supplied with each probe (inside the transducer boxes)
!! CAUTION:
for disinfectants and gels that are compatible with the surface material of the probes.

CAUTION To help protect yourself from blood borne diseases, when cleaning and handling probes,
!! CAUTION:
wear approved, non-allergenic disposable gloves.

NOTICE Disinfect a defective probe before you return it. Be sure to tag the probe as being disinfected.
!! NOTICE:

CAUTION
!! CAUTION:

Please be aware of the When disinfecting a probe,

NEVER place or store a
sensitive probe head. ensure that there is sufficient
probe on its scan head!
TAKE EXTREME CARE! space between the probe and
the container bottom!
10-12 Section 10-5 - System Maintenance
GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-5-7-4 Disinfection by means of the RIC-Holder

Especially for Real-time 4D endocavity probes (RIC), it is necessary to take extreme care when
transporting the system with the probe attached, or during the disinfection process.
Inadequate handling may lead to dead elements, shocked head mechanics, etc.

The RIC-Holder (especially developed for RIC Real-time 4D endocavity probes) guarantees that the
sensitive probe head does not hit the bottom of the container during the disinfection procedure.

NOTE: Operation instructions are supplied with each RIC-Holder (KTZ225469).

To guarantee that the sensitive probe head does not hit the bottom of Endocavity Soaking Cup Kit
RIC-Holder Endocavity soaking cup kit is available at GE Accessory
the container, place the probe in the RIC Holder during the disinfection
(Order Nr. : E8385TA )
procedure.

OK

RIC-Holder

Disinfection fluid

RIC-Holder
Container

Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance 10-13

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 10-6
Using a Phantom (Optional)
The use of a Phantom is not required during Preventive maintenance. Customer may use it as part of
their Quality Assurance Program tests.

Section 10-7
Electrical Safety Tests
10-7-1 Uninterruptible power supply (UPS)
NOTE: For all instructions in the “Electrical Safety Tests” section in case of using a UPS (Uninterruptible power
supply) the terms outlet, wall outlet, AC wall outlet and power outlet refer to the AC power outlet of the
UPS. In case of further available AC (or DC) power outlets at the same used UPS, these must remain
unused i.e. not connected to any other devices.

CAUTION Please observe that some uninterruptible power supplies may not be medical devices! If the
UPS is not a medical device, it has to be located outside of the patient environment (according
to IEC 60601-1/UL 60601-1).

1. Patient environment

10-14 Section 10-6 - Using a Phantom (Optional)

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-7-2 Safety Test Overview

The electrical safety tests in this section are based on and conform to IEC60601-1 standard including
national deviations. They are intended for the electrical safety evaluation of cord-connected, electrically
operated, patient care equipment. If additional information is needed, refer to IEC 60601-1 documents
including national deviations.

WARNING
WARNING THE USER MUST ENSURE THAT THE SAFETY INSPECTIONS ARE PERFORMED AT
!! WARNING:
LEAST EVERY 12 MONTHS ACCORDING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PATIENT
SAFETY STANDARD IEC60601-1 standard including national deviations. ONLY
TRAINED PERSONS ARE ALLOWED TO PERFORM THE SAFETY INSPECTIONS
MENTIONED ABOVE.

CAUTION To avoid electrical shock, the unit under test must not be connected to other electrical
equipment. Remove all interconnecting cables and wires. The unit under test must not be
contacted by users or patients while performing these tests.
!! CAUTION:

CAUTION Before carrying out a safety test to Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system, please ensure that the
calibration label is existed on safety analyzer and the calibration date is still valid.

CAUTION Possible risk of infection. Do not handle soiled or contaminated probes and other components
that have been in patient contact. Follow appropriate cleaning and disinfecting procedures
before handling the equipment.
!! CAUTION:

WARNING
WARNING Test the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system, peripherals and probes for leakage current.
!! WARNING:
Excessive leakage current can cause FATAL INJURY OR DEATH.
High leakage current can also indicate degradation of insulation and a potential for
electrical failure. DO NOT use probes or equipment having excessive leakage current.

CAUTION Compare all safety-test results with safety-test results of previously performed safety tests e.g.
last year etc. In case of unexplainable abrupt changes of safety-test results consult experienced
authorized service personnel or GE for further analysis.
!! CAUTION:

CAUTION For all instructions in this section in case of using a UPS (uninterrupted power supply) the terms
outlet, wall outlet, AC wall outlet and power outlet refer to the AC power outlet of the UPS. In
case of further available AC (or DC) power outlet at the same used UPS, these must remain
unused/not connected to any other devices.

To minimize the risk of a probe causing electrical shock, the customer should observe the following
recommendations:

• DO NOT use a probe that is cracked or damaged in any way

• Check probe leakage current:
* once a year on surface probes
* once a year on endocavitary probes
* whenever probe damage is suspected

Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance 10-15

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-7-3 GEHC Leakage Current Limits for Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT

The following limits are summarized for IEC60601-1 standard including national deviations and IEC
62353 Medical Electrical Equipment - Recurrent test and test after repair of medical electrical
equipment.
Measurement limits per ANSI/AAMI ES60601-1 standard including national deviations.

Table 10-14 Enclosure Leakage Current Limits -Accessible Surfaces not protectively earthed

Country
Conditions
USA Others
Close Protective earth and close neutral with normal polarity 0.1 mA* 0.1 mA***
Close Protective earth and close neutral with reverse polarity 0.1 mA* 0.1 mA***
Open Protective earth and close neutral with normal polarity 0.3 mA** 0.5 mA***
Open Protective earth and close neutral with reverse polarity 0.3 mA** 0.5 mA***
Open neutral and close Protective earth with normal polarity 0.5 mA* 0.5 mA***
Open neutral and close Protective earth with reverse polarity 0.5 mA* 0.5 mA***

Table 10-15 Earth Leakage Current Limits

Country
Conditions
USA Others
Close Protective earth and close neutral with normal polarity 0.3 mA** 0.5 mA***
Close Protective earth and close neutral with reverse polarity 0.3 mA** 0.5 mA***
Open neutral and close Protective earth with normal polarity 1 mA* 1 mA***
Open neutral and close Protective earth with reverse polarity 1 mA* 1 mA***

Table 10-16 Type BF Patient Leakage Limits - Non-Conductive Surface

Country
Conditions
USA Others

Close Protective earth and close neutral with normal polarity 0.1 mA* 0.1 mA***

Close Protective earth and close neutral with reverse polarity 0.1 mA* 0.1 mA***

Open Protective earth and close neutral with normal polarity 0.5 mA* 0.5 mA***
Open Protective earth and close neutral with reverse polarity 0.5 mA* 0.5 mA***

Open neutral and close Protective earth with normal polarity 0.5 mA* 0.5 mA***

Open neutral and close Protective earth with reverse polarity 0.5 mA* 0.5 mA***

Table 10-17 Type CF Patient Leakage Limits - ECG leads

Country
Conditions
USA Others

Close Protective earth and close neutral with normal polarity 0.01 mA* 0.01 mA***

10-16 Section 10-7 - Electrical Safety Tests

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Country
Conditions
USA Others
Close Protective earth and close neutral with reverse polarity 0.01 mA* 0.01 mA***

Open Protective earth and close neutral with normal polarity 0.05 mA* 0.05 mA***
Open Protective earth and close neutral with reverse polarity 0.05 mA* 0.05 mA***

Open neutral and close Protective earth with normal polarity 0.05 mA* 0.05 mA***

Open neutral and close Protective earth with reverse polarity 0.05 mA* 0.05 mA***

Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance 10-17

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 10-18 Type CF Patient Auxiliary Limits

Country
Conditions
USA Others

Close Protective earth and close neutral with normal polarity 0.01 mA* 0.01 mA***

Close Protective earth and close neutral with reverse polarity 0.01 mA* 0.01 mA***

Open Protective earth and close neutral with normal polarity 0.05 mA* 0.05 mA***
Open Protective earth and close neutral with reverse polarity 0.05 mA* 0.05 mA***
Open neutral and close Protective earth with normal polarity 0.05 mA* 0.05 mA***

Open neutral and close Protective earth with reverse polarity 0.05 mA* 0.05 mA***

Table 10-19 Isolation between Mains and Applied Limits****- Patient Leakage Main to Type BF
Applied part

Country
Conditions
USA Others

Close Protective earth and close neutral with normal polarity 5 mA* 5 mA***

Close Protective earth and close neutral with reverse polarity 5 mA* 5 mA***

Table 10-20 Isolation between Mains and Applied Limits****- Patient Leakage Main to Type CF
Applied part

Country
Conditions
USA Others

Close Protective earth and close neutral with normal polarity 0.05 mA* 0.05 mA***

Close Protective earth and close neutral with reverse polarity 0.05 mA* 0.05 mA***

Table 10-21 Total Patient leakage current: Type CF probe to ground (Only for Europe)

Conditions Limitation

Close Protective earth and close neutral with normal polarity 0.05 mA*****

Close Protective earth and close neutral with reverse polarity 0.05 mA*****

Open Protective earth and close neutral with normal polarity 0.1mA*****
Open Protective earth and close neutral with reverse polarity 0.1mA*****
Open neutral and close Protective earth with normal polarity 0.1mA*****

Open neutral and close Protective earth with reverse polarity 0.1mA*****

10-18 Section 10-7 - Electrical Safety Tests

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 10-22 Total Patient leakage current: Type CF probe to Mains (Only for Europe)

Conditions Limitation

Close Protective earth and close neutral with normal polarity 0.1 mA******

Close Protective earth and close neutral with reverse polarity 0.1 mA******

NOTE: * Measurement limits per ANSI/AAMI ES60601-1 Medical Electrical Equipment Safety
Standards Table IV

NOTE: ** Measurement limits per ANSI/AAMI ES60601-1 Medical Electrical Equipment Safety Standards,
Table 19.5DV.1

NOTE: *** Measurement limits per IEC 60601-1 Ed 2. Medical Electrical Equipment Safety Standards, Table IV

NOTE: **** Isolation between Mains and Applied Limits refers to the measurement of leakage current flow
which would flow from mains to patient if the patient were to come into contact with mains voltage.

NOTE: *****Measurement limits per IEC 60601-1 Ed 3. and ANSI/AAMI ES60601-1, Medical Electrical
Equipment Safety Standards, Table 3

NOTE: ******Measurement limits per IEC 60601-1 Ed 3.and ANSI/AAMI ES60601-1, Medical Electrical
Equipment Safety Standards, Table 4

The following tests are performed at the factory and should be performed at the customer site as well.

- Grounding Continuity
- Earth Leakage Current
- Enclosure Leakage Current
- Patient Leakage Current
All measurements should be made with an electrical safety analyzer.

Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance 10-19

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-7-4 Outlet Test - Wiring Arrangement - USA & Canada

Test all outlets in the area for proper grounding and wiring arrangement by plugging in the neon outlet
tester and noting the combination of lights that are illuminated. Any problems found should be reported
to the hospital immediately and the receptacle should not be used.

Figure 10-1 Typical Outlet Tester

NOTE: No outlet tester can detect the condition where the Neutral (grounded supply) conductor and the
Grounding (protective earth) conductor are reversed. If later tests indicate high leakage currents, this
should be suspected as a possible cause and the outlet wiring should be visually inspected.

10-20 Section 10-7 - Electrical Safety Tests

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-7-5 Grounding Continuity

CAUTION Electric Shock Hazard!
!! CAUTION:
The patient or operator MUST NOT come into contact with the equipment during this test

Measure the resistance from the third pin of the attachment plug to the exposed protectively-earthed
metal parts of the case. The ground wire resistance should be less than 0.2 ohms.

OHMMETER
ACCESSIBLE METAL PARTS
Potential equilibrium connector

GROUND PIN

Figure 10-2 Ground Continuity Test

CAUTION Lacquer is an isolation barrier! Resistor may be high-impedance!

!! CAUTION:
Measure only on blank parts, stated in Figure 10-2 above.

10-7-5-1 Meter Procedure

Follow these steps to test the Ground wire resistance.

1.) Turn the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT unit OFF.

2.) Plug the unit into the meter, and the meter into the tested AC wall outlet.
3.) Plug the black chassis cable into the meter's “CHASSIS” connector and attach the black chassis
cable clamp to an exposed protectively earthed metal part of the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT unit
such as Potential equilibrium connector.
4.) Set the meter’s “FUNCTION” switch to the RESISTANCE position.
5.) Set the meter's “POLARITY” switch to the OFF (center) position.
6.) Measure and record the Ground wire resistance.
This should be less than 0.2 Ohms.

Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance 10-21

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-7-6 Enclosure Leakage Current Test

10-7-6-1 Definition
This test measures the current that would flow in a grounded person who touched accessible non-
protectively-earthed parts of equipment if the ground wire were to break. The test verifies the isolation
of the power line from the chassis.

The meter is connected from accessible non-protectively-earthed parts of the case to ground.
Measurements should be made with the ground open and closed, with power line polarity normal and
reversed, and with the neutral open and closed. Record the highest reading.

DANGER Electric Shock Hazard.

!! DANGER:

When the meter's ground switch is OPEN, DO NOT not touch the unit!

CAUTION Equipment damage possibility. Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the unit
is powered ON. Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching them using the POLARITY
switch and/or the NEUTRAL switch. Otherwise, the unit may be damaged.
!! CAUTION:

10-22 Section 10-7 - Electrical Safety Tests

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-7-6-2 Generic Procedure

The test verifies the isolation of the power line from the enclosure. The testing meter is connected from
accessible non-protectively-earthed parts of the case to ground. Measurements should be made with
the ground open and closed, with power line polarity normal and reversed, and with the neutral open
and closed. Record the highest reading of current.

Figure 10-3 Set Up for Test of Enclosure Leakage Current, IEC 60601-1 Clause 19

NOTE: Color of Power outlet cable

i)USA and Canada

Hot : Black

Neutral : White

Ground : Green or Green-yellow

ii)Others

Hot : Brown
Neutral : Blue

Ground : Green-yellow

Electrical leakage testing may be accomplished with any calibrated Electrical Safety Analyzer tool
compliant with AAMI/ESI 1993 or IEC 60601 or AS/NZS 3551.

When using a test instrument, its power plug may be inserted into the wall outlet and the equipment
under test is plugged into the receptacle on the panel of the meter. This places the meter in the
grounding conductor and the current flowing from the case to ground will be indicated in any of the
current ranges. The maximum allowable limit for chassis source leakage is shown in Table 10-14 on
page 10-16.

Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance 10-23

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-7-6-3 Data Sheet for Enclosure Leakage Current

The test passes when all readings measure less than the value shown in Table 10-14.
Record all data on the Ultrasound Inspection Certificate.

Table 10-23 Typical Data Sheet for Enclosure Leakage Current

Tester Tester Polarity Protective Earth Test 1 Test 2 Optional Optional

Neutral Switch Switch Wheel LCD Test 3 Test 4
Enter Name of tested peripheral here:

Closed Normal Closed

Closed Normal Open

Closed Reversed Closed
Closed Reversed Open
Open Normal Closed

Open Reversed Closed

10-7-7 Earth Leakage Current Test

10-7-7-1 Definition
This test measures the current that would flow to a grounded person who touched accessible
protectively-earthed parts of equipment if the ground wire should break.

The meter is connected from accessible protectively-earthed parts of the equipment to ground.
Measurements should be made with power line polarity normal and reversed, and with the neutral open
and closed Record the highest reading.

CAUTION Equipment damage possibility, Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the unit
is powered ON. Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching them using the POLARITY
switch and/or the NEUTRAL switch. Otherwise, the unit may be damaged.
!! CAUTION:

10-24 Section 10-7 - Electrical Safety Tests

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-7-7-2 Generic Procedure

The testing meter is connected from accessible protectively-earthed parts of the equipment to ground.
Measurements should be made with power line polarity normal and reversed, and with the neutral open
and closed. Record the highest reading of current.

Figure 10-4 Set Up for Test of Earth Leakage Current, IEC 60601-1 Clause 19

NOTE: Color of Power coutlet cable

i) USA and Canada

Hot : Black

Neutral : White

Ground : Green or Green-yellow

ii) Others

Hot : Brown

Neutral : Blue

Ground : Green-yellow

Electrical leakage testing may be accomplished with any calibrated Electrical Safety Analyzer tool
compliant with AAMI/ESI 1993 or IEC 60601 or AS/NZS 3551.

When using a test instrument, its power plug may be inserted into the wall outlet and the equipment
under test is plugged into the receptacle on the panel of the meter. This places the meter in the
grounding conductor and the current flowing through protective earth will be indicated in any of the
current ranges. The maximum allowable limit for earth leakage current is shown in Table 10-15 on
page 10-16.

Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance 10-25

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 10-24 Typical Data Sheet for Earth Leakage Current

Measured Earth Leakage

Tester Neutral Tester Polarity Switch Current
Enter Name of tested peripheral here
Closed Normal
Closed Reversed
Open Normal
Open Reversed

10-26 Section 10-7 - Electrical Safety Tests

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-7-8 Type CF Patient Leakage Current Test - ECG Leads

10-7-8-1 Definition
This test measures the current which would flow to ground from any of the isolated ECG leads. The
meter simulates a patient who is connected to the ECG equipment and is grounded by touching some
other grounded surface. Measurements should be made with the ground open and closed, with power
line polarity normal and reversed, and with the neutral open and closed. For each combination, the
operating controls, such as the lead switch, should be operated to find the worst case condition.

CAUTION Equipment damage possibility. Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the unit
is powered ON. Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching them using the POLARITY
switch and/or the NEUTRAL switch. Otherwise, the unit may be damaged.
!! CAUTION:

10-7-8-2 Generic Procedure

Measurements should be made with the ground open and closed, with power line polarity normal and
reversed, and with the neutral open and closed. For each combination, the operating controls, such as
the lead switch, should be operated to find the worst case condition.

Figure 10-5 Test Circuit for Measuring Leakage current between patient lead and Ground - Isolated

NOTE: Color of Power outlet cable

i) USA and Canada

Hot : Black
Neutral : White
Ground : Green or Green-yellow

ii) Others
Hot : Brown
Neutral : Blue
Ground : Green-yellow

Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance 10-27

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 10-25 Typical Data Sheet for Type CF Patient Leakage Current Test - ECG
Leads

Measured Earth Leakage

Tester Neutral Tester Polarity Switch Ground Switch Current
Closed Normal Closed
Closed Normal Open
Closed Reversed Closed
Closed Reversed Open
Open Normal Closed
Open Reversed Closed

10-28 Section 10-7 - Electrical Safety Tests

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-7-9 Type BF Patient Leakage Current Test - Probe

10-7-9-1 Definition
This test measures the current that would flow to ground from any of the probes through a patient who
is being scanned and becomes grounded by touching some other grounded surface.

NOTE: Some leakage current is expected on each probe, depending on its design. Small variations in probe
leakage currents are normal from probe to probe. Other variations will result from differences in line
voltage and test lead placement.
It is abnormal if no leakage current is measured. If no leakage current is detected, check the
configuration of the test equipment.

CAUTION Equipment damage possibility. Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the unit
is powered ON. Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching them using the POLARITY
switch and/or the NEUTRAL switch. Otherwise, the unit may be damaged.
!! CAUTION:

10-7-9-2 Generic Procedure on Leakage Current

Measurements should be made with the ground open and closed, with power line polarity normal and
reversed, and with neutral open and closed.
For each combination, the probe must be active to find the worst case condition.

Figure 10-6 Set Up for Probe Leakage Current

NOTE: Saline water pod should be insulated from floor and earth ground.

Table 10-26 Typical Data Sheet for Type BF Patient Leakage Current Test

Tester Neutral Tester Polarity Switch Ground Switch Measured Leakage Current
Closed Normal Closed
Closed Normal Open
Closed Reversed Closed
Closed Reversed Open
Open Normal Closed

Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance 10-29

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Table 10-26 Typical Data Sheet for Type BF Patient Leakage Current Test

Tester Neutral Tester Polarity Switch Ground Switch Measured Leakage Current
Open Reversed Closed

10-7-10 Type CF Patient Auxiliary current - ECG Lead to Probe

Reference the procedure in the IEC 60601-1. Measure current flow from Probe to all ECG leads
connected together. The maximum allowable limit for earth leakage current is shown in Table 10-18 on
page 10-18.

CAUTION Equipment damage possibility. Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the unit
is powered ON. Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching them using the POLARITY
switch and/or the NEUTRAL switch. Otherwise, the unit may be damaged.
!! CAUTION:

Table 10-27 Typical Data Sheet for Type BF Patient Auxiliary Current Test

Measured Leakage
Tester Neutral Tester Polarity Switch Ground Switch
Current
Closed Normal Closed
Closed Normal Open
Closed Reversed Closed
Closed Reversed Open
Open Normal Closed
Open Reversed Closed

10-7-11 Type BF Patient Leakage current - Mains to Probe

Reference the procedure in the IEC 60601-1.Measure leakage current flow from mains to Probe.

DANGER Electric Shock Hazard.

!! DANGER:

Line voltage is applied to Probe during this test. To avoid possible electric shock hazard, the
system being tested must not be touched by patients, users or anyone during testing.

CAUTION Equipment damage possibility. Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the unit
is powered ON. Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching them using the POLARITY
switch and/or the NEUTRAL switch. Otherwise, the unit may be damaged.
!! CAUTION:

Table 10-28 Typical Data Sheet for Type BF Patient Leakage Current - Mains to Probe

Measured Leakage
Tester Neutral Tester Polarity Switch Ground Switch Current

Closed Normal Closed

Closed Reversed Closed

10-30 Section 10-7 - Electrical Safety Tests

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-7-12 Type CF Patient Leakage current - Mains to ECG lead

Reference the procedure in the IEC 60601-1.Measure leakage current flow from mains to each of the
ECG leads.

DANGER Electric Shock Hazard.

!! DANGER:

Line voltage is applied to the ECG leads during this test. To avoid possible electric shock
hazard, the system being tested must not be touched by patients, users or anyone during
testing.

CAUTION Equipment damage possibility. Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the unit
is powered ON. Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching them using the POLARITY
switch and/or the NEUTRAL switch. Otherwise, the unit may be damaged.
!! CAUTION:

Table 10-29 Typical Data Sheet for Type CF Patient Leakage Current - Mains to ECG Lead

Measured Leakage
Tester Neutral Tester Polarity Switch Ground Switch Current

Closed Normal Closed

Closed Reversed Closed

10-7-13 Total Patient leakage current : Type CF probe to ground(Only for Europe)

10-7-13-1 Definition
This test measures the current that would flow to ground from all ECG leads through a patient who is
being scanned and becomes grounded by touching some other grounded surface.

CAUTION Equipment damage possibility. Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the unit
is powered ON. Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching them using the POLARITY
switch and/or the NEUTRAL switch. Otherwise, the unit may be damaged.
!! CAUTION:

10-7-13-2 Generic Procedure for measurement

Put all ECG leads into saline water and measure leakage current with the ground open and closed, with
power line polarity normal and reversed, and with neutral open and closed. For each combination, ECG
leads must be active simultaneously. Please, refer to "Type CF Patient Leakage Current Test - ECG
Leads" part for detail.

Table 10-30 Typical Data Sheet for Total Patient Leakage Current - Type CF probes to ground

Tester Neutral Tester Polarity Switch Ground Switch Measured Leakage Current

Closed Normal Closed

Closed Normal Open

Closed Reversed Closed

Closed Reversed Open

Open Normal Closed

Open Reversed Closed

Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance 10-31

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-7-14 Total Patient leakage current : Mains to Type CF probe (Only for Europe)
Reference the procedure in the IEC 60601-1 Ed 3. Measure leakage current flow from mains to all ECG
leads connected together.

DANGER Electric Shock Hazard.

!! DANGER:

Line voltage is applied to the ECG leads during this test. To avoid possible electric shock
hazard, the system being tested must not be touched by patients, users or anyone during
testing.

CAUTION Equipment damage possibility. Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the unit
is powered ON. Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching them using the POLARITY
switch and/or the NEUTRAL switch. Otherwise, the unit may be damaged.
!! CAUTION:

Table 10-31 Typical Data Sheet for Total Patient Leakage Current - Mains to Type CF probes

Tester Neutral Tester Polarity Switch Ground Switch Measured Leakage Current

Closed Normal Closed

Closed Reversed Closed

10-32 Section 10-7 - Electrical Safety Tests

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Section 10-8
When There's Too Much Leakage Current...
10-8-1 Earth and/or Enclosure Fails
Follow the below checklist in case of earth and/or enclosure leakage current failure.

• Confirm the ground of the power cord and plug for continuity.
• Ensure the ground is not broken, frayed or intermittent. If that, replace any defective part.
• Tighten all grounds. Ensure star washers are under all ground studs.
• Inspect wiring for bad crimps, poor connections, or damage.
• Test the wall outlet. Verify it is grounded and is free of other wiring abnormalities. If any deviation
is found, notify the user or owner to correct it. In this case, check the other outlets to see if they
could be used instead as a workaround.

NOTE: No outlet tester can detect the condition where the white neutral wire and the green grounding wire are
reversed. If later tests indicate high leakage currents, this should be suspected as a possible cause and
the outlet wiring should be visually inspected.

10-8-2 Probe Fails

• Test another probe to isolate if the fault lies with the probe or the System .

NOTE: Each probe will have some amount of leakage, dependent on its design. Small variations in probe
leakage currents are normal from probe to probe. Other variations will result from differences in line
voltage and test lead placement. The maximum allowable leakage current for body surface contact
probe differs from an inter-cavity probe. Be sure to enter the correct probe type in the appropriate
space on the check list.

• Test the probe in another connector to isolate if the fault lies with the probe or the System .
If excessive leakage current is slot dependent, inspect the system connector for bent pins, poor
connections, and ground continuity.

If the problem remains with the probe, replace the probe.

10-8-3 Peripheral Fails

Tighten all grounds. Ensure star washers are under all ground studs.

Inspect wiring for bad crimps, poor connections, or damage.

10-8-4 Still Fails

If all else fails, begin isolation by removing the probes, external peripherals, and then the on-board
peripherals one at a time while monitoring the leakage current measurement.

In case of using an UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply), perform the test in the “Electrical Safety tests”
section without using the UPS (i.e. directly connect the Voluson™ SWIFT+/SWIFT system to the AC
wall outlet). If this leads to a pass result, the specific UPS must no longer be used.

10-8-5 New Unit

If the leakage current measurement tests fail on a new unit and if situation cannot be corrected, submit
a Safety Failure Report to document the system problem. Remove unit from operation.

10-8-6 ECG Fails

Inspect cables for damage or poor connections.
Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance 10-33
GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

ELECTRICAL SAFETY
Outlet and Ground Continuity test

Max Value Value

Outlet/Ground Continuity OK? Comments
Allowed Measured

Outlet (correct ground &wiring

N/A N/A
config.)

System Ground Continuity 0.2 Ohm

Earth leakage current test

Tester
Value
Tester Neutral Polarity Max Value Allowed OK? Comments
Measured
Switch

Enter Name of tested peripheral here:

Closed Normal 0.3mA(USA)/0.5mA(Others)

Closed Reversed 0.3mA(USA)/0.5mA(Others)

Open Normal 1mA

Open Reversed 1mA

Enclosure leakage current test

Tester Protective
Tester Test 1 Test 2 Optional Optional
Polarity Earth Max Value Allowed OK? Comments
Neutral Wheel LCD Test 3 Test 4
Switch Switch

Enter Name of tested peripheral here:

0.1mA(USA)/
Closed Normal Closed
0.1mA(Others)

0.3mA(USA)/
Closed Normal Open
0.5mA(Others)

0.1mA(USA)/
Closed Reversed Closed
0.1mA(Others)

0.3mA(USA)/
Closed Reversed Open
0.5mA(Others)

0.5mA(USA)/
Open Normal Closed
0.5mA(Others)

0.5mA(USA)/
Open Reversed Closed
0.5mA(Others)

10-34 Section 10-8 - When There's Too Much Leakage Current...

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Type CF Patient Leakage Current Test - ECG Leads

ECG lead 1

Tester Tester Polarity Max Value Value

Ground Switch OK? Comments
Neutral Switch Allowed Measured

Closed Normal Closed 0.01mA

Closed Normal Open 0.05mA

Closed Reversed Closed 0.01mA

Closed Reversed Open 0.05mA

Open Normal Closed 0.05mA

Open Reversed Closed 0.05mA

ECG lead 2

Tester Tester Polarity Max Value Value

Ground Switch OK? Comments
Neutral Switch Allowed Measured

Closed Normal Closed 0.01mA

Closed Normal Open 0.05mA

Closed Reversed Closed 0.01mA

Closed Reversed Open 0.05mA

Open Normal Closed 0.05mA

Open Reversed Closed 0.05mA

ECG lead 3

Tester Tester Polarity Max Value Value

Ground Switch OK? Comments
Neutral Switch Allowed Measured

Closed Normal Closed 0.01mA

Closed Normal Open 0.05mA

Closed Reversed Closed 0.01mA

Closed Reversed Open 0.05mA

Open Normal Closed 0.05mA

Open Reversed Closed 0.05mA

Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance 10-35

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Type BF Patient Leakage Current Test - Probes (This test should be done for all probe)

Tester Tester Polarity Max Value Value

Ground Switch OK? Comments
Neutral Switch Allowed Measured

Closed Normal Closed 0.1mA

Closed Normal Open 0.5mA

Closed Reversed Closed 0.1mA

Closed Reversed Open 0.5mA

Open Normal Closed 0.5mA

Open Reversed Closed 0.5mA

Type CF Patient Auxiliary Current Test - ECG Lead to Probes

Tester Tester Polarity Max Value Value

Ground Switch OK? Comments
Neutral Switch Allowed Measured

Closed Normal Closed 0.01mA

Closed Normal Open 0.05mA

Closed Reversed Closed 0.01mA

Closed Reversed Open 0.05mA

Open Normal Closed 0.05mA

Open Reversed Closed 0.05mA

Type BF Patient Leakage Current Test - Mains to Probe

Probe (This test should be done for all probes)

Tester Tester Polarity Max Value Value

Ground Switch OK? Comments
Neutral Switch Allowed Measured

Closed Normal Closed 5mA

Closed Reversed Closed 5mA

Type CF Patient Leakage Current Test - Mains to ECG leads

ECG leads connected all together

Tester Tester Polarity Max Value Value

Ground Switch OK? Comments
Neutral Switch Allowed Measured

Closed Normal Closed 0.05mA

Closed Reversed Closed 0.05mA

10-36 Section 10-8 - When There's Too Much Leakage Current...

GE DRAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

Total Patient Leakage Current - Type CF probe to Ground

Tester Tester Polarity Max Value Value

Ground Switch OK? Comments
Neutral Switch Allowed Measured

Closed Normal Closed 0.05mA

Closed Normal Open 0.1mA

Closed Reversed Closed 0.05mA

Closed Reversed Open 0.1mA

Open Normal Closed 0.1mA

Open Reversed Closed 0.1mA

Total Patient Leakage Current - Mains to Type CF probes

Tester Tester Polarity Max Value Value

Ground Switch OK? Comments
Neutral Switch Allowed Measured

Closed Normal Closed 0.1mA

Closed Reversed Closed 0.1mA

Final Check. All system covers are in place. System scans with all probes as expected.

Accepted by: ______________________________________________________________________

Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance 10-37

GE RAFT VOLUSON™ SWIFT+/SWIFT
DIRECTION 5843441, REVISION 5 DRAFT (MARCH 20, 2023) SERVICE MANUAL

10-38 Section 10-8 - When There's Too Much Leakage Current...

© Voluson SWIFT+/ Voluson SWIFT
GE
9, Sunhwan-ro 214beon-gil, Jungwon-gu, Seongnam-si,
Gyeonggi-do,
Republic of Korea

www.gehealthcare.com